Professional Documents
Culture Documents
JawapanKeseluruhan 1
JawapanKeseluruhan 1
JawapanKeseluruhan 1
BA
Fungsi
1 Functions
.
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Fungsi ialah suatu hubungan khas dengan keadaan 3. Menentukan domain dan julat bagi suatu fungsi.
.B
setiap objek dalam domain mempunyai hanya satu Determine the domain and the range of a function.
imej.
A function is a special relation where every object in the domain 3 9
dn
has one image only.
Contoh fungsi: 2 5
Examples of a function: 1 4
S
(a) –2 3
–3 1
gi
a d
b e Set A Set B
an
c f (a) Set A dikenali sebagai domain.
Set A is known as domain.
Domain = {3, 2, 1, –2, –3}
l
(b) Set B dikenali sebagai kodomain.
Pe
Imej / Images = 9, 4, 1
k
9 (d) Set bagi imej dikenali sebagai julat.
ta
3 9 f(x)
Pe
4 16
f(x) = |x|
NOTA
1
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
1. Tentukan sama ada setiap hubungan yang berikut ialah suatu fungsi atau bukan. Beri sebab untuk jawapan
anda.
BAB
Determine whether each of the following relations is a function. Give reason for your answer. 1
Contoh
(a)
1
a 3 x h
b 6 y k
c 9 z m
.
hd
Fungsi. Setiap objek mempunyai satu imej. Fungsi. Setiap objek mempunyai satu imej.
Function. Each object has one image.
.B
(b) (c)
dn
w 1 p 4
v 2 r 8
S
x 3 s
Contoh
(a)
x f x–3 x f |x – 5|
n
7 4 8 5
ta
6 3 3 2
bi
5 2 0 3
er
f(x) = x – 3 f(x) = u x – 5 u
n
(b) (c)
Pe
f f
x cos x x x2 + 3
0° 1 –1 3
90° –1 0
180° 0 1 4
2
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
BAB
Fungsi Domain Kodomain Objek Imej Julat
Function Domain Codomain Object Image Range
.
dengan sebarang satu imej.
hd
3 c unsur. c is not in the
Tatatanda { } untuk domain, kodomain c is not an image range because c
d dan julat sahaja. because c does is not an image.
The set notation { } for domain, not match to any
codomain and range only. element.
.B
(a) {4, 5, 7} {8, 14} 4, 5, 7 8, 14 {8, 14}
dn
8
4
S
5
7 14
gi
an
(b) {(2, 6), (3, 9), {2, 3, 5, 8} {6, 9, 15, 24} 2, 3, 5, 8 6, 9, 15, 24 {6, 9, 15, 24}
(5,15), (8, 24)}
l
Pe
8
bi
4
er
3 5 6
d
Pe
2 4 8
3
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
.
hd
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
(i) f : x → 3x + 2 (i) g : x → 5 – 2x
f(–4) = 3(– 4) + 2 Gantikan x dengan – 4. g(3) = 5 – 2(3)
Replace x with –4.
.B
= –10 = –1
1 Samakan f(x) dengan 8.
(ii) f(x) = 8 Equate f(x) with 8. (ii) g(x) = 4
5 – 2x = 4
dn
3x + 2 = 8 2 Selesaikan untuk x.
Solve for x. 1
x = 2 x =
2
S
Contoh 3
(a) Diberi fungsi h : x → 4x – 1, cari
Diberi h(x) = u2x – 9u. Cari nilai-nilai x jika h(x) = 11.
Given h(x) = u2x – 9u. Find the values of x if h(x) = 11.
gi Given the function h : x → 4x – 1, find
(i) imej bagi 2,
an
the image of 2,
Penyelesaian: (ii) objek dengan imej –9.
u2x – 9u = 11 the object which has the image of –9.
2x – 9 = 11 atau/ or 2x – 9 = –11 Fungsi nilai mutlak
l
mempunyai dua
2x = 20 2x = –2
Pe
jawapan.
x = 10 x = –1 Absolute function
has two answers.
(i) h(x) = 4x – 1 (ii) 4x – 1 = –9
h(2) = 4(2) – 1 4x = –8
= 7 x = –2
n
ta
bi
(b) Diberi g(x) = 4 – 3x, cari nilai bagi g(2) dan g(–1). (c) Diberi h(x) = u2x – 3u. Cari nilai-nilai x jika h(x) = 5.
Given g(x) = 4 – 3x, find the values of g(2) and g(–1). Given h(x) = u2x – 3u. Find the values of x if h(x) = 5.
n er
g(x) = 4 – 3x u2x – 3u = 5
g(2) = 4 – 3(2) 2x – 3 = 5 atau 2x – 3 = –5
Pe
= 4 – 6 2x = 8 2x = –2
= –2 x = 4 x = –1
g(–1) = 4 – 3(–1)
= 4 + 3
= 7
4
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
Fungsi Gubahan
1.2
BAB
Composite Functions
NOTA IMBASAN
1
A B C Dalam rajah, fungsi f memetakan set A kepada set B dan fungsi g
f g
memetakan set B kepada set C. Fungsi yang memetakan set A kepada set
x f(x) gf(x) C ialah fungsi gubahan, gf.
In the diagram, the function f maps set A to set B and the function g maps set B to set C.
.
hd
The function which maps set A to set C is the composite function, gf.
gf
.B
5. Bagi setiap pasangan fungsi yang berikut, cari
For each pair of the following function, find 3
(i) fg(x), (ii) gf(x).
dn
Contoh
(a) f(x) = 3x + 5
f(x) = 2x + 3 g(x) = 1 – 2x
S
g(x) = 1 – x
gi
Penyelesaian: (i) fg(x) = f(1 – 2x)
(i) fg(x) = f(1 – x) fg(x) = f(g(x)) = 3(1 – 2x) + 5
an
= 2(1 – x) + 3 = 3 – 6x + 5
= 2 – 2x + 3 = 8 – 6x
= 5 – 2x
(ii) gf(x) = g(3x + 5)
l
Pe
g(x) = 5x2 – 2 4
g(x) =
x
er
= 5x2 + 1
4
Pe
=1– ,x≠0
x
(ii) gf(x) = g(x + 3)
= 5(x + 3)2 – 2 (ii) gf(x) = g(1 – x)
= 5(x2 + 6x + 9) – 2 4
= 5x2 + 30x + 43 = ,x≠1
1–x
5
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
.
= –19
hd
= 5(–2)
= –10 1 Gantikan 4 ke dalam f, anda (ii) f(4) = 3(4) + 2 = 14
akan dapat nilai 20.
(ii) f(4) = 5(4) = 20 Insert 4 into f, you will get 20. gf(4) = g(14)
.B
gf(4) = g(20) 2 Gantikan 20 ke dalam g.
= 2 – (14)2
= 4 – 2(20) Insert 20 into g. = –194
= –36
dn
(b) f : x → x – 3, g : x → 3 , x ≠ 0 (c) f : x → 2 – 8x, g : x → x , x ≠ –5
x x+5
S
(i) g(3) = 3 = 3
(i) g(3) = 3 = 1
3
fg(3) = f(1) gi 3+5 8
fg(3) = f 3
8 1 2
an
= 1 – 3 = –2
= 2 – 8 3 = –11 2
8
(ii) f(4) = 4 – 3 = 1
l
(ii) f(4) = 2 – 8(4) = –30
gf(4) = g(1)
Pe
gf(4) = g(–30)
= 3 = –30
1 –30 +5
=3 6
n
=
5
ta
= 2(x + 5) = 7 – 3x
= 2x + 10 (ii) gf(x) = g(3x + 1)
(ii) gf(x) = g(2x) = 2 – (3x + 1)
= 2x + 5 = 1 – 3x
(iii) fg(2) = 2(2) + 10 (iii) fg(2) = 7 – 3(2)
= 14 =1
(iv) gf(3) = 2(3) + 5 (iv) gf(3) = 1 – 3(3)
= 11 = –8
6
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
BAB
x–1
(i) fg(x) = f(x2 + 1)
= x2 + 1 – 6
(i) fg(x) = f1 x –x 1 2
= x2 – 5 1
= 2 + 51 x 2
x–1
(ii) gf(x) = g(x – 6)
= (x – 6)2 + 1 = 2(x – 1) + 5x
x–1
= x2 – 12x + 37
7x – 2, x≠ 1
.
=
hd
(iii) fg(2) = 22 – 5 x–1
=4–5 (ii) gf(x) = g(2 + 5x)
= –1
= 2 + 5x
.B
(iv) gf(3) = (3)2 – 12(3) + 37 2 + 5x – 1
= 9 –36 + 37 = 2 + 5x , x ≠ – 1
= 10 1 + 5x 5
dn
(iii) fg(2) = 7(2) – 2 = 12
2–1
(iv) gf(3) = 2 + 5(3) = 17
S
1 + 5(3) 16
= 2x fg(x) = 12 – 2x = 6
ta
(b) Diberi f : x → x – 3, g : x → 3 – 5x dan gf(x) = –2. (c) Diberi f : x → 3 , g : x → 2x + 1 dan gf(x) = –1.
Given f : x → x – 3, g : x → 3 – 5x and gf(x) = –2.
er
x
3
Given f : x → , g : x → 2x + 1 and gf(x) = –1.
x
gf(x) = g(x – 3)
n
= 3 – 5(x – 3)
gf(x) = g 3 1 2
= 18 – 5x
Pe
x
gf(x) = 18 – 5x = –2 =2 3 +1 1 2
5x = 20 x
= 6 + x, x ≠ 0
x=4
x
gf(x) = 6 + x = –1
x
6 + x = –x
2x = –6
x = –3
7
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
9. Cari fungsi g.
Find the function g. 4
BAB
Contoh 1
(a) f(x) → x + 2, fg(x) = 7 – 3x
f(x) = x + 1, fg(x) = x + 7
1 f(x) = x + 2
Penyelesaian:
fg(x) = g(x) + 2
f(x) = x + 1
1 Gantikan g(x) ke dalam f(x). 7 – 3x = g(x) + 2
fg(x) = g(x) + 1 Insert g(x) into f(x). g(x) = 7 – 3x – 2
x + 7 = g(x) + 1 2 Samakan kedua-dua fg(x). = 5 – 3x
.
hd
Equate both fg(x).
g(x) = x + 7 – 1 g : x → 5 – 3x
= x + 6 3 Selesaikan untuk g(x).
Solve for g(x).
g:x→x+6
.B
S dn
(b) f(x) → 2x – 1, fg(x) = 9 – 4x (c) f(x) = 4 – x, fg(x) = 16 – x
8
f(x) = 4 – x
fg(x)
9 – 4x
= 2x – 1
f(x)
= 2g(x) – 1
= 2g(x) – 1 gi fg(x) = 4 – g(x)
16 – x = 4 – g(x)
an
2g(x) = 9 – 4x + 1 8
2g(x) = 10 – 4x g(x) = 4 – 16 – x
1 2
8
g(x) = 10 – 4x
l
32 – (16 – x)
2
Pe
=
= 5 – 2x 8
g : x → 5 – 2x = 16 + x
8
16 +x
n
g:x →
8
ta
bi
8
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
BAB
x
gf(x) = 8 – 3x2
gf(x) = 2x + 3 g(x + 2) = 8 – 3x2
g 6 = 2x + 3
1 2 Katakan y = x + 2
1
x x =y–2
Katakan y = 6 g(y) = 8 – 3(y – 2)2
x = 8 – 3(y2 – 4y + 4)
x = 6 = 8 – 3y2 + 12y – 12
y
.
= –3y2 + 12y – 4
hd
g(y) = 21 6 2 + 3 g(x) = –3x2 + 12x – 4
y g : x → –3x2 + 12x – 4
= 12 +3
.B
y
g(x) = 12 + 3
x
dn
g : x → 12 + 3, x ≠ 0
x
S
10. Selesaikan setiap yang berikut.
Solve each of the following.
gi
5
Contoh 1
an
Fungsi g ditakrifkan sebagai g : x → 4x – 1, cari
Function g is defined as g : x → 4x – 1, find
Penyelesaian:
(a) g2(x) = gg(x) (b) g21 1 2 = 161 1 2 – 5
= g(4x – 1) 2 2
n
= 4(4x – 1) – 1 =3
= 16x – 5
ta
g2 : x → 16x – 5
bi
x
(a) Tentukan nilai k. (b) Cari f 2 dan seterusnya cari nilai f 2(3).
n
Determine the value of k. Find f 2 and hence find the value of f 2(3).
Pe
9
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
Contoh 2
BAB
Penyelesaian:
1 1 Cari fungsi gubahan fg(x).
fg(x) = f(ax + b) Find composite function fg(x).
= 9 – 2(ax + b)
= 9 – 2b – 2ax
2 Samakan kedua-dua fg(x).
9 – 2b – 2ax = 1 – 6x Equate both fg(x).
.
hd
3 Bandingkan pemalar.
Compare the constant.
.B
Compare the constants: 2b = 8 a =3
b =4
dn
(c) Diberi fungsi f : x → 4x + k, g : x → x – 3 dan fg : x → mx – 8. Cari nilai bagi k dan m.
Given the function f : x → 4x + k, g : x → x – 3 and fg : x → mx – 8. Find the value of k and of m.
S
fg(x) = f(x – 3)
= 4(x – 3) + k
= 4x – 12 + k gi
an
4x – 12 + k = mx – 8
Bandingkan pemalar:
4x = mx, –12 + k = –8
l
Pe
m=4 k =4
n
ta
bi
gf(x) = g(5x – 1)
= 2(5x – 1)
n
= 10x – 2
10x – 2 = ax + b
Pe
Bandingkan pemalar:
10x = ax, b = –2
a = 10
10
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
Fungsi Songsang
1.3
BAB
Inverse Functions
NOTA IMBASAN
1
1.
f f –1
A B A B
.
2 3 2 3
hd
5 6 5 6
8 9 8 9
.B
Fungsi f memetakan unsur dalam Fungsi f –1 memetakan unsur dalam
dn
set A kepada unsur dalam set B. set B kepada unsur dalam set A.
The function f maps the elements in The function f –1 maps the elements
set A onto the elements in set B. in set B onto the elements in set A.
S
Tip
2.
gi
f –1 ialah fungsi songsang bagi f.
f –1 is called the inverse function of f. f –1(x) ≠ 1
f(x)
an
3. Hanya fungsi dengan hubungan satu kepada satu mempunyai fungsi songsang.
Only a function with one-to-one relation has an inverse function.
l
4. f dan g ialah fungsi songsang antara satu sama lain jika dan hanya jika
Pe
5. Jika f dan g ialah fungsi songsang antara satu sama lain, maka
If f and g are inverse function of one another then
bi
6. Jika f dan g ialah fungsi songsang antara satu sama lain maka titik (a, b) berada pada graf f dan titik (b, a) berada pada
graf g.
Pe
If f and g are inverse function of one another then point (a, b) lies on the graph f and point (b, a) lies on the graph g.
11
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
Contoh
(a) f : x → 3 – 4x
f:x→x–8
1 1 Katakan f –1(x) = y Katakan f –1(x) = y
Penyelesaian: Let f –1(x) = y
f(y) = x
Katakan/ Let f –1(x) = y 3 – 4y = x
2 Jadikan y sebagai perkara
f(y) = x rumus. y = 3–x
y–8=x Make y into subject of the 4
.
equation.
y=x+8
f (x) = – x3
hd
3 Gantikan y ke dalam
–1
\ f –1(x) = x + 8 4
f –1(x) = y
f –1 : x → x + 8 Insert y into f –1(x) = y
.B
(b) g : x → 5x (c) h : x → – 2 ,x≠1
x–1
dn
Katakan g –1(x) = y Katakan h –1(x) =y
g(y) = x h(y) =x
5y = x 2
=x
y = x
S
y–1
5
y–1 = 2
g (x) = x x
–1
5
gi y = 2 +1
x
an
2
h (x) = + 1, x ≠ 0
–1
x
l
12. Selesaikan setiap yang berikut.
Pe
Contoh 1
(a) Fungsi f ditakrifkan sebagai f : x → 2x – 5 ,
Fungsi f ditakrifkan sebagai f : x → 2x – 7. Cari x+2
n
x ≠ –2. Cari
The function f is defined as f : x → 2x – 7. Find
The function f is defined as f : x → 2x – 5 , x ≠ –2. Find
ta
Penyelesaian:
(i) Katakan/ Let f –1(x) = y f(y) = x
f(y) = x 2y – 5 =x
er
2y – 7 = x y+2
2y – 5 = x(y + 2)
y = x+7
n
2 2y – 5 = xy + 2x
2y – xy = 2x + 5
\ f –1(x) = x + 7
Pe
y(2 – x) = 2x + 5
2
y = 2x + 5
2–x
(ii) f –1(3) = 3 + 7 2x +5 ,x≠2
2 f –1(x) =
2–x
=5
(ii) f –1(5) = 2(5) + 5
2–5
= 15
–3
= –5
12
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
Contoh 2
BAB
Diberi dua fungsi f(x) → x – 3 dan g(x) = 2 , x ≠ –1. Cari
x+1
Given two functions f(x) → x – 3 and g(x) = 2 , x ≠ 1. Find
x+1 1
(i) f –1g (ii) gf –1
Penyelesaian:
Katakan/ Let f –1(x) =y (i) f –1g(x) = f –1 1 x +2 1 2 (ii) gf –1 = g(x + 3)
.
f(y) =x 2
=
hd
y–3 =x 2 +3 x+3+1
=
y =x+3 x+1
= 2 , x ≠ –4
\ f –1(x) =x+3
= 2 + 3(x + 1) x+4
.B
x+1
= 5 + 3x , x ≠ –1
x+1
S dn
(b) Diberi dua fungsi f(x) = 6 – 3x dan g(x) = 1 , x ≠ 1 . Cari
2x – 1 2
1 , x ≠ 1 . Find
gi
Given two function f(x) = 6 – 3x and g(x) =
2x – 1 2
(i) f –1g (ii) gf –1
an
Katakan f –1(x) = y
f(y) = x
(i) f –1g(x) = f –1 1 2x1– 1 2 (ii) gf –1(x) = g 6 – x
1 3 2
6 – 3y = x 1
l
6– 1 2x1– 1 2 =
6 – x –1
Pe
y= 6–x = 2 13 2
3 3
6(2x – 1) – 1 1
=
f –1(x) = – x 6 = 12 – 2x – 3
3 3(2x – 1) 1 2
n
3
= 12x – 7 , x ≠ 1 3 , x≠ 9
ta
6x – 3 2 =
9 – 2x 2
bi
f(y) = x 4
= 7 – (7 – 4x)
Pe
7 – 4y = x
=7–4 7–x 1 2 4
y = (7 – x) 4
= 7 – 7 + 4x
4 =7–7+x 4
7 – x = x
f (x) = = 4x
–1
4 4
= x
13
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
PRAKTIS SPM 1
BAB
.
A to set C.
hd
the value of h such that f(3 – h) = 2h.
A B C
(a) f(x) =x
g f
4 – 3x =x
.B
x 2x 2x + 1
4 = x + 3x
x =1
dn
fg
(b) f(3 – h) = 2h
4 – 3(3 – h) = 2h
Nyatakan
State 4 – 9 + 3h = 2h
S
–5 + 3h = 2h
(a) fungsi yang memetakan set A kepada set C.
the function that maps set A to set C. 3h – 2h = 5
(b) f –1(x)
gi h =5
an
(a) fg(x) = 2x + 1
4. Diberi fungsi f : x → 2x – 7, g : x → px + 3 dan
(b) f –1(x) = x – 1 gf : x → 2px + 5q. Ungkapkan q dalam sebutan p.
2016
Given the functions f : x → 2x – 7, g : x → px + 3 and
l
2. Rajah menunjukkan graf bagi fungsi f : x → |2x – 3| gf : x → 2px + 5q. Express q in terms of p.
Pe
2017
untuk domain –1 < x < 6.
Diagram shows the graph of the function f : x → |2x – 3| gf(x) = g(2x – 7)
for the domain –1 < x < 6. = p(2x – 7) + 3
n
9 q = 3 – 7p
5
(–1, 5)
bi
x
0 6
er
Nyatakan
State
5. Diberi fungsi g : x → 4x – 3 dan fg : x → 16x2 – 8x – 7,
n
14
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
(b) = 16x2 – 8x – 7
fg(x) 8. Diberi fungsi f(x) = m – nx dan g(x) = x + 4 dengan
f(4x – 3)
= 16x2 – 8x – 7 keadaan m dan n adalah pemalar. Ungkapkan m
BAB
2015
Katakan 4x – 3
=u dalam sebutan n dengan keadaan fg(–2) = 3.
= u+3 x It is given the function f(x) = m – nx and g(x) = x + 4
4 where m and n are constants. Express m in terms of n
2
such that fg(–2) = 3. 1
f(u) = 16 u + 3 – 8 u + 3 – 7
4 4
fg(x) = f(x + 4)
= 16(u + 3) 2
– 2(u + 3) – 7 = m – n(x + 4)
16
= u2 + 6u + 9 – 2u – 6 – 7 fg(–2) = m – n(–2 + 4) = 3
.
m – 2n = 3
hd
= u2 + 4u – 4
\ f(x) = x2 + 4x – 4 m = 2n + 3
.B
dn
6. Diberi fungsi h : x → 5x – 3, cari
Given the function h : x → 5x – 3, find
2017
(a) h–1(x),
S
(b) nilai m dengan keadaan h2 2m = 32.
1 2 9. Fungsi g ditakrifkan sebagai g : x → 5 , x ≠ 0. Cari
5 x
BUKAN 5 , x ≠ 0. Find
the value of m such that h 1
5 2
2m
gi
2
= 32. RUTIN The function g is defined as g : x →
x
(a) g2,
(a) Katakan h–1(x)
=y
(b) g3.
an
=x h(y)
5y – 3
=x Seterusnya, tentukan dua ungkapan bagi gn.
Hence, determine the two expressions for g n.
= x+3 y
l
5 (a) g2(x) = gg(x)
Pe
x + 3
\ h (x) = = g1 5 2
–1
5 x
(b) h2(x) = 5(5x – 3) – 3 5
=
n
= 25x – 18 5
2m x
1 2 = 25 2m – 18 = 32
1 2
ta
h2 = x
5 5
10m = 50 g2 : x → x
m=5
bi
= 5
x
7. Diberi fungsi p : x → 2x – 8 dan k : x → 4 – 3x.
g3 : x → 5 , x ≠ 0
n
2013
Cari kp(x). x
Pe
15
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
2015 1.
Diagram shows the relation between set P, set Q and P Q R
set R. 2014
f g
1 x 5x – 2 10x + 1
P Q
.
hd
f memetakan set P kepada set Q dan fungsi g
R memetakan set Q kepada set R. Cari
In the arrow diagram, the function f maps set P to set Q
and the function g maps set Q to set R. Find
.B
Diberi bahawa set P dipetakan kepada set Q oleh
(a) fungsi yang memetakan
fungsi x – 1 dan dipetakan kepada set R oleh the function which maps
2
fg : x → x2 – 2x – 3. (i) set Q kepada set P,
dn
It is given that set P maps to set Q by the function x – 1 set Q to set P,
and maps to set R by fg : x → x2 – 2x – 3. 2
(ii) set Q kepada set R.
(a) Tulis fungsi yang memetakan set P kepada set set Q to set R.
S
Q dengan menggunakan tatatanda fungsi. (b) nilai x dengan keadaan fg(x) = 5x + 3.
Write the function which maps set P to set Q by the value of x such that fg(x) = 5x + 3.
using the function notation.
(b) Cari fungsi yang memetakan set Q kepada set R.
Find the function which maps set Q to set R. gi (a) (i) Fungsi yang memetakan set Q kepada set
an
P ialah f –1(x).
(a) g : x → x – 1 f(x) = 5x – 2
2 Katakan y = f –1(x)
(b) fg(x) = x2 − 2x – 3
l
f(y) = x
Pe
f x – 1 = x2 − 2x – 3
1 2 5y – 2 = x
2
y= x+2
Katakan y = x – 1 5
2
x + 2
n
x = 2y + 1 \ f –1(x) =
f(y) = (2y + 1)2 − 2(2y + 1) – 3 5
ta
16
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
BAB
2018
(a) Cari = 12 – 15x – 5
Find = 7 – 15x
(i) f(4),
(ii) nilai p jika g(p + 3) = 1 f(4). (b) 1
8 1 7
the value of p if g(p + 3) = f(4). x –1 0 2
8 15
(iii) gf(x)
y 22 7 0 23
(b) Seterusnya lakarkan graf y = ugf(x)u untuk
.
hd
–1 < x < 2. Nyatakan julat bagi y.
Hence, sketch the graph of y = ugf(x)u for –1 < x < 2. y
State the range of y.
.B
23
(a) (i) f(4) = 4 – 5(4) = –16 22
dn
(ii) g(p + 3) =
f(4) 7
8
1 x
3(p + 3) – 5 = (–16)
–1 0 7 2
8 ––
S
15
3p + 9 – 5 = –2
3p = –6 Julat y : 0 < y < 23
p = –2
gi
an
Sudut
l
KBAT
Pe
1.
n
x y z m
(a) g(y) =
4y – 1
ta
m
1 g(1) = = –2
2 –2 4(1) – 1
bi
m = –6
(b) f(y) = 5y – 3
er
m 1 5x – 3 = y
kepada z di bawah fungsi g(y) = ,y≠ .
4y – 1 4 y+3
Pe
4y – 1 4 5
x + 3
(a) Cari nilai m. \ f –1(x) =
Find the value of m. 5
(b) Cari fungsi yang memetakan x kepada y.
Find the function which maps x onto y.
(c) Cari fungsi yang memetakan x kepada z.
Find the function which maps x onto z.
17
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 1 Fungsi
(c) gf –1(x) = g
5 2 The function g is defined by g : x → 8 – 5x.
–6 (a) Cari / Find
= (i) g2(x)
1 x+3
4
5 –1 2 (ii) (g 2)–1(x)
–6 (b) Seterusnya atau dengan cara lain,
= cari (g–1)2(x) dan tunjukkan bahawa
4x + 12 – 5
5 2 (g2)–1(x) = (g–1)2(x).
Hence or otherwise, find (g–1)2(x) and show that
.
hd
30 7 (g2)–1(x) = (g–1)2(x).
gf –1(x) = – , x≠–
4x + 7 4 (a) (i) g(x) = 8 – 5x
g2(x) = gg(x)
.B
= g(8 – 5x)
= 8 – 5(8 – 5x)
8 = 8 – 40 + 25x
dn
2. Fungsi f ditakrifkan oleh f : x →
, x ≠ 0. Cari
x = 25x – 32
ungkapan bagi setiap fungsi yang berikut: (ii) Biarkan y = 25x – 32
8 25x = y + 32
, x ≠ 0. Find the
S
The function f is defined by f : x →
x = y + 32
x
expression for each of the following functions.
25
(a) f 2 (b) f 3
Seterusnya, cari ungkapan bagi f 40 dan f 41. gi (g ) (x) = 2 –1 x +
25
32
an
Hence, find the expression of f 40 and f 41. (b) Biarkan y = 8 – 5x
8 8 – y = 5x
(a) f(x) =
x x = 8–y
l
f 2(x) = ff(x) 5
Pe
8 \ g–1(x) = 8 – x
= f
x 5
(g–1)2(x) = g–1g–1 (x)
8
= = g–1 8 – x
n
8
5
x = 8 – 8 – x 1
ta
= x 5 5
1 40 – 8+x
(b) f 3(x) = f.f 2(x) =
bi
5 5
= f(x)
8 = 1 (x + 32)
= , x ≠ 0 25
er
x \ (g2)–1(x) = (g–1)2(x)
f 40(x) = x
8
n
f 41(x) = , x ≠ 0
x
Pe
+
+
KBAT
+ Ekstra
18
B
BA
Fungsi Kuadratik
2 Quadratic Functions
.
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
.B
Solving quadratic equation means finding the roots of equation.
2. Kaedah penyelesaian persamaan kuadratik:
Methods of solving quadratic equation:
dn
(a) Penyempurnaan kuasa dua (b) Rumus kuadratik
Completing the square Quadratic formula
x = –b ± b – 4ac
2
S
2a
3. Jika a dan b adalah punca-punca persamaan kuadratik ax2 + bx + c = 0, maka
gi
If a and b are roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx = c = 0, then
(a) a + b = – b Hasil tambah punca (HTP) / Sum of roots (SOR)
a
an
(b) ab = c Hasil darab punca (HDP) / Product of roots (POR)
a
(c) x2 – (HTP)x + HDP = 0
x2 – (SOR)x + POR = 0
l
Pe
4. Terdapat tiga kaedah yang boleh digunakan untuk menentukan julat nilai yang memuaskan suatu ketaksamaan kuadratik,
iaitu
There are three methods that can be used to determine the range of values which satisfies a quadratic inequality, that is
(a) lakaran graf, (b) garis nombor, (c) jadual.
n
1. Selesaikan setiap persamaan kuadratik yang berikut dengan kaedah penyempurnaan kuasa dua.
Solve each of the following quadratic equations by completing the square. 3
Contoh
er
x2 – 10x – 9 = 0
Penyelesaian:
x – 10x + (–5) – (–5)2 – 9 = 0
2 2
Tambah nilai 1 b 2 .
2
6 2 6 2
Pe
x2 – 6x + 1– 2 – 1– 2 + 7 =0 2 (x – 5)2 – 25 – 9 = 0
2 2 Kemudian, tolak
(x – 5)2 – 34 = 0
dengan nilai 1 b 2 .
2
x2 – 6x + (–3)2 – (–3)2 + 7 =0 2
(x – 3)2 – 9 + 7 =0 Add 1 b 2 .
2 (x – 5)2 = 34
2 x – 5 = √34 atau x – 5 = –√34
(x – 3)2 – 2 =0 Then, minus 1 b 2 .
2
19
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
x2 – 3x + – 3 2 – 1– 32 2 2 x2 – 7 x + 2
2 2
21 –5=0
2 3 4 =0
1x – 32 2
– 9 –5=0 7 7 7
2 2 2
4
2
3
2x – x+ –
2 4 1
– –
4 2 1
+ 24 2 4=0
BAB
3 2
– 29 = 0 2 x – 7 – 49 + 2
2
1x–
2 42
4 31 16 2 4 =0
2 x – 3 = 29 2 x – 7 – 17
2 2
1 2 31 2 4 =0
.
2 4 4 16
hd
x– 7 = 17
2
x– 3 =±
2
29
4
4 1 2 16
17
x– 7
.B
29 29
x= 3 + atau x = 3 –
4
=±
16
2 4 2 4
= 4.193 = –1.193 17 17
x= 7 + atau x= 7 –
dn
4 16 4 16
= 2.781 = 0.7192
S
2. Selesaikan setiap persamaan kuadratik yang berikut dengan menggunakan kaedah rumus kuadratik.
Contoh gi
Solve each of the following quadratic equations by using the quadratic formula. 3
Penyelesaian: a = 4, b = –15, c = 13
3x2 + 6x – 2 = 0 x = –(–15) ± √(–15) – 4(4)(13)
2
l
Pe
2a
8 8
–6 ± √6 2
– 4(3)(–2)
ta
= = 2.390 = 1.360
2(3)
= –6 ± √60
bi
6
x= –6 + √60 atau / or x = –6 – √60
er
6 6
= 0.291 = –2.291
n
a = –2, b = 3, c = 4 a = 5, b = –7, c = 1
2(–2) 2(5)
= –3 ± √41 = 7 ± √29
–4 10
x= –3 + √41 atau x = –3 – √41 x= 7 + √29 atau x = 7 – √29
–4 –4 10 10
= –0.8508 = 2.351 = 1.239 = 0.1615
20
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
3. Tentukan hasil tambah dan hasil darab punca bagi setiap persamaan kuadratik yang berikut.
Determine the sum and the product of roots for each of the following quadratic equations. 4
a = 5, b = –4, c = –1
Penyelesaian:
BAB
3x2 – 7x + 5 = 0
Bandingkan dengan bentuk am.
HTP = – b HDP = c
ax2 + bx + c = 0 a a
Compare with general form.
–4 –1
a = 3, b = –7, c = 5 =– 1 2
= 2
.
5 5
HTP/SOR = – b c
hd
HDP/POR = = 4 =– 1
a a 5 5
= – –7 = 7
1 2 = 5
3 3 3
.B
(b) –x2 + 9x – 18 = 0 (c) 18x2 + 9x – 2 = 0
dn
a = –1, b = 9, c = –18 a = 18, b = 9, c = –2
S
a a
9 –2
=– 9
1 2
= –18 =–
18 1 2
=
18
gi
–1 –1
= 9 = 18 1
= – =– 1
2 9
an
4. Bentukkan satu persamaan kuadratik dengan punca-punca yang diberi.
Form a quadratic equation with the given roots.
l
4
Pe
Contoh
(a) –5, 6
4, –2
HTP = –5 + 6 = 1
Penyelesaian:
n
HDP = –5 × 6 = –30
HTP/SOR = 4 + (–2) = 2 Persamaan kuadratik ialah
ta
x2 – x – 30 = 0
x2 – 2x – 8 = 0
er
(b) 2, 5 (c) 1 , – 2
2 5 3
n
HTP = 2 + 5 = 9 HTP = 1 + – 2 = – 7
2 2 1 2
Pe
5 3 15
HDP = 2 × 5 = 5
1 2
2 HDP = 1 × – 2 = – 2
1 2
5 3 15
Persamaan kuadratik ialah
Persamaan kuadratik ialah
x2 – (HTP)x + HDP = 0
x2 – (HTP)x + HDP = 0
x2 – 9 x + 5 = 0
2 x2 – – 7 x + – 2 = 0
1 2 1 2
15 15
2x2 – 9x + 10 = 0 7
x + 2
x– 2 =0
15 15
15x2 + 7x – 2 = 0
21
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
Contoh
Jika a dan b ialah punca-punca persamaan x2 – 4x + 7 = 0, bentukkan persamaan kuadratik dengan
punca-punca 3a dan 3b.
BAB
If α and β are roots of quadratic equation x2 – 4x + 7 = 0, form a quadratic equation with roots 3α and 3b.
Penyelesaian:
a = 1, b = –4, c = 7
2
.
HTP/SOR = – b HDP/POR = c Kesalahan Lazim
hd
a a
7 Salah tulis HTP
a + b = – –4 = 4
1 2 ab = = 7 Wrongly write SOR
1 1 x2 – 4x + 7 = 0
.B
HTP baharu/ New SOR = 3a + 3b HDP baharu/ New POR = 3a × 3b 4
HTP/ SOR = –
= 3(a + b) = 3(4) = 12 = 9ab = 9(7) = 63 1
= –4
dn
Persamaan baharu ialah/ New equation is
x2 – (HTP)x + HDP = 0
x2 – 12x + 63 = 0
S
Jika a dan b ialah punca-punca persamaan 3x2 – 9x + 5 = 0, bentukkan persamaan kuadratik dengan
punca-punca 2a dan 2b.
gi
If α and β are roots of quadratic equation 3x2 – 9x + 5 = 0, form a quadratic equation with roots 2α and 2b.
an
a = 3, b = –9, c = 5
a + b = – –9 = 3
1 2 ab = x2 – 6x + 20 = 0
3 3 3
HTP baharu = 2a + 2b HDP baharu = 2a × 2b 3x2 – 18x + 20 = 0
= 2(a + b) = 2(3) = 6 = 4ab = 4 5 = 20
1 2
n
3 3
ta
bi
Contoh
er
Salah satu daripada punca bagi persamaan 2x2 – 8x + p = 0 ialah tiga kali punca yang satu lagi. Cari
n
Penyelesaian:
a = 2, b = –8, c = p ; Katakan punca-punca ialah a dan 3a./ Let roots are a and 3a.
HTP/ SOR = – b HDP/ POR = c
a a
–8 p
a + 3a = –
21 2=4 a × 3a =
2
4a = 4 → a = 1 3a2 = p
3a = 3(1) = 3 2
p = 6a = 6(1)2 = 6
2
22
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
Salah satu punca bagi persamaan x2 – 15x + m = 0 ialah dua kali punca yang satu lagi. Cari punca-punca
itu dan nilai m.
One of the roots of quadratic equation x2 – 15x + m = 0 is two times the other. Find the roots and the value of m.
BAB
HTP = – b HDP = c
a a
a + 2a = – –15
1 2 a × 2a = m
1 1 2
.
hd
3a = 15 m = 2a2
a =5 = 2(5)2
2a = 2(5) = 10 = 50
.B
Punca-punca ialah 5 dan 10. Nilai m ialah 50.
dn
7. Tentukan ketaksamaan berikut.
Solve the following inequalities. 5
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
S
x2 – 7x + 10 < 0 –x2 + 7x – 12 < 0
Penyelesaian:
(i) Kaedah 1: lakaran graf/ Method 1: graph sketching
gi Penyelesaian:
(i) Kaedah 1: lakaran graf/ Method 1: graph sketching
an
a . 0 bentuk graf ialah/ the shape of the graph is a , 0 bentuk graf ialah/ the shape of the graph is
apabila/ when x2 – 7x + 10 < 0 apabila/ when –x2 + 7x – 12 < 0
(x – 2)(x – 5) < 0 (–x + 4)(x – 3) < 0
l
x – 2 = 0 atau/ or x – 5 = 0 –x + 4 = 0 atau/ or x – 3 = 0
Pe
x = 2 x=5 x = 4 x=3
n
ta
3 4
2 5
bi
(ii) Kaedah 2: garis nombor/ Method 2: number line (ii) Kaedah 2: garis nombor/ Method 2: number line
x2 – 7x + 10 < 0 –x2 + 7x – 12 < 0
n
– – + – + +
– + + + + –
+ 2 – 5 + – 3 + 4 –
23
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
(iii) Kaedah 3: jadual / Method 3: table (iii) Kaedah 3: jadual/ Method 3: table
x2 – 7x + 10 < 0 –x2 + 7x – 12 < 0
(x – 2)(x – 5) < 0 (–x + 4)(x – 3) < 0
Pertimbangkan x – 2 = 0 dan/ and x – 5 = 0 Pertimbangkan –x + 4 = 0 dan/ and x – 3 = 0
Consider x=2 x=5 Consider x=4 x=3
BAB
(x – 2): – + + (x – 3) : – + +
(x – 5): – – + (–x + 4) : + + –
.
hd
2 5 3 4
.B
(a) x2 – 6x + 8 > 0 (b) 4x2 + 8x – 45 , 0
Apabila x2 – 6x + 8 = 0 Apabila 4x2 + 8x – 45 = 0
(x – 2)(x – 4) = 0 (2x – 5)(2x + 9) = 0
dn
x–2=0 atau x–4=0 x = 5 atau x=– 9
x = 2 x=4 2 2
S
2 4
gi 9
––
2
5
–
2
an
Maka, – 9 , x , 5
Maka, x < 2 atau x > 4 2 2
l
(c) –3x2 + 17x – 10 . 0 (d) 7x2 – 24x – 16 > 0
Pe
3 7
ta
4 4
––
bi
2 5 7
–
3
er
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Jenis punca persamaan kuadratik ditentukan oleh nilai pembeza layan, b2 – 4ac.
The types of roots of a quadratic equation are determined by the value of discriminant, b2 – 4ac.
24
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
Contoh
(i) 9x2 – 12x + 4 = 0 (ii) 4x2 – 13x + 3 = 0 (iii) 6x2 + 7x + 5 = 0
Penyelesaian:
BAB
(i) a = 9, b = –12, c = 4 (ii) a = 4, b = –13, c = 3 (ii) a = 6, b = 7, c = 5
b2 – 4ac = (–12)2 – 4(9)(4) b2 – 4ac = (–13)2 – 4(4)(3) b2 – 4ac = 72 – 4(6)(5)
= 144 – 144 = 169 – 48 = 49 – 120 2
.
=0 = 121 . 0 = –71 , 0
hd
Persamaan itu mempunyai Persamaan itu mempunyai Persamaan itu tidak
dua punca yang sama. dua punca yang berbeza. mempunyai punca.
The equation has two equal roots. The equation has two distinct The equation has no roots.
.B
roots.
dn
(a) 2x2 – 5x – 4 = 0 (b) 3x2 + 7x + 8 = 0
a = 2, b = –5, c = –4 a = 3, b = 7, c = 8
b2 – 4ac = (–5)2 – 4(2)(–4) b2 – 4ac = 72 – 4(3)(8)
S
= 25 + 32 = 49 – 96
= 57 . 0 = –47 , 0
Persamaan itu mempunyai dua punca yang
berbeza. gi Persamaan itu tidak mempunyai punca.
an
(c) 4x2 – 28x + 49 = 0 (d) 6x2 – 9x + 2 = 0
l
a = 4, b = –28, c = 49 a = 6, b = –9, c = 2
Pe
Persamaan itu mempunyai dua punca yang Persamaan itu mempunyai dua punca yang
ta
sama. berbeza.
bi
9. Cari nilai-nilai p jika setiap persamaan kuadratik berikut mempunyai dua punca yang sama.
Find the values of p if each of the following quadratic equations has two equal roots. 4
er
a = 1, b = 2p, c = 3p + 4
Penyelesaian: b2 – 4ac = 0
Pe
25
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
a = 3, b = p, c = 12 a = 4, b = –4p, c = 8p + 9
b2 – 4ac = 0 b2 – 4ac = 0
p – 4(3)(12) = 0
2
(–4p) – 4(4)(8p + 9) = 0
2
BAB
.
p = –1 p=9
hd
10. Cari julat nilai p jika setiap persamaan kuadratik berikut mempunyai dua punca yang berbeza.
.B
Find the range of values of p if each of the following quadratic equations has two different roots. 4
Contoh (a) x2 + 2x + p – 3 = 0
dn
x2 – 4x – 3 + p = 0 b2 – 4ac . 0
Penyelesaian: 2 – 4(1)(p – 3) . 0
2
S
b2 – 4ac .0 punca yang berbeza.
(–4) – 4(1)(–3 + p)
2
.0 Condition for two 16 – 4p . 0
distinct roots. 4p , 16
16 + 12 – 4p .0
4p
p
, 28
,7 gi p,4
an
(b) 2x2 – 7x + p = 0 (c) (p + 1)x2 + 4x – 9 = 0
l
Pe
b2 – 4ac . 0 b2 – 4ac . 0
(–7) – 4(2)(p) . 0
2
4 – 4(p + 1)(–9) . 0
2
49 – 8p . 0 16 + 36p + 36 . 0
8p , 49 36p . –52
n
p , 49 p . – 13
ta
8 9
bi
11. Cari julat nilai p jika setiap persamaan kuadratik berikut tidak mempunyai punca.
Find the range of values of p if each of the following quadratic equations has no roots.
er
Contoh (a) x2 – 2x + p – 6 = 0
n
x2 + 6x + p – 4 = 0
b2 – 4ac ,0
Pe
26
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
b2 – 4ac , 0 b2 – 4ac , 0
3 – 4(4)(p) , 0
2
(–6) – 4(2p – 1)(8) , 0
2
9 – 16p , 0 36 – 64p + 32 , 0
BAB
–16p , –9 68 , 64p
64p . 68
p. 9
16 p . 17
16 2
.
hd
12. Selesaikan setiap yang berikut.
Solve of the following. 5
.B
Contoh
Cari julat nilai p jika persamaan kuadratik x2 – (p + 5)x + 4 = 0 mempunyai dua punca yang berbeza.
dn
Find the range of values of p if the quadratic equation x2 – (p + 5)x + 4 = 0 has two different roots.
Penyelesaian:
S
b2 – 4ac . 0 p+1=0
[–(p + 5)]2 – 4(1)(4) . 0 p = –1
gi
p2 + 10p + 25 – 16 . 0 p+9=0
p
p2 + 10p + 9 . 0 p = –9 –9 –1
(p + 1)(p + 9) . 0
an
Maka, p , –9 atau p . –1
l
Pe
Cari julat nilai p jika persamaan kuadratik x2 – 2px + 4p – 3 = 0 tidak mempunyai punca.
Find the range of values of p if the quadratic equation x2 – 2px + 4p – 3 = 0 has no roots.
b2 – 4ac , 0 p–1 =0
n
(–2p) – 4(1)(4p – 3) , 0
2
p =1
4p2 – 16p + 12 , 0 p–3 =0 p
ta
1 3
p2 – 4p + 3 , 0 p =3
(p – 1)(p – 3) , 0 Maka, 1 , p , 3
bi
er
Fungsi Kuadratik
2.3 Quadratic Functions
n
NOTA IMBASAN
Pe
1. Bentuk am bagi fungsi kuadratik ialah f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, dengan keadaan a, b dan c adalah pemalar dan a ≠ 0.
The general form of a quadratic function is f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, where a, b and c are constants and a ≠ 0.
27
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
a.0 x
x x
.
x x
hd
a,0 x
.B
Persamaan f(x) = 0 mempunyai Persamaan f(x) = 0 mempunyai Persamaan f(x) = 0 tidak
dua punca yang berbeza. dua punca yang sama. mempunyai punca.
dn
The equation f(x) = 0 has two different The equation f(x) = 0 has two equal The equation f(x) = 0 has no roots.
roots. roots.
4. Dengan kaedah penyempurnaan kuasa dua f(x) = ax2 + bx + c boleh diungkapkan dalam bentuk f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k di mana
S
a, h dan k adalah pemalar.
By completing the square, f(x) = ax2 + bx + c can be expressed in the form f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k where a, h and k are constants.
gi
(a) Jika a . 0, fungsi kuadratik mempunyai nilai minimum k apabila x = h dan titik minimum (h, k).
If a . 0, the quadratic function has a minimum value k when x = h and minimum point (h, k).
(b) Jika a , 0, fungsi kuadratik mempunyai nilai maksimum k apabila x = h dan titik maksimum (h, k).
an
If a , 0, the quadratic function has maximum value k when x = h and maximum point (h, k).
(c) Paksi simetri ialah satu garis menegak yang melalui titik maksimum atau titik minimum.
x = h adalah persamaan paksi simetri.
l
Pe
Axis of symmetry is a vertical line passing through the maximum point or minimum point.
x = h is the equation of axis of symmetry.
(d) Paksi simetri boleh ditentukan dengan menggunakan x = – b .
b 2a
Axis of symmetry can be determined by using x = – .
n
2a
ta
(a) Kenal pasti nilai a dan lakarkan bentuk graf itu. NOTA
Identify the value of a and sketch the shape of the graph.
er
(c) Ungkapkan f(x) = ax2 + bx + c dalam bentuk f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k dengan kaedah penyempurnaan kuasa dua untuk
menentukan titik minimum atau titik maksimum (h, k).
Pe
Expressed f(x) = ax2 + bx + c in the form of f(x) = a(x – h)2 + k by completing the square to determine the minimum or maximum point
(h, k).
(d) Cari titik persilangan antara graf dengan paksi-y dengan menggantikan x = 0.
Find the point of intersection of the graph with the y-axis by substituting x = 0.
(e) Cari titik persilangan antara graf dengan paksi-x dengan menyelesaikan f(x) = 0.
Find the point of intersection of the graph with the x-axis by solving f(x) = 0.
(f ) Lakarkan graf dengan menyambungkan semua titik diperoleh daripada langkah di atas.
Sketch the graph by joining all the points obtained in the steps above.
28
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
13. Tentukan sama ada setiap fungsi yang berikut ialah fungsi kuadratik atau bukan.
Determine whether each of the following functions is a quadratic function. 1
BAB
Maka f(x) ialah fungsi kuadratik.
Kuasa tertinggi bagi x ialah 2/Highest power of x is 2
Maka f(x) ialah fungsi kuadratik.
Thus, f(x) is a quatratic function.
2
.
hd
(b) f(x) = 7x3 – x2 + 8 (c) f(x) = –x – 3x2
.B
Maka f(x) bukan fungsi kuadratik. Maka f(x) ialah fungsi kuadratik.
dn
14. Bagi setiap fungsi kuadratik berikut, tentukan bentuk graf itu dan tentukan juga jenis punca apabila
f(x) = 0.
For each of the following quadratic functions, determine the shape of the graph and determine also the type of roots when
f(x) = 0. 3
S
Contoh
(i) f(x) = x2 – 6x + 3
gi
(ii) f(x) = –4x2 + 8x – 4 (iii) f(x) = 3x2 – 9x + 7
an
a = 1 . 0, bentuk graf ialah/ a = –4 , 0, bentuk graf ialah/
a = 3 . 0, bentuk graf ialah/
shape of graph is shape of graph is
shape of graph is
b – 4ac = (–6) – 4(1)(3)
2 2
b – 4ac = (8) – 4(–4)(–4)
2 2
b2 – 4ac = (–9)2 – 4(3)(7)
l
= 36 – 12 = 64 – 64
= 81 – 84
Pe
= 24 . 0 =0
= –3 , 0
Maka, f(x) = 0 mempunyai Maka, f(x) = 0 mempunyai
Maka, f(x) = 0 tidak
dua punca yang berbeza. dua punca yang sama.
Thus, f(x) = 0 has two distinct roots. Thus, f(x) = 0 has two equal roots. mempunyai punca.
n
= 49 – 40 = 36 – 48
=9.0 = –12 , 0
Maka, f(x) = 0 mempunyai dua punca yang Maka, f(x) = 0 tidak mempunyai punca.
n
berbeza.
Pe
29
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
15. Cari julat nilai bagi k jika setiap graf bagi fungsi kuadratik berikut menyilangi paksi-x pada dua titik berlainan.
Find the range of values of k if each of the following graphs of quadratic function intersects the x-axis at two different
points. 4
a = 2k – 3, b = –4, c = –8
Penyelesaian: f(x) mempunyai dua punca yang berlainan
a = 3, b = –8, c = k – 6 apabila b2 – 4ac . 0
2 f(x) mempunyai dua punca yang berlainan apabila (–4) – 4(2k – 3)(–8) . 0
2
.
hd
f(x) has two distinct roots when 16 + 64k – 96 . 0
b2 – 4ac .0 64k . 80
(–8) – 4(3)(k – 6)
2
.0
k. 5
64 – 12k + 72 .0 4
.B
12k , 136
k , 34
3
dn
16. Cari nilai-nilai m jika setiap graf bagi fungsi kuadratik berikut menyilangi paksi-x pada satu titik.
Find the values of m if each of the following graphs of quadratic function intersects the x-axis at one point. 4
S
Contoh (a) f(x) = x2 + 2mx + m + 6
f(x) = mx2 – 6x + 9
gi a = 1, b = 2m, c = m + 6
an
Penyelesaian: f(x) mempunyai dua punca yang sama apabila
a = m, b = –6, c = 9 b2 – 4ac = 0
f(x) mempunyai dua punca yang sama apabila (2m)2 – 4(1)(m + 6) = 0
l
f(x) has two equal roots when 4m2 – 4m – 24 = 0
Pe
b2 – 4ac =0 m2 – m – 6 = 0
(–6) – 4(m)(9)
2
=0 (m – 3)(m + 2) = 0
36 – 36m =0
m – 3 = 0 atau m + 2 = 0
m = 3 m = –2
n
36m = 36
m =1
ta
bi
17. Cari julat nilai p jika setiap graf fungsi kuadratik berikut tidak menyilangi paksi-x.
Find the range of values of p if each of the following graphs of quadratic function does not intersects the x-axis. 4
er
a = 2p + 5, b = –6, c = 9 b2 – 4ac , 0
f(x) tidak mempunyai punca apabila [2(p + 1)] – 4(1)(p2 – 1) , 0
2
30
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
18. Ungkapkan setiap fungsi kuadratik yang berikut dalam bentuk a(x – h)2 + k. Nyatakan nilai maksimum atau
minimum dan nilai sepadan bagi x.
Express each of the following quadratic functions in the form a(x – h)2 + k. State the maximum or minimum value and the
corresponding value of x. 4
Contoh
BAB
(i) f(x) = 2x2 + 8x – 1 (ii) f(x) = 2 + 6x – 3x2
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
f(x) = 2x2 + 8x – 1 f(x) = –3x2 + 6x + 2
2
.
= 2(x2 + 4x) – 1 = –3(x2 – 2x) + 2
hd
= 2 x2 + 4x + 4 – 4 – 1 = –3 x2 – 2x + –2 – –2 + 2
2 2 2 2
3 21 2 1 24
2 3 2 1 2 1 24
2
= 2(x + 2)2 – 8 – 1 = –3(x – 1)2 + 3 + 2
.B
= 2(x + 2)2 – 9 = –3(x – 1)2 + 5
Oleh sebab a . 0, f(x) mempunyai nilai minimum Oleh sebab a , 0, f(x) mempunyai nilai
–9 apabila (x + 2) = 0 iaitu x = –2. maksimum 5 apabila (x – 1) = 0 iaitu x = 1.
dn
Since a . 0, f(x) has minimum value of –9 when Since a , 0, f(x) has maximum value of 5 when
(x + 2) = 0 which is x = –2. (x – 1) = 0 which is x = 1.
S
f(x) = –(x2 – 5x) – 11
= – x2 – 5x + –5 – –5 – 11
2 2
f(x) = x2 + 4x + 4 – 4 – 3 3 1 2 1 24
2 2
2
= (x + 2)2 – 4 – 3
1 2 1 2
2
gi
= – x – 5 2
+1
2
25 – 112
2
an
= (x + 2)2 – 7 2 4
Oleh sebab a . 0, f(x) mempunyai nilai minimum = – x – 5 – 19
2
2 1 4 2
–7 apabila (x + 2) = 0 iaitu x = –2.
l
Pe
= 2 x2 – 4x + –4 – –4 + 15 2 2
2 2
3 21 2 1 242 = –2(x + 3)2 + 18 + 9
= 2(x – 2)2 – 8 + 15 = –2(x + 3)2 + 27
bi
= 2(x – 2) + 7 2
Oleh sebab a , 0, f(x) mempunyai nilai maksimum
Oleh sebab a . 0, f(x) mempunyai nilai minimum
er
= –3(x2 + 7x) – 5
= 4 x2 – 2x + –2 – –2
2 2
3 1 2 1 24
2 2
+ 17
= –3 x2 + 7x + 7 – 7 – 5
2 2
= 4(x – 1)2 – 4 + 17 32 2 1 2 1 24
= 4(x – 1)2 + 13 7 2
147
Oleh sebab a . 0, f(x) mempunyai nilai minimum
= –3 x +
2
+1 4 2
–5
13 apabila (x – 1) = 0 iaitu x = 1.
= –3 x + 7 + 127
2
2 1 4 2
Oleh sebab a , 0, f(x) mempunyai nilai maksimum
127 apabila x + 7 = 0 iaitu x = – 7 .
4 2 1 2 2
31
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
Contoh
x The diagram shows the graph of the function f(x) = –(x – k)2 – 9, where k is
O
a constant. Find
y = f(x)
–11 (6, –11) (a) nilai k.
2 the value of k.
.
hd
(b) persamaan paksi simetri.
the equation of axis of symmetry.
(c) koordinat titik maksimum.
the coordinates of the maximum point.
.B
Penyelesaian:
(a) Titik tengah bagi (0, –11) dan (6, –11)/ Midpoint of (0, –11) and (6, –1)
dn
= 0 + 6 , –11 – 11 = (3, –11)
1 2
2 2
Pada titik maksimum/ At the maximum point, x = 3
S
3–k=0
k = 3
gi
(b) Persamaan paksi simetri ialah/ Equation of axis of symmetry is x = 3
(c) f(x) = –(x – 3)2 – 9
an
Maka, titik maksimum ialah/ Thus, maximum point is (3, –9).
l
Rajah menunjukkan bentuk bagi graf fungsi kuadratik f(x) = a(x + m)2 + n. Tentukan nilai-nilai a, m dan n.
Pe
The diagram shows the shapes of the graph of quadratic function f(x) = a(x + m)2 + n. Determine the values of a, m and n.
x
3
ta
–4
6
bi
x
O 4 –22
–2
n er
x+m =0
x+m =0
4+m=0 3+m=0
Pe
m = –4 m = –3
n = nilai minimum n = nilai maksimum
= –2 = –4
f(x) = a(x – 4)2 – 2 f(x) = a(x – 3)2 – 4
Pada titik (0, 6), 6 = a(0 – 4)2 – 2 Pada titik (0, –22), –22 = a(0 – 3)2 – 4
16a = 8 9a = –18
a= 8 a = –2
16
= 1
2
32
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
20. Lakarkan graf bagi setiap fungsi kuadratik yang berikut. Nyatakan persamaan paksi simetri bagi setiap graf
Sketch the graph of each of the following quadratic functions. State the equation of the axis of symmetry for each graph. 5
Contoh 1
f(x) = x2 + 8x + 12
Penyelesaian:
BAB
1 Tentukan bentuk graf.
a=1.0 Determine the shape of the graph. Apabila/When x = 0
4 Tentukan pintasan-y.
b2 – 4ac = (8)2 – 4(1)(12) f(x) = (0)2 + 8(0) + 12 Determine y-intercept.
= 16 . 0 = 12
Maka, graf f(x) berbentuk dengan titik minimum 2
.
hd
dan menyilangi paksi-x pada dua titik yang berbeza. f(x)
Thus, graph f(x) has shape with minimum point and 5 Lakar graf.
intersect the x-axis at two distinct points. Sketch the graph.
.B
f(x) = x2 + 8x + 12 12
dn
2 2 atau maksimum.
x
Determine the minimum
= (x + 4) – 16 + 12
2
–6 –2 0
or maximum point. (–4, –4)
= (x + 4) – 4
2
S
Apabila/When f(x) = 0, Persamaan paksi simetri ialah/Equation of axis of
gi
symmetry is x = –4.
x2 + 8x + 12 = 0
3 Tentukan pintasan-x
(x + 2)(x + 6) = 0 jika ada.
an
x = –2 atau/or x = –6 Determine x-intercept
if exist.
l
Pe
Contoh 2
f(x) = –2x2 + 6x – 5
n
Penyelesaian:
a = –2 , 0
ta
Apabila/When x = 0
b2 – 4ac = (6)2 – 4(–2)(–5) f(x) = –2(0)2 + 6(0) – 5
= –4 , 0 = –5
bi
3 ––
1
f(x) = –2x2 + 6x – 5 –,
2 2
= –2 x2 – 3x + –3 – –3
2 2
Pe
3 2 2 1 2 1 24–5
–5
3 2
9
= –2 x –
2 1 + –5
2 2
= –2 x – 3 – 1
2
2 1 2 2
Persamaan paksi simetri ialah/ Equation of axis of
Titik maksimum ialah / Maximum point is 3
symmetry is x = .
3, – 1 . 2
12 2 2
33
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
(a) f(x) = x2 – 6x – 7
Apabila x = 0
a=1.0 f(x) = (0)2 – 6(0) – 7
b2 – 4ac = (–6)2 – 4(1)(–7) = –7
= 64 . 0
BAB
f(x)
Maka, graf f(x) berbentuk dengan titik
minimum dan menyilangi paksi-x pada dua
titik yang berbeza.
2
.
hd
f(x) = x2 – 6x – 7 x
–10 7
= x – 6x + –6 – –6
2 2
2
2 1 2 1 2
2
–7 –7
= (x – 3)2 – 9 – 7
.B
(3, –16)
= (x – 3)2 – 16
Titik minimum ialah (3, –16).
dn
Apabila f(x) = 0, Persamaan paksi simetri ialah x = 3.
x2 – 6x – 7 = 0
(x + 1)(x – 7) = 0
S
x = –1 atau x = 7
gi
an
(b) f(x) = –x2 + 6x – 5
l
Pe
a = –1 , 0 Apabila x = 0
b2 – 4ac = (6)2 – 4(–1)(–5) f(x) = –(0)2 + 6(0) – 5
= 16 . 0 = –5
n
f(x) = –x + 6x – 5
2
bi
x
= – x2 – 6x + –6 – –6
2 2
3 2 2 1 2 1 24–5 0 1 5
er
= –(x – 3)2 + 9 – 5 –5
= –(x – 3)2 + 4
n
Apabila f(x) = 0,
–x2 + 6x – 5 = 0 Persamaan paksi simetri ialah x = 3.
x2 – 6x + 5 = 0
(x – 1)(x – 5) = 0
x = 1 atau x = 5
34
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
BAB
Maka, graf f(x) berbentuk dengan titik f(x)
minimum dan tidak menyilang paksi-x.
f(x) = 2x2 – 5x + 4 4 2
.
hd
= 2 x2 – 5 x + –5 – –5
2 2
3 2 4 1 2 1 24+4
4
5 2
25
= 2 x – 1 –2 +4 5 –
–, 7
4 8
.B
4 8 x
0
= 2 x – 5 + 7
2
14 28
dn
Persamaan paksi simetri ialah x = 5 .
Titik minimum ialah 5 , 7 .
1 2 4
4 8
S
gi
l an
Pe
PRAKTIS SPM 2
n
2017
1. Diberi −3 ialah salah satu punca persamaan Find the range of value of x such that the quadratic
SPM function f(x) = 4 + 3x – x2 is negative.
kuadratik (x − p)2 = 25, dengan keadaan p ialah
bi
2015
pemalar. Cari nilai-nilai p.
Given −3 is one of the roots of the quadratic equation f(x) = 4 + 3x – x2
4 + 3x – x2 , 0
er
x − p = ±5
Pe
Apabila x = −3,
−3 − p = 5 , −3 − p = −5 –1 4
p = −8 , p=2
x , –1 atau x . 4
35
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
.
mx2 – 2nx + 4m = 0, dengan keadaan m dan
hd
n ialah pemalar, mempunyai dua punca yang
sama. Cari m : n.
It is given that the quadratic equation
.B
mx2 – 2nx + 4m = 0, where m and n are constants,
has two equal roots. Find m : n.
5. Diberi bahawa persamaan kuadratik px2 – 5x + k = 0,
SPMdengan keadaan p dan k ialah pemalar mempunyai
2018
punca-punca a dan 4a. Ungkapkan p dalam
dn
(a) x2 + (p + 8)x – p2 = 0
HTP = a + (–a) = –(p + 8) sebutan k.
0 = –p – 8 It is given that the quadratic equation px2 – 5x + k = 0,
where p are constants has roots a and 4a. Express p in
p = –8
S
terms of k.
HDP = –p2
= –(–8)2
= –64
gi px2 – 5x + k = 0
HTP = a + 4a
5a = – –5
an
(b) mx2 – 2nx + 4m =0 p
b2 – 4ac =0 a= 1
p
l
(–2n) – 4(m)(4m)
2
=0
Pe
4 1 = k
2
m 2 = 1 = 1
2
n p p
ta
4 2
4 = k
\ m:n =1:2 p2 p
bi
p= 4
k
er
36
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
Untuk 2x2 + hx − 6k = 0
x2 + hx − 3k = 0
2
60 cm
HTP: − h = a + b …… 1
2
(25 – 2x) cm
HDP: −3k = ab …… 2
BAB
x cm x cm
Untuk 3x2 + 1 = h + 12x
3x – 12x + 1 – h = 0
2
Jumlah luas = 84
2
.
x2 − 4x + 1 1 – h 2 = 0
hd
3 2(x × 60) + 2(x × (25 – 2x)) = 84
120x + 50x – 4x2 – 84 =0
HTP: 4 = a + b …… 3
–4x2 + 170x – 84 =0
Gantikan 3 ke 1: − h = 4
.B
4x2 – 170x + 84 =0
2 2x2 – 85x + 42 =0
h = −8 (2x – 1)(x – 42) =0
dn
HDP: 1 – h = ab …… 4 2x – 1 = 0 atau x – 42 = 0
3
2x = 1 x = 42 (ditolak)
Gantikan 4 ke 2 : −3k = 1 – h
3 x =1
S
−9k = 1 − (−8) h = –8
2
–9k = 9 Lebar ialah 1 cm
k = −1
gi 2
l an
Pe
7. Rajah 1 menunjukkan pandangan hadapan bagi 8. Fungsi kuadratik f(x) = –x2 + 7x – 10 boleh
SPMempat keping kayu dengan lebar yang sama.
diungkapkan dalam bentuk f(x) = –1x – 7 2 + p,
2
2016
Jumlah luas permukaan hadapan keempat-empat 2
n
wood with the same width. The total front area of the
four pieces of wood is 84 cm2. The four pieces of wood are Sketch the graph of f(x).
used to produce a rectangular painting frame as shown (a) f(x) = –x2 + 7x – 10
n
2 2
2 2
= – 31x – 7 2 – 49 4 – 10
2
60 cm 60 cm 2 4
7
= – 1x – 2 +
2 49 – 10
2 4
= – 1x – 7 2 + 9
2
25 cm 2 4
Rajah 1 / Rajah 2 / 9
Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Maka, p =
4
37
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
(b) Titik maksimum ialah 1 7 , 9 2 10. Rajah menunjukkan graf y = a(x – h)2 + m, dengan
2 4 SPM keadaan a, h dan m ialah pemalar. Garis lurus y = –5
2018
Apabila f(x) = 0 ialah tangen kepada lengkung pada titik Q.
–x2 + 7x – 10 = 0 Diagram shows the graph y = a(x – h)2 + m, where a,
h and m are constants. The straight line y = – 5 is the
(–x + 2)(x – 5) = 0 tangent to the curve at point Q.
BAB
x = 2 atau x = 5
y
Apabila x = 0, f(x) = –10
.
f (x)
hd
x
72 , 94 –2 0 8
x
O 2 5
.B
Q
–10
dn
State the coordinates of Q.
(b) Cari nilai a.
Find the value of a.
S
(a) Nilai x bagi titik tengah = –2 + 8 = 3
2
9. Diberi fungsi kuadratik f(x) = (2m + 1)x2 – 3mx +
SPM
20162(m – 2), dengan keadaan m ialah pemalar, adalah gi h = 3, m = –5
\ Q(3, –5)
an
sentiasa positif apabila m > p atau m < q. Cari nilai
p dan nilai q. (b) y = a(x – 3)2 – 5
Given the quadratic function f(x) = (2m + 1)x2 – 3mx Gantikan x = 8, y = 0
l
+ 2(m – 2), where m is a constant, is always positive 0 = a(8 – 3)2 – 5
Pe
b2 – 4ac < 0 5
(–3m) – 4(2m + 1)(2m – 4) < 0
2
ta
f(x) < 6.
–7m2 + 24m + 16 < 0 Given that f(x) = –2x2 + 11x – 9, find the range of values
7m2 – 24m – 16 > 0 of x for f(x) < 6.
er
(m – 4) : – – +
+ – +
– 4 4 x
7 5 3
2
m < – 4 m >4
7
38
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
12. Diberi bahawa lengkung y = (k – 3)x2 – 6x + 1, 14. Diberi bahawa a dan b ialah punca-punca
SPM dengan keadaan k ialah pemalar, bersilang dengan persamaan kuadratik x(4 – x) = 2p – 8, dengan
2018
garis lurus y = 2x + 5 pada dua titik. Cari julat keadaan p ialah pemalar. Cari julat nilai p jika a ≠ b.
nilai k. It is given that a and b are the roots of the quadratic
It is given that the curve y = (k – 3)x2 – 6x + 1, where k equation x(4 – x) = 2p – 8, where p is a constant. Find
is a constant, intersects with the straight line y = 2x + 5 the range of values of p if a ≠ b.
BAB
at two points. Find the range of values of k.
x(4 – x) = 2p – 8
y = (k – 3)x2 – 6x + 1 …… 1 4x – x2 = 2p – 8
y = 2x + 5 …… 2 x – 4x + 2p – 8
2
= 0 2
.
hd
Gantikan 1 ke dalam 2, b2 – 4ac .0
2x + 5 = (k – 3)x2 – 6x + 1 (–4) – 4(1)(2p – 8)
2
.0
(k – 3)x2 – 6x – 2x – 5 + 1 = 0 16 – 8p + 32 .0
(k – 3)x2 – 8x – 4 = 0 8p , 48
.B
b2 – 4ac . 0 p ,6
(–8) – 4(k – 3)(–4) . 0
2
dn
64 + 16k – 48 . 0
16k . –16
k . –1
Kertas 2
S
1. Persamaan kuadratik x2 – 6(2x – h) = 0, dengan
gi
13. Graf fungsi kuadratik g(x) = hx + (k − 1)x + 4,
2
keadaan h ialah pemalar mempunyai punca-
SPM dengan keadaan h dan k ialah pemalar, mempunyai punca m dan 3m, m ≠ 0.
2015
satu titik minimum. A quadratic equation x2 – 6(2x – h) = 0, where h is a
an
The graph of a quadratic function g(x) = hx + (k − 1)x + 4,
2
constant has roots m and 3m, m ≠ 0.
where h and k are constants, has a minimum point. (a) Cari nilai m dan nilai h.
(a) Nyatakan nilai h jika h ialah suatu integer Find the value of m and of h.
l
dengan keadaan −1 < h < 1. (b) Seterusnya, bentukkan persamaan kuadratik
Pe
State the value of h if h is an integer such that yang mempunyai punca-punca m + 3 dan
−1 < h < 1. m – 4.
(b) Dengan menggunakan jawapan di (a), cari Hence, form the quadratic equation with the roots
julat nilai k jika graf itu tidak menyilang m + 3 and m – 4.
n
paksi-x.
ta
Using the answer from (a), find the range of values (a) x2 – 6(2x – h) = 0
of k if the graph does not intersect the x-axis. x2 – 12x + 6h = 0
a = 1, b = –12, c = 6h
bi
39
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
x2 – (5)x + (–6) = 0 2 = −1 − k
x2 – 5x – 6 = 0 k = −3
.
3. Fungi kuadratik f(x) = 2x2 – 8x + k mempunyai
hd
2. Persamaan kuadratik k − 4x = x2 − x + 1, dengan nilai minimum 5 apabila x = h.
SPM keadaan k ialah pemalar, mempunyai punca- The quadratic function f(x) = 2x2 – 8x + k has a minimum
2015 value of 5 when x = h.
punca a dan b.
.B
The quadratic equation k − 4x = x2 − x + 1, where k is a (a) Cari nilai h dan nilai k.
constant, has roots a and b. Find the value of h and of k.
(a) Cari julat nilai k jika a ≠ b. (b) Seterusnya, dengan menggunakan nilai h dan
dn
Find the range of values of k if a ≠ b. nilai k di (a), lakarkan graf f(x) = 2x2 – 8x + k.
Hence, by using the value of h and of k in (a), sketch
(b) Diberi a + 1 dan b + 1 adalah punca-punca the graph of f(x) = 2x2 – 8x + k.
bagi satu lagi persamaan kuadratik
(a) f(x) = 2x2 – 8x + k
S
2x2 − hx + 4 = 0, dengan keadaan h ialah
pemalar. Cari nilai k dan nilai h. = 2(x2 – 4x) + k
= 23x2 – 4x + 1 –4 2 – 1 –4 2 4 + k
2 2
Given a + 1 and b + 1 are the roots of another
quadratic equation 2x2 − hx + 4 = 0, where h is a
constant. Find the value of k and of h. gi
= 2[(x – 2)2 – 4] + k
2 2
an
= 2(x – 2)2 – 8 + k
(a) x2 − x + 1 = k − 4x –8 + k = 5
x2 − x + 4x + 1 − k = 0 k = 13
l
x2 + 3x + 1 − k = 0 x–2=0
Pe
x = 2
a ≠ b bermaksud dua punca berbeza \ h=2
b2 − 4ac . 0
32 − 4(1)(1 − k) . 0 (b) f(x) = 2(x – 2)2 + 5
n
9 − 4 + 4k . 0 a = 2 > 0
ta
4 b2 – 4ac = (–8)2 – 4(2)(13)
(b) Untuk 2x2 − hx + 4 = 0 = –40 < 0
er
h = 13
HTP: = (a + 1) + (b + 1)
2 f(x)
Pe
h − 2 = a + b …… 1
2 13
HDP: 2 = (a + 1)(b + 1)
2 = ab + a + b + 1 …… 2
Untuk x2 + 3x + 1 − k = 0, (2, 5)
HTP: −3 = a + b …… 3
HDP: 1 − k = ab …… 4 x
0
40
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
4. Diberi persamaan kuadratik p(x2 + 16) = –4qx 5. Lengkung fungsi kuadratik f(x) = –2(x + h)2 + 2k
SPM menyilang paksi-x pada titik-titik (2, 0) dan
BUKAN mempunyai dua punca yang sama, cari nisbah 2016
RUTIN
p : q. Seterusnya, selesaikan persamaan itu. (6, 0). Garis lurus y = 8 menyentuh titik maksimum
Given that the quadratic equation p(x2 + 16) = – 4qx lengkung itu.
has two equal roots, find the ratio p : q. Hence, solve the The curve of a quadratic function f(x) = –2(x + h)2 + 2k
equation. intersects the x-axis at points (2, 0) and (6, 0). The
BAB
straight line y = 8 touches the maximum point of the
curve.
p(x2 + 16)
= –4qx (a) Tentukan nilai h dan nilai k.
px + 4qx + 16p
=0
2
Determine the value of h and of k. 2
.
=0 b2 – 4ac (b) Seterusnya, lakar graf f(x) untuk 0 < x < 7.
hd
(4q)2 – 4p(16p)
=0 Hence, sketch the graph of f(x) for 0 < x < 7.
=016q2 – 64p2 (c) Nyatakan persamaan bagi lengkung itu jika
= 16q2 64p2 graf itu dipantulkan pada paksi-x.
.B
State the equation of the curve if the graph is
= 16 p2
reflected in the x-axis.
64 q2
= 1
dn
4 (a) Paksi simetri, x = 2 + 6
2
p 2 1 2
1q2 =122
x + h = 0
=4
S
p:q =1:2 4 + h = 0
h = – 4
Apabila q = 2p,
p(x2 + 16) = –4(2p)x
gi 2k = 8
k = 4
an
x2 + 16 = –8x
x + 8x + 16
2
=0 (b) f(x) = –2(x – 4)2 + 8
(x + 4)(x + 4) =0 = –2(x2 – 8x + 16) + 8
l
= –2x2 + 16x – 32 + 8
Pe
x+4 =0
= –2x2 + 16x – 24
x = –4
\ Apabila x = 0, f(x) = –24
x = 7, f(x) = –2(7)2 + 16(7) – 24
n
= –10
ta
f(x)
8
bi
x
0 2 6 7
er
–10
–24
n
Pe
41
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 2 Fungsi Kuadratik
Sudut KBAT
1. ABCD ialah sebuah segi empat tepat dengan panjang 5x cm dan lebar (4 – x) cm.
ABCD is a rectangle with a length of 5x cm and a width of (4 – x) cm.
BAB
5x
4–x
2
.
hd
Cari perimeter, dalam cm, segi empat ABCD jika luas ABCD adalah maksimum.
Seterusnya, nyatakan nilai luas yang maksimum, dalam cm2, bagi segi empat ABCD.
Find the perimeter, in cm, of the rectangle ABCD if the area of ABCD is a maximum.
Hence, state the maximum value of the area, in cm2, of the rectangle ABCD.
.B
Katakan luas segi empat tepat = f(x)
f(x) = 5x(4 – x)
dn
= –5x2 + 20x
= –5(x2 – 4x)
= –53x2 – 4x + 1– 4 2 – 1– 4 2 4
2 2
S
2 2
= –5(x – 2)2 + 20
a = –5 < 0, maka, f(x) mempunyai nilai maksimum
x–2=0 gi
an
\ x=2
Perimeter = 2(5x) + 2(4 – x)
= 2(5 × 2) + 2(4 – 2)
l
= 24 cm
Pe
2. (a) Cari julat nilai-nilai m dengan keadaan fungsi f(x) = 2x2 – 7x + m adalah sentiasa positif bagi semua nilai x.
Find the range of values of m such that the function f(x) = 2x2 – 7x + m is always positive for all values of x.
ta
(b) Tunjukkan fungsi g(x) = 3x – 8 – 4x2 adalah sentiasa negatif bagi semua nilai x.
Show that the function g(x) = 3x – 8 – 4x2 is always negative for all values of x.
bi
b2 – 4ac < 0
(–7) – 4(2)(m) < 0
2
n
49 – 8m < 0
8m > 49
Pe
m > 49
8
(b) g(x) = – 4x2 + 3x – 8 y
a = –4, a < 0, graf maksimum x
b2 – 4ac = 32 – 4(–4)(–8)
= 9 – 128
O
+
= –119 < 0, tidak mempunyai punca. +
KBAT
g(x) adalah sentiasa negatif. + Ekstra
42
B
BA
Sistem Persamaan
3 Systems of Equations
.
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Persamaan linear dalam tiga pemboleh ubah x, y dan z 5. Langkah-langkah kaedah penghapusan:
.B
adalah persamaan yang berbentuk Steps in elimination method:
A linear equation in three variables x, y and z is an equation of the (a) Gunakan kaedah penghapusan untuk
form menurunkan persamaan linear dengan tiga
dn
ax + by + cz = d, pemboleh ubah kepada persamaan linear dengan
di mana a, b dan c bukan semua sifar. dua pemboleh ubah. Pilih mana-mana dua
where a, b and c are not all zero. persamaan dan guna kaedah penambahan atau
2. Sistem persamaan linear dalam tiga pemboleh ubah penolakan untuk menghapuskan satu pemboleh
S
ialah seperti: ubah.
Example of a linear system of three variables are: Use an elimination method to reduce the linear system in
gi
(i) x + 2y – 3z = –3 three variables to a linear system in two variables. Use any
(ii) 2x – 5y + 4z = 13 two equations and use addition or subtraction method to
eliminate variable.
an
(iii) 5x + 4y – z = 5
(b) Selesaikan sistem persamaan dalam dua
3. Bilangan persamaan yang diperlukan untuk pemboleh ubah untuk mencari nilai bagi kedua-
menyelesaikan soalan sistem persamaan adalah sama dua pemboleh ubah.
l
dengan bilangan pemboleh ubah. Solve the linear system in two variables to find the value
Pe
A linear system of three variables can be solved by using yang satu lagi.
elimination method. Substitute the values found in step (b) into one of the
original equations and solve for the remaining variable.
bi
er
Contoh 1
Pe
5y + x – 16 = z
3x – 3y + 2z = 12
z + 2x + 4y = 20
Penyelesaian:
1 Susun supaya ketiga-tiga persamaan mempunyai urutan
x + 5y – z = 16 …… 1 susunan pemboleh ubah yang sama.
3x – 3y + 2z = 12 …… 2 Rearrange all three equations to have equal arrangement
2x + 4y + z = 20 …… 3 of variables.
43
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
3 × 2: 4x + 8y + 2z = 40
2: 3x – 3y + 2z = 12
Tolak/ Subtraction: x + 11y = 28 …… 5
4: 5x + 7y = 44
.
3 Selesaikan persamaan serentak untuk
hd
5 × 5: 5x + 55y = 140 mencari nilai dua pemboleh ubah.
BAB
.B
3 Ganti/ Replace y = 2 ke dalam/ into 5: x + 11(2) = 28
x =6
dn
4 Gantikan dua nilai pemboleh ubah yang diperoleh
ke dalam persamaan asal untuk mencari nilai
Ganti/ Replace x = 6, y = 2 ke dalam/ into 1: 6 + 5(2) – z =16 pemboleh ubah yang ketiga.
z=0 Subtitute the value of the two variables obtained
into the original equation to find the third variable.
Maka/ Thus, x = 6, y = 2, z = 0
S
Contoh 2
gi
an
x+z=8
x + y + 2z = 17
x + 2y + z = 16
l
Pe
Penyelesaian:
x + z = 8 ...……… 1
x + y + 2z = 17 ….…… 2
n
x + 2y + z = 16 ……… 3
ta
Tolak/ Subtraction: x + 3z = 18 …… 4
4: x + 3z = 18
er
z =5
Pe
44
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
(a) 5x – 2y – 4z = 3 (b) x + 4y – z = 20
3x + 3y + 2z = –3 3x + 2y + z = 8
–2x + 5y + 3z = 3 2x – 3y + 2z = –16
5x – 2y – 4z = 3 …… 1 x + 4y – z = 20 …… 1
3x + 3y + 2z = –3 …… 2 3x + 2y + z = 8 …… 2
–2x + 5y + 3z = 3 …… 3 2x – 3y + 2z = –16 …… 3
2 × 2: 6x + 6y + 4z = –6 1: x + 4y – z = 20
1: 5x – 2y – 4z = 3 2: 3x + 2y + z = 8
.
Tambah: 11x + 4y = –3 …… 4 Tambah: 4x + 6y = 28 …… 4
hd
BAB
2 × 3: 9x + 9y + 6z = –9 2 × 2: 6x + 4y + 2z = 16
3 × 2: –4x + 10y + 6z = 6 3: 2x – 3y + 2z = –16
.B
Tolak: 13x – y = –15 …… 5 Tolak: 4x + 7y = 32 …… 5 3
5 × 4: 52x – 4y = –60 4: 4x + 6y = 28
4: 11x + 4y = –3 5: 4x + 7y = 32
dn
Tambah: 63x = –63 Tolak: –y = –4
x = –1 y =4
S
Ganti x = –1 ke dalam 5: Ganti y = 4 ke dalam 4:
13(–1) – y = –15 4x + 6(4) = 28
y=2 4x = 4
Ganti x = –1, y = 2 ke dalam 2:
gi x=1
an
3(–1) + 3(2) + 2z = –3 Ganti x = 1, y = 4 ke dalam 1:
2z = –6 1 + 4(4) – z = 20
z = –3 –z = 3
l
z = –3
Maka, x = –1, y = 2, z = –3
Pe
Maka, x = 1, y = 4, z = –3
(c) 2y – z = 7 (d) 2x + y = 2
n
x + 2y + z = 17 x+y–z=4
2x – 3y + 2z = –1 3x + 2y + z = 0
ta
2y – z = 7 …… 1 2x + y = 2 …… 1
x + 2y + z = 17 …… 2 x + y – z = 4 …… 2
bi
2x – 3y + 2z = –1 …… 3 3x + 2y + z = 0 …… 3
2 × 2: 2x + 4y + 2z = 34 2: x+y–z=4
er
3: 2x – 3y + 2z = –1 3: 3x + 2y + z = 0
Tolak: 7y = 35 Tambah: 4x + 3y = 4 …… 4
n
y=5
1 × 2: 4x + 2y =4
Pe
Ganti y = 5 ke dalam 1: 4: 4x + 3y =4
2(5) – z = 7 Tolak: –y =0
z=3 y =0
Ganti y = 5, z = 3 ke dalam 2: Ganti y = 0 ke dalam 1: 2x + 0 = 2
x + 2(5) + 3 = 17 x =1
x =4 Ganti x = 1, y = 0 ke dalam 2:
Maka, x = 4, y = 5, z = 3 1+0–z =4
z = –3
Maka, x = 1, y = 0, z = –3
45
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
(e) x – y + 3z = 8 (f) 2x – 4y + 3z = 17
3x + y – 2z = –2 x + 2y – z = 0
2x + 4y + z = 0 4x – y – z = 6
x – y + 3z = 8 …… 1 2x – 4y + 3z = 17 …… 1
3x + y – 2z = –2 …… 2 x + 2y – z = 0 …… 2
2x + 4y + z = 0 …… 3 4x – y – z = 6 …… 3
1: x – y + 3z = 8 2 × 2 : 2x + 4y – 2z = 0
2: 3x + y – 2z = –2 1: 2x – 4y + 3z = 17
.
Tambah : 4x + z = 6 …… 4 Tolak : 8y – 5z = –17 …… 4
hd
BAB
2 × 4 : 12x + 4y – 8z = –8 2 × 4 : 4x + 8y – 4z = 0
3: 2x + 4y + z = 0 3: 4x – y – z = 6
.B
Tolak : 10x – 9z = –8 …… 5 Tolak : 9y – 3z = –6 …… 5
3
4 × 9: 36x + 9z = 54 4 × 3: 24y – 15z = –51
5: 10x – 9z = –8 5 × 5: 45y – 15z = –30
dn
Tambah: 46x = 46 Tolak : –21y = –21
x =1 y =1
Ganti x = 1 ke dalam 4: Ganti y = 1 ke dalam 5:
S
4(1) + z = 6 9(1) – 3z = –6
z =2 z =5
Ganti x = 1, z = 2 ke dalam 1:
1 – y + 3(2) = 8 gi
Ganti y = 1, z = 5 ke dalam 2:
x + 2(1) – 5 = 0
an
y = –1 x =3
Maka, x = 1, y = –1, z = 2 Maka, x = 3, y = 1, z = 5
l
(g) 2x + y – 2z = –1 (h) x + 3y + 5z = 20
Pe
3x – 3y – z = 5 y – 4z = –16
x – 2y + 3z = 6 3x – 2y + 9z = 36
2x + y – 2z = –1 …… 1 x + 3y + 5z = 20 …… 1
n
3x – 3y – z = 5 …… 2 y – 4z = –16 …… 2
x – 2y + 3z = 6 …… 3 3x – 2y + 9z = 36 …… 3
ta
2 × 2: 6x – 6y – 2z = 10 1 × 3 : 3x + 9y + 15z = 60
1: 2x + y – 2z = –1 3: 3x – 2y + 9z = 36
bi
3: x – 2y + 3z = 6 4: 11y + 6z = 24
Tambah : 10x – 11y = 21 …… 5 Tolak : –50z = –200
n
z =4
4 × 10: 40x – 70y = 110
Pe
46
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
Contoh
Wahidah, Atikah dan Faruq memesan tiga gabungan makanan yang berlainan di sebuah restoran.
Wahidah memesan dua bahagian nasi goreng dan satu bahagian ayam goreng. Atikah memesan satu
bahagian nasi goreng, satu bahagian ayam goreng dan satu bahagian sup cendawan. Faruq memesan satu
bahagian sup cendawan dan dua bahagian ayam goreng. Harga makanan yang dipesan oleh Wahidah,
Atikah dan Faruq masing-masing ialah RM20, RM21 dan RM26. Cari harga bagi satu bahagian ayam goreng.
.
Wahidah, Atikah and Faruq ordered three combinations of food in a restaurant. Wahidah ordered two parts of fried rice
hd
and one part of fried chicken. Atikah ordered one part of fried rice, one part of fried chicken and one part of mushroom
BAB
soup. Faruq ordered one part of mushroom soup and two parts of fried chicken. The cost of the food ordered by Wahidah,
Atikah and Faruq are RM20, RM21 and RM26 respectively. Find the price of one part of fried chicken.
Penyelesaian:
.B
3 Selesaikan persamaan 3
Katakan x = satu bahagian nasi goreng 4: x – z = –1 serentak.
Let one part of fried rice 5: 4x – z = 14 Solve the simultaneous
dn
y = satu bahagian ayam goreng equation.
one part of fried chicken Tolak: –3x = –15
z = satu bahagian sup cendawan Subtraction x=5
one part of mushroom soup
S
2x + y = 20 …… 1 1 Selesaikan ketiga-tiga
Gantikan x = 5 ke dalam 4/ Replace x = 5 into 4:
x + y + z = 21 …… 2 persamaan. 5 – z = –1
gi
List all three equations. z=6
2y + z = 26 …… 3
Gantikan x = 5 ke dalam 1/ Replace x = 5 into 1:
1: 2x + y = 20
an
2(5) + y = 20
2: x + y + z = 21
y = 10
2 Turunkan
Tolak/ Subtraction : x – z = –1 …… 4 kepada dua Maka, harga bagi satu bahagian ayam goreng ialah
1 × 2 : 4x + 2y = 40 RM10.
l
pemboleh ubah.
Pe
3: 2y + z = 26 Reduce to two Thus, the price of one part at fried chicken is RM10.
variables.
Tolak/ Subtraction : 4x – z = 14 …… 5
n
Sebanyak 360 kupon telah dijual semasa karnival di sebuah sekolah. Harga kupon ialah RM8, RM10 dan
ta
RM12 dan jumlah pendapatan daripada jualan kupon ialah RM3 500. Gabungan jualan kupon berharga
RM8 dan RM10 adalah lima kali bilangan kupon RM12. Cari bilangan kupon bagi setiap jenis yang dijual.
There were 360 coupons sold during a school carnival. The coupon prices were RM8, RM10 and RM12 and the total income
bi
from the coupon sales was RM3 500. The combined number of RM8 coupons and RM10 coupons sold was five times the
number of RM12 coupons sold. Find the number of coupons of each type sold.
er
x + y + z = 360 …… 1
Pe
4 × 8: 8x + 8y = 2 400
8x + 10y + 12z = 3 500 …… 2
5: 8x + 10y = 2 780
x + y = 5z …… 3
Tolak : –2y = –380
1: x + y + z = 360 y = 190
3: x + y – 5z = 0
Gantikan y = 190, z = 60 ke dalam 4:
Tolak : 6z = 360
x + 190 = 300
z = 60
x = 110
Gantikan z = 60 ke dalam 1:
x + y + 60 = 360
Maka, x = 110, y = 190, z = 60
x + y = 300 …… 4
47
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
Persamaan Serentak yang melibatkan Satu Persamaan Linear dan Satu Persamaan
Tak Linear
3.2 Simultaneous Equations involving One Linear Equation and One Non-Linear Equation
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Persamaan serentak dalam dua pemboleh ubah melibatkan satu persamaan linear dan satu lagi persamaan tak linear.
Kaedah penggantian digunakan untuk menyelesaikan persamaan serentak.
Simultaneous equations in two unknowns involved one linear equation and one non-linear equation. Substitution method is used to solve
.
the simultaneous equations.
hd
BAB
.B
3 Kenal pasti persamaan linear daripada persamaan serentak yang diberi.
Identify the linear equation from the simultaneous equations given. NOTA
Langkah 2 / Step 2
dn
Daripada persamaan linear, ungkapkan satu pemboleh ubah dalam sebutan pemboleh ubah yang satu lagi.
For this linear equation, express one unknown in terms of the other unknown.
Langkah 3 / Step 3
Gantikan persamaan dari Langkah 2 ke dalam persamaan tak linear. Persamaan kuadratik dalam satu pemboleh ubah
S
diperoleh.
Substitute the equation obtained in Step 2 into the non-linear equation. A quadratic equation in one unknown is obtained.
Langkah 4 / Step 4
gi
Selesaikan persamaan kuadratik dengan menggunakan kaedah pemfaktoran atau rumus kuadratik.
an
Solve the quadratic equation by factorisation or quadratic formula.
–b ± √b2 – 4ac
x=
2a
Langkah 5 / Step 5
l
Pe
Gantikan nilai pemboleh ubah yang didapati dari Langkah 4 ke dalam persamaan linear untuk mencari nilai pemboleh
ubah yang kedua.
Substitute the values of the unknown obtained in Step 4 into the linear equation to find the values of the other unknown.
n
Contoh 1
bi
3x + 4 = 0 atau/ or 2x – 1 = 0
Penyelesaian:
Persamaan linear.
x =– 4 x= 1
x + y + 2 = 0 …… 1 3 2
n
Linear equation.
1 Gantikan nilai-nilai x ke dalam 3:
Persamaan tak linear.
2y – 5x = 6xy …… 2
Pe
48
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
Contoh 2
3x + y = 2
x2 + 2y2 + xy = 4
Penyelesaian:
3x + y = 2 …… 1 Persamaan linear. / Linear equation.
1
x2 + 2y2 + xy = 4 …… 2 Persamaan tak linear / Non-linear equation.
.
hd
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2:
BAB
Replace 3 into 2:
x2 + 2(2 – 3x)2 + x(2 – 3x)
=4
3 x2 + 2(4 – 12x + 9x2) + 2x – 3x2
=4
.B
x2 + 8 – 24x + 18x2 + 2x – 3x2
=4 3
=0 16x2 –22x + 4
=0 8x2 – 11x + 2
dn
Guna rumus kuadratik.
x = –(–11) ± √(–11) – 4(8)(2)
2
Use quadratic formula.
2(8)
4 11 + √57 atau x = 11 – √57
S
x =
16 or 16
x = 1.159 x = 0.2156
Gantikan nilai-nilai x ke dalam 3:
Replace value of x into 3: gi
an
Apabila/ When x = 1.159, y = 2 – 3(1.159)
5 = –1.477
Apabila / When x = 0.2156, y = 2 – 3(0.2156)
l
Pe
= 1.3532
Maka/ Thus, x = 1.159, y = –1.477 dan/and x = 0.2156, y = 1.3532
Contoh 3
n
ta
3x – 2y = 4
x2 + 3y + 2x = 11
bi
Penyelesaian:
3x – 2y = 4 …… 1 Gantikan nilai-nilai x ke dalam 3.
Replace values of x into 3:
er
x2 + 3y + 2x = 11 …… 2
Daripada 1: y = 3x – 4 …… 3 Apabila/When x = – 17
2 2
n
From
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2: 17
3– 1
–4 2
Pe
Replace 3 into 2: 2
y = = – 59
2 4
x2 + 3 3x – 4 + 2x = 11
1 2
2 Apabila/When x = 2,
2x2 + 9x – 12 + 4x = 22
2x2 + 13x – 34 = 0 y = 3(2) – 4 = 1
(2x + 17)(x – 2) = 0 2
Maka/When, x = – 17 , y = – 59 dan/and x = 2, y = 1
2x + 17 = 0 atau x–2=0 2 4
or
x = – 17 x=2
2
49
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
(a) x + y – 12 = 0
y2 – 8x = 9
x + y – 12 = 0 …… 1 Gantikan nilai-nilai y ke dalam 3:
y2 – 8x = 9 …… 2 Apabila y = 7
Daripada 1: x = 12 – y …… 3 x = 12 – 7 = 5
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2: Apabila y = –15
y2 – 8(12 – y) = 9 x = 12 – (–15) = 27
y2 – 96 + 8y – 9 = 0 Maka, x = 5, y = 7 dan x = 27, y = –15
y2 + 8y – 105 = 0
.
hd
(y – 7)(y + 15) = 0
BAB
y–7=0 atau y + 15 = 0
y = 7 y = –15
.B
3
dn
(b) x – 2y + 1 = 0
x2 – xy – 3 = 0
x – 2y + 1 = 0 …… 1 Gantikan nilai-nilai y ke dalam 3:
S
x2 – xy – 3 = 0 …… 2
Apabila y = – 1
Daripada 1: x = 2y – 1 …… 3 2
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2:
(2y – 1)2 – (2y – 1)y – 3 = 0
4y2 – 4y + 1 – 2y2 + y – 3 = 0
gi x = 2 – 1 – 1 = –2
1 2 2
an
Apabila y = 2
2y2 – 3y – 2 = 0
x = 2(2) – 1 = 3
(2y + 1)(y – 2) = 0
Maka, x = –2, y = – 1 dan x = 3, y = 2
l
2y + 1 = 0 atau y–2=0
Pe
2
y = – 1 y=2
2
n
ta
(c) 3 + 2y – x = 0
3x2 + 4y2 = 5 – 3xy
bi
22y2 + 45y + 22 = 0
Maka, x = 1.383, y = –0.8083
y = –45 ± √(45) – 4(22)(22)
2
dan x = 0.5258, y = –1.2371
2(22)
y= –45 + √89 atau y = –45 – √89
44 44
y = –0.8083 atau y = –1.2371
50
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
(d) 4x – y – 5 = 0
2x2 – 3y2 + 19 = 0
4x – y – 5 = 0 …… 1 Gantikan nilai-nilai x ke dalam 3:
2x2 – 3y2 + 19 = 0 …… 2
Apabila x = 14
Daripada 1: y = 4x – 5 …… 3 23
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2:
y = 4 14 – 5
1 2
2x2 – 3(4x – 5)2 + 19 = 0 23
2x – 3(16x2 – 40x + 25) + 19 = 0
2
59
2x2 – 48x2 + 120x – 75 + 19 = 0 = –
23
.
hd
–46x2 + 120x – 56 = 0
BAB
23x2 – 60x + 28 = 0 Apabila x = 2
(23x – 14)(x – 2) = 0 y = 4(2) – 5
= 3
.B
23x – 14 = 0 atau x – 2 = 2 3
Maka, x = 14 , y = – 59 dan x = 2, y = 3
x = 14 x=2 23 23
23
dn
(e) x – 3y = 5
x2 – xy + y2 – 6 = 0
S
x – 3y = 5 …… 1 Gantikan nilai-nilai y ke dalam 3:
x2 – xy + y2 – 6 = 0 …… 2 Apabila y = –1.0969
gi
Daripada 1: x = 3y + 5 …… 3 x = 3(–1.0969) + 5
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2: = 1.7093
(3y + 5)2 – (3y + 5)y + y2 – 6 = 0 Apabila y = –2.4745
an
9y2 + 30y + 25 – 3y2 – 5y + y2 – 6 = 0 x = 3(–2.4745) + 5
7y2 + 25y + 19 = 0 = –2.4235
l
y = –25 ± √(25) – 4(7)(19)
2
Pe
(f) 3x + 2y = 10
bi
3 + 2 =5
x y
er
Daripada 1: y = 10 – 3x …… 3 3
2 10 – 3 21 2
Pe
y= 3 =4
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2:
2
3 10 – 3x + 2x = 5x 10 – 3x
1 2 1 2 Apabila x = 3
2 2
30 – 9x + 4x = 50x – 15x2 y = 10 – 3(3) = 1
2 2
15x2 – 55x + 30 = 0
3x2 – 11x + 6 = 0 Maka, x = 2 , y = 4 dan x = 3, y = 1
(3x – 2)(x – 3) = 0 3 2
x = 2 atau x = 3
3
51
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
(g) x + 3y = 1
4y + 3x = –13
x y
.
8
= – 1
hd
BAB
.B
x = 1 – 3(–1)
3 –8y2 – 5y + 3 = 0
8y2 + 5y – 3 = 0 = 4
(8y – 3)(y + 1) = 0
Maka, x = – 1 , y = 3 dan x = 4, y = –1
dn
8 8
8y – 3 = 0 atau y+1=0
y = 3 y = –1
8
S
gi
an
4. Selesaikan setiap yang berikut:
l
Solve each of the following: 5
Pe
Contoh
Find the coordinates of the points of intersection between the line 3x – y = 7 and the curve x2 – xy + y2 = 7.
Penyelesaian:
ta
x2 – xy + y2 = 7 …… 2
Apabila x = 2,
Daripada 1: y = 3x – 7 …… 3 When
er
x – 3x + 7x + 9x2 – 42x + 49 – 7 = 0
2 2 y = 3(3) – 7
7x2 – 35x + 42 = 0 =2
x2 – 5x + 6 = 0
(x – 2)(x – 3) = 0 Maka, titik-titik persilangan ialah (2, –1) dan (3, 2).
Thus, the points of intersections are (2, –1) and (3, 2).
x – 2 = 0 atau x – 3 = 0
x= 2 or x =3
52
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
(a) Cari koordinat titik-titik persilangan antara garis lurus y = –3x – 4 dan lengkung xy + 40 = y2.
Find the coordinates of the points of intersection between the line y = –3x – 4 and the curve xy + 40 = y2.
y = –3x – 4 …… 1
xy + 40 = y2 …… 2
Gantikan 1 ke dalam 2: Gantikan nilai-nilai x ke dalam 1:
x(–3x – 4) + 40 = (–3x – 4)2
Apabila x = 2 ,
–3x2 – 4x + 40 = 9x2 + 24x + 16 3
.
12x2 + 28x – 24 = 0
y = –3 2 – 4
1 2
hd
BAB
3x2 + 7x – 6 = 0 3
(3x – 2)(x + 3) = 0 = – 6
3x – 2 = 0 atau x + 3 = 0 Apabila x = –3,
.B
x = 2 x = –3 y = –3(–3) – 4 3
3
= 5
dn
Maka, titik-titik persilangan ialah 2 , –6 dan (–3, 5).
1 2
3
S
gi
an
(b) Diberi panjang hipotenus sebuah segi tiga tepat ialah 35 cm dan perimeter segi tiga tepat itu ialah
84 cm. Cari panjang yang mungkin bagi dua sisi yang lain bagi segi tiga tepat itu.
Given the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle is 35 cm and the perimeter of the right- angled triangle is
l
Pe
84 cm. Find the possible length of the other two sides of the triangle.
x + y + 35 = 84
x + y = 49 …… 1
n
x2 + y2 = 352
ta
x2 + y2 = 1 225 …… 2
Daripada 1: y = 49 – x …… 3 Gantikan nilai-nilai x ke dalam 3:
bi
Apabila x = 28,
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2:
y = 49 – 28
x2 + (49 – x)2 = 1 225
= 21
er
= 28
(x – 28)(x – 21) = 0
Pe
x – 28 = 0 atau x – 21 = 0
Maka, panjang sisi-sisi segi tiga ialah 21 cm dan
x = 28 x = 21
28 cm.
53
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
PRAKTIS SPM 3
Kertas 2 Diberi bahawa SR = x m dan PT = y m. Luas laman
berbentuk segi empat tepat PQRS ialah 77 m2 dan
1. Selesaikan persamaan serentak berikut. perimeter kawasan berumput ialah 33 m. Kolam
SPM Solve the following simultaneous equations. renang dengan kedalaman seragam mengandungi
2014
5 + y – 3x = 0, x2 + y2 – 2y – 25 = 0 46.2 m3 air. Dengan menggunakan π = 22 , cari
.
hd
7
BAB
Beri jawapan anda betul kepada dua tempat kedalaman, dalam m, air dalam kolam itu.
perpuluhan. It is given that SR = x m and PT = y m. The area of a
Give your answers correct to two decimal places. rectangular backyard is 77 m2 and the perimeter of the
.B
grassy area is 33 m. The swimming pool with uniform
3 5 + y – 3x = 0 ………… 1
22
x2 + y2 – 2y – 25 = 0 ………… 2 depth contains 46.2 m3 of water. By using π = , find
7
Daripada 1, y = 3x – 5 …… 3 the depth, in m, of water in the pool.
dn
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2.
x2 + (3x – 5)2 – 2(3x – 5) – 25 = 0 Luas laman = 77
(y + x)x = 77
x + 9x2 – 30x + 25 – 6x + 10 – 25 = 0
2
xy + x2 = 77 …… 1
S
10x2 – 36x + 10 = 0
5x2 – 18x + 5 = 0 Perimeter kawasan berumput = 33
2(5)
2
x = –(–18) ± (–18) – 4(5)(5)
gi y + (y + x) + x + 1 πj = 33
1
2
22
1 2
an
= 0.30 atau 3.30 2y + 2x + x = 33
2 7
Gantikan nilai-nilai x ke dalam 3.
Apabila x = 0.30, 2y + 2x + 11 x = 33
7
l
y = 3(0.30) – 5
Pe
= 4.90
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 1:
ta
x2 – 21x + 98 = 0
renang berbentuk sukuan bulatan dan kawasan
(x – 14)(x – 7) = 0
berumput PQRUT.
n
Q R
Maka, x = 7, y = 4
54
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
.
Maka, d = 1.2 meter
hd
3x2 + 8x2 – 24x + 18 – 8x2 + 12x – 9 = 0
BAB
3x2 – 12x + 9 = 0 ÷3
x2 – 4x + 3 = 0
.B
(x – 1)(x – 3) = 0
3
x–1=0, x–3=0
x=1, x=3
dn
Apabila x = 1, y = 2(1) – 3
= –1
Apabila x = 3, y = 2(3) – 3
S
3. Diberi persamaan berikut: =3
SPM Given the following equations: Maka, x = 1, y = 1 dan x = 3, y = 3.
BUKAN
gi
2017
RUTIN P = x – 2y
Q = 3x – y + 1
an
R = x2 + 4y2 5. Selesaikan persamaan serentak berikut.
Cari nilai-nilai x dan y jika Q = R = 2P. Solve the following simultaneous equations.
Find the values of x and y if Q = R = 2P.
y + 2x = 3
Q = R = 2P
l
y2 + 2xy + 2x2 = 17
Pe
Daripada 1, y = 3 – 2x …… 3
3x – 2x = y – 4y – 1
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 2.
ta
x = –3y – 1 …… 3
Gantikan 3 ke dalam 1. (3 – 2x)2 + 2x(3 – 2x) + 2x2 = 17
3(–3y – 1) – y + 1 = (–3y – 1)2 + 4y2 9 – 12x + 4x2 + 6x – 4x2 + 2x2 – 17 = 0
bi
x=4 x = –1
Gantikan nilai-nilai y ke dalam 3.
Pe
55
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
Sistem Persamaan
6. 16x cm 7. Azmi menanam pokok mangga di sebidang tanah
KBAT SPM yang berbentuk segi tiga bersudut tegak. Sisi yang
2016
3y cm paling panjang tanah itu ialah y m dan panjang
bagi dua sisi yang lain masing-masing ialah x m
dan 3(x + 1) m. Tanah itu dipagari dengan 56 m
dawai berduri. Hitung panjang, dalam m, bagi
10x cm
setiap sisi tanah itu.
Azmi planted mango trees on a piece of land. The land is
Seutas dawai sepanjang 102 cm dibengkokkan in the shape of a right-angled triangle. The longest side of
untuk membentuk suatu bentuk seperti yang the land is y m and the lengths of the other two sides are
.
ditunjukkan dalam rajah di atas. Diberi bahawa x m and 3(x + 1) m respectively. The land is fenced with
hd
BAB
luas bentuk itu ialah 672 cm2, cari nilai-nilai yang 56 m of barbed wire. Calculate the length, in m, of each
mungkin bagi x dan y. side of the land.
A wire of length 102 cm is bent to form the shape as
.B
3 shown in the diagram. Given that the area of the shape
is 672 cm2, find the possible values of x and y.
ym
xm
dn
16x
(3x + 3) m
3y 3y
y + x + 3x + 3 = 56
S
8x 8x y = 53 – 4x …… 1
10x 6x 10x y2 = x2 + (3x + 3)2 …2
2 x = 200
48xy + 48x2 = 672 3
ta
–5x2 + 17x – 14 = 0
5x2 – 17x + 14 = 0 y = – 641 (ditolak) = 25
3
(5x – 7)(x – 2) = 0
n
3(x + 1) = 3(7 + 1)
x = 7 atau x = 2 = 24
5
Pe
56
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 3 Sistem Persamaan
Sudut KBAT
1. Diberi (2m, 3n) adalah penyelesaian kepada 2. Suatu jenama minuman tin tertentu dikeluarkan
persamaan serentak y + 2x = –4 dan 4 – 3 = – 13 , secara pek dengan 6, 12 dan 24 tin setiap jenis
y 2x 6 dan masing-masing berharga RM10, RM18 dan
cari nilai-nilai m dan n.
RM36 setiap pek. Sebuah stor telah menjual
Given that (2m, 3n) is the solution to the simultaneous 14 pek dengan jumlah 162 tin dan menerima
4 3 13
equations y + 2x = –4 and – = – , find the bayaran RM248. Cari bilangan pek setiap jenis
.
y 2x 6
hd
values of m and of n.
BAB
yang telah dijual.
A certain brand of canned drinks comes in packages
x = 2m, y = 3n of 6, 12 and 24 cans costing RM10, RM18 and RM36
y + 2x = –4 per package respectively. A store sold 14 packages
.B
3n + 4m = –4 containing a total of 162 cans and received RM248. 3
3n = –4 – 4m Find the number of packages of each type sold.
n = –4 – 4m …
dn
3 Katakan x = bilangan pek 6 tin
4 – 3 = – 13 y = bilangan pek 12 tin
y 2x 6 z = bilangan pek 24 tin
S
8x – 3y = – 13
2xy 6 x+y+z = 14 …… 1
gi
6(8x – 3y) = –13(2xy) 10x + 18y + 36z = 248 …… 2
48x – 18y = –26xy 6x + 12y + 24z = 162 …… 3
3 ÷ 6: x + 2y + 4z = 27
an
48(2m) – 18(3n) = –26(2m)(3n)
96m – 54n + 156mn = 0 … 1: x+y+z = 14
Tolak: y + 3z = 13 …… 4
Gantikan kepada :
l
Pe
26m2 + 5m – 9 =0 Tambah: –z = –2
(13m + 9)(2m – 1) =0 z=2
bi
13m + 9 = 0 , 2m – 1 = 0
Ganti z = 2 ke dalam 4:
m = – m = 1
9
er
13 2 y + 3(2) = 13
1 9 y=7
n = –4 – 4– n = –4 – 4 1
1
3 13 3 2
n
16 Ganti y = 7, z = 2 ke dalam 1:
= – = –2 x + 7 + 2 = 14
Pe
39
x=5
Maka, x = 5, y = 7, z = 2
+
+
+ KBAT Ekstra
57
B
BA
Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
4 Indices, Surds and Logarithms
.
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Jika a ialah suatu nombor dan n ialah integer positif, 6. Persamaan yang melibatkan indeks boleh
.B
maka diselesaikan dengan membandingkan indeks dan
If a is a number and n is a positive integer, then asas.
an = a × a × …… × a , a ≠ 0. Equations involving indices can be solved by comparing indices
dn
and bases.
n faktor /n factors
(a) Jika an = bn, maka a = b dengan keadaan a . 0,
1
2. Indeks negatif / Negative index: a = n , n . 0
–n
b . 0 atau a , 0, b , 0.
a
If an = bn, then a = b such that a . 0, b . 0 or a , 0,
S
3. Indeks sifar / Zero index: a0 = 1, a ≠ 0.
b , 0.
4. Indeks pecahan / Fractional index :
(b) Jika ax = ay, maka x = y dengan keadaan a ≠ 0, a ≠ 1.
m
—
1
—
(a) a =
n
a, a.0
n
(b) a = am = (n
n n
a )m, a . 0 gi If ax = ay, then x = y such that a ≠ 0, a ≠ 1.
m
— n
—
(c) Jika a n = b, maka a = b m dan jika a
m
–—
n
= b, maka
an
n
–—
5. Hukum-hukum indeks / Laws of indices: a=b m
.
(a) am × an = am + n (b) am ÷ an = am – n m
— n
— m
–— n
–—
If a = b, then a = b m and if a
n n
= b, then a = b m .
(c) (am)n = amn (d) (ab)m = am bm
l
Pe
a m
a m
(e) 1 2 = m
b b
n
Contoh
(i) 25 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
bi
5 5 5 5 5 7
n
= 1 = 1
Pe
625 49
1
= 1 × 1 × 1 × 1
4
(e) 10–2 = 1 2
(d)
31323 3 3 10
(f) 0.25 = 0.2 × 0.2 × 0.2 × 0.2 × 0.2
= 0.00032
1
= = 1
81 100
58
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Contoh
(i) 23 × 24 = 23 + 4 3
— 3
–— 3 – (– —
— 3) 1
— 1
4×—
(ii) 8 2 ÷ 8 2
= 82 2
(iii) (64) 2 = 6 2
= 27
= 83 = 62
= 128
= 512 = 36
.
(a) 32 × 34 = 32 + 4 (b) 5–1 × 54 = 5–1 + 4 (c) 43 ÷ 42 = 43 – 2
hd
= 36 = 53 = 41
= 729 = 125 =4
.B
(d) 82 ÷ 8–1 = 82 – (–1) (e) (63)–1 = 63 × (–1) 1
— 1
–6 × —
dn
(f) (10–6) 2 = 10 2
= 83 = 6–3
= 10–3
= 512
= 13
6 = 13
10
S
= 1 1
216 =
1 000
gi
an
3. Permudahkan.
Simplify. 3
l
Contoh
Pe
= 6a2 + 1 b5 + 2 2 1 m2 n
= 6a3b7 2
n
= 32m5 – 2n3 – 1
= 32m3n2
ta
bi
= 12a3b6 5p q 4
5
= 6p q
3
n er
Pe
3 2 m5n
(d) 1y 2 ÷1y 2
3 2
y y
3
= 9 × y4
x6 8
= 12m3 – 5n2 – 1 y x
= 12m–2n = x6 – 4 y8 – 9
= 12n = x2y–1
m2
= x
2
y
59
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Contoh
4 dan 8 boleh ditulis sebagai bentuk
(i) 42x + 1 = 8x + 3 indeks dengan asas sama, 2. (ii) 3x · 23x = 576
(22)2x + 1 = (23)x + 3 4 and 8 can be written as index with 3x × 8x = 576
equal base, 2.
24x + 2 = 23x + 9 (3 × 8)x = 576
4x + 2 = 3x + 9 Bandingkan indeks 24x = 242
Compare index
x = 7 x = 2
.
hd
(a) 163x = 86x + 1 (b) 32x = 1
243
.B
(24)3x = (23)6x + 1
32x = 15
BAB
212x = 218x + 3 3
dn
12x = 18x + 3 32x = 3–5
6x = –3 2x = –5
4 x=– 1 x=– 5
2 2
S
gi
an
(c) 9x – 1 – 33x + 5 = 0 (d) 52x × 4x = 1 000
l
9x – 1 = 33x + 5 (52)x × 4x = 1 000
Pe
(3 ) = 33x + 5
2 x–1
(25 × 4)x = 1 000
32x – 2 = 33x + 5 100x = 1 000
2x – 2 = 3x + 5 102x = 103
n
x = –7 2x = 3
x= 3
ta
2
bi
er
x+4
36x × 9x = 18 2
27 = 3–x – 3 3–2x
(36 × 9)x = 18
Pe
x+4
324x = 18 (3 )
3 2
= 3–x – 3 + (–2x)
182x = 181 3x + 12
2
2x = 1 3 = 3–3x – 3
3x + 12 = –3x – 3
x= 1
2
2
3x + 12 = –6x – 6
9x = –18
x = –2
60
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Hukum Surds
4.2 Laws of Surds
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Surd ialah suatu nombor tak nisbah yang tidak boleh 6. Ungkapan surd boleh dipermudahkan dengan
a menggunakan sifat-sifat berikut:
dinyatakan dalam bentuk , di mana a dan b adalah
b Expression for surd can be simplified by using the following
integer dan b ≠ 0.
a properties:
Surd is an irrational number that cannot be expressed in form, n n n
.
b (a) √ab = √a √b
where a and b are integers and b ≠ 0.
hd
n
.B
terminates. teringkas dengan menisbahkan penyebut, iaitu dalam
Surd ditulis sebagai n√a, seperti contoh: bentuk:
BAB
Surd can be written as n√a , as examples: Expression for surd can be simplified in simplest form by
dn
√2 = 1.414213562 … rationalized the denominator, i.e. in the form:
√5 = 2.236067978 … (a) a , m ialah integer/
3
√7 = 1.912931183 … m√b m is an integer 4
S
(b) a , m dan n ialah integer/
3. Tidak semua punca kuasa ke-n ialah surd, seperti
Not all nth root is a surd, for example
m√b ± n√c m and n are integers.
√4 = 2, maka, √4 bukan surd.
3
thus, √4 is not a surd.
3
√8 = 2, maka, √8 bukan surd. gi 8. Penisbahan penyebut yang berbentuk m√b ± n√c boleh
dilakukan dengan menggunakan konjugat.
an
3 Rationalize the denominator in the form of m√b ± n√c can be
thus, √8 is not a surd. done by using conjugates.
1
n
4. (i) √a = a 2 9. Untuk menisbahkan penyebut, darabkan penyebut dan
l
(ii) n√a = √a + √a + … + √a , a ≠ 0. pengangka dengan konjugat bagi penyebut.
Pe
To rationalize the denominator, multiply the denominator and
n faktor /n factors numerator with the conjugate of the denominator.
5. Hukum-hukum surd. Contoh konjugat:
Laws of surd. Example of conjugate:
n
b conjugate of a + √b is a – √b .
bi
61
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
.
hd
.B
Contoh 2 (c) 13√28 – 7√7 (d) 2√12 + 5√48 – 7√3
BAB
√18 – √8
dn
= 13√4 × 7 – 7√7 = 2√4 × 3 + 5√16 × 3 – 7√3
Penyelesaian: = 13√4 √7 – 7√7 = 2√4 √3 + 5√16 √3 – 7√3
4 = √9 × 2 – √4 × 2 = 26√7 – 7√7 = 4√3 + 20√3 – 7√3
= (26 – 7)√7 = (4 + 20 – 7)√3
S
Tukar ke sebutan
= 3√2 – 2√2 surd yang serupa.
= (3 – 2)√2 Change to equal = 19√7 = 17√3
= √2 surd term.
gi
an
(e) 3√20 – √5 – 2√45 (f) 2√6 + √150 – 3√54 (g) √2 × √3 + 4√6
l
3√20 – √5 – 2√45 2√6 + √150 – 3√54 √2 × √3 + 4√6
Pe
Contoh 3 8 20
(h) (i)
25 9
er
28
8 20
9 = √8 = √20
25 5 9 3
n
Penyelesaian: √4 ×2 √4 ×5
28 = =
= √28 5 3
Pe
9 3
= √4 × √2 = √4 × √5
= √4 × 7 5 3
3 2√2 2√5
= =
= √4 × √7 5 3
3
= 2√7
3
62
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
18 24 8
(j) (k) 3
(l) 3
75 27 16
3
18 6 24 √24 8 1
= = 3 =33
75 25 27 √27 16 2
3 3
√6 √8 ×3 1 √4
= = = 3 × 3
√25 3 √2 √4
3 3 3
= √6 = √8 × √3 = 3
√4
5 3 √8
.
3 3
= 2 √3 = √4
hd
3 2
.B
7. Permudahkan setiap yang berikut:
BAB
Simplify each of the following: 3
dn
Contoh 1 5 2
(a) (b)
√2 3
2 4
5 5 √2 2 √2 √3
√3 = × = ×
S
√2 √2 √2 3 √3 √3
Penyelesaian:
2 2 5√2 √6
√3 =
gi
= × =
√3 √3 √3 2 3
2√3
an
=
3
l
√5 √7 6
Pe
√5 √2 √7 √3 6√5
= × = × =
ta
2√2 √2 2√3 √3 5
√10 √21
= =
bi
4 6
er
Penyelesaian:
3√6 6√7
3√5 3√5 √3 = =
= × 15 5√9 √3
4√3 4√3 √3
√6 6√7 √3
3√15 = = ×
= 5 15√3 √3
12
6√21
√15 =
= 45
4
2√21
=
15
63
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
.
8√15
hd
= = –1
18
4√15
=
9
.B
BAB
dn
8. Permudahkan setiap yang berikut:
4 Simplify each of the following: 3
S
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
3
√2 + √5 gi 4
√3 – √2
an
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
3 (√2 – √5) Darabkan dengan konjugat. 4 (√3 + √2)
(√2 + √5) (√2 – √5) Multiplly with conjugate. (√3 – √2) (√3 + √2)
l
Pe
= √5 – √2
ta
bi
3 √3
(a) (b)
√7 – √2 √8 + √5
3 (√7 + √2) √3 (√8 – √5)
er
= =
(√7 – √2) (√7 + √2) (√8 + √5) (√8 – √5)
3√7 + 3√2 √3 √8 – √3 √5
n
= =
7–2 8–5
Pe
64
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
4 3
(c) (d)
√7 – 1 2√3 + 3√5
4 (√7 + 1) 3 (2√3 – 3√5)
= =
(√7 – 1) (√7 + 1) (2√3 + 3√5) (2√3 – 3√5)
4√7 + 4 3(2√3 – 3√5)
= =
7–1 4(3) – 9(5)
4√7 + 4 3(2√3 – 3√5)
= =
6 –33
.
2(√7 + 1) 2√3 – 3√5
hd
= =
3 –11
3√5 – 2√3
=
11
.B
BAB
dn
3√2 2√20
(e)
2√6 – √10
(f)
1 – √5 4
S
3√2 (2√6 + √10) 2√20 (1 + √5)
= =
(2√6 – √10) (2√6 + √10) (1 – √5) (1 + √5)
=
3√2(2√6 + √10)
4(6) – 10
gi =
2√20 + 2√100
1–5
an
6√12 + 3√20 2√4 × 5 + 2(10)
= =
14 –4
6√4 × 3 + 3√4 × 5 4√5 + 20
l
= =
Pe
14 –4
12√3 + 6√5 = –√5 – 5
=
14
n
6√3 + 3√5
=
7
ta
√y – 4 8√m + 5√n
bi
(g) (h)
√y + 2 √m – √n
√y – 4 (√y – 2) (8√m + 5√n) (√m + √n )
= =
er
y–4 m–n
y – 6√y + 8 8m + 13√mn + 5n
Pe
= =
y–4 m–n
65
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Contoh
(a) √7x – 3 = 4
√2x + 1 = 3
(√7x – 3)2 = 42
Penyelesaian: 7x – 3 = 16
7x = 19
(√2x + 1 )2 = 32
2x + 1 =9 x = 19
.
2x =8 7
hd
x =4
.B
BAB
dn
4
(b) √2y + 1 = √5y – 11 (c) 3√2x – 1 = 3
S
(√2y + 1)2 = (√5y – 11)2 3√2x – 1 = 3
2y + 1
5y – 2y
= 5y – 11
= 12 gi √2x – 1 = 3
3
an
3y = 12 (√2x – 1)2 = 12
y =4 2x – 1 = 1
2x = 2
l
x =1
Pe
n
ta
bi
(5√m + 1)2 = 62 √p + 6 = p
25(m + 1) = 36 (√p )2 = (p – 6)2
n
25m + 25 = 36 p = p2 – 12p + 36
25m = 11 p2 – 13p + 36 = 0
Pe
(p – 4)(p – 9) = 0
m = 11
25 (p – 4) = 0 atau p – 9 = 0
p=4 p=9
66
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Hukum Logaritma
4.3 Laws of Logarithms
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Jika ax = N, maka loga N = x, a . 0 dan a ≠ 1. 4. Asas suatu logaritma boleh ditukarkan daripada suatu
If ax = N, then loga N = x, a . 0 and a ≠ 1. asas kepada asas lain dengan menggunakan rumus
Asas suatu logaritma ialah sebarang nombor positif, berikut.
kecuali 1. The base of a logarithm can be changed from one base to another
.
The base of logarithm is any positive numbers, except 1. by using the following formula
hd
logc b
2. Logaritma yang berasaskan 10 dikenali sebagai logaritma loga b =
biasa dan diwakili oleh log10 atau lg. logc a
Logarithm with base 10 is known as common logarithm and it is dengan keadaan c ialah asas baharu.
.B
represented by log10 or lg. where c is the new base.
(a) loga a = 1 kerana a1 = a 5. Jika c = b, maka
BAB
loga a = 1 because a1 = a
If c = b, then
dn
(b) loga 1 = 0 kerana a0 = 1 1
loga 1 = 0 because a0 = 1 loga b =
logb a
(c) Logaritma bagi suatu nombor negatif atau sifar
tidak tertakrif. 6. Persamaan yang melibatkan logaritma boleh diselesaikan 4
S
Logarithm of a negative number or zero is not defined. dengan mengungkapkan setiap belah persamaan
sebagai logaritma tunggal dengan asas yang sama.
3. Hukum-hukum logaritma
gi
Equations involving logarithms can be solved by expressing each
Laws of logarithm
side of the equation as a single logarithm with the same base.
(a) loga xy = loga x + loga y (a) Jika/if loga x = y, maka/then x = ay.
an
x (b) Jika/if loga x = loga y, maka/then x = y.
(b) loga = loga x – loga y
y
(c) loga x n = n loga x 7. Jika persamaan yang melibatkan indeks tidak boleh
ditulis dalam asas yang sama, ambil logaritma biasa pada
l
Pe
81 = 34 N = ax
243 = 35 125 = 53
er
67
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
23 = 8 maka / then ax = N
.
2
hd
43 = 64 10–3 = 0.001
1
—
7 = √7
2
.B
12. Cari nilai bagi setiap yang berikut.
BAB
dn
Contoh
S
27
Penyelesaian:
y = –3
36
Katakan log4 256 =x Katakan log3 81 = x
Katakan log6 1 = x
ta
4x = 256 36 (3)x = 81
4x = 44 6x = 1 1 x
—
bi
x =4 36 3 2 = 34
6x = 6–2 1x =4
x = –2 2
er
x =8
n
2
Katakan log10 0.01 = x Katakan logm 1 = x Katakan log —1 0.125 = x
10x = 0.01 mx = 1 2
1 x
10x = 10–2 mx = m0 1 2 2 = 0.125
x = –2 x =0 1 x 1
122 = 8
1 x 1 3
122 =122
x =3
68
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Contoh
.
81
hd
(a) log2 x = 6 (b) log3 x = 5 (c) log4 x = 1
x = 26 x = 35 2
.B
x = 64 x = 243 1
—
4 2 = x
BAB
1
—
dn
x = (22) 2
x = 2
4
S
(d) logx 5 = 1 (e) log2x 1 = 1 (f) log—1 x = 2
3 8 2
gi
4
1
— 1 2
x = 5 3
(2x) = 1
1
—
2 142 =x
an
1
8
—
3
3
1x 2
= 53 1
x = 1
x = 125 12x 2 2 = 1 18 22
— 2
16
l
2x = 1
Pe
64
x = 1
128
n
ta
y
= loga xy3
69
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
.
hd
=1
.B
(b) log4 24 – log4 3 + log4 2 (c) log3 18 + log3 4 – 3 log3 2
4
BAB
dn
24 × 2 = log3 1 18 ×3 4 2
= log4
13 2 2
4 = log3 9
4
= log4 64 = log3 32
S
= log4 43
=3 =2
gi
an
(d) log7 1 7 2 + log7 80 – log7 6 + log7 21 (e) 2 log2 6 – 1 log2 16 – 2 log2 3
40 2
7 × 80 × 21
l
62
1 2 1 (16) 2
Pe
40 = log2
= log7 1
—
6 2
× 32
= log7 49
= log7 72 = log2 1 36 2
4×9
n
=2 = log2 1
ta
=0
bi
Contoh
n
Diberi log3 2 = 0.631 dan log3 5 = 1.465, cari nilai bagi setiap yang berikut.
Pe
Given log3 2 = 0.631 and log3 5 = 1.465, find the value of each of the following.
70
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Diberi log4 3 = 0.792 dan log4 5 = 1.161, cari nilai bagi setiap yang berikut.
Given log4 3 = 0.792 and log4 5 = 1.161, find the value of each of the following.
hd
2
= 1 (1 + 1.161)
2
= 1.0805
.B
BAB
dn
(c) log4 3.75 = log4 3 3 (d) log4 45 = log4 (9 × 5)
4 = log4 (32 × 5)
= log4 15
= log4 32 + log4 5 4
S
4
= 2 log4 3 + log4 5
= log4 1 3 × 5 2 = 2(0.792) + 1.161
4
= log4 3 + log4 5 – log4 4
= 0.792 + 1.161 – 1 gi = 2.745
an
= 0.953
l
Pe
(a) log4 7
ta
Contoh
log5 21 log10 7
=
bi
log10 4
log10 21
= Tukarkan asas 5 kepada asas 10.
= 1.404
log10 5 Change base 5 to base 10.
er
= 1.892
n
Pe
71
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Contoh log3 p
(a) log9 p =
log3 3 log3 9
logp 3 =
log3 p = x
1 log3 32
= loga a = 1
log3 p = x
2 log3 3
= 1
hd
x = x
2
.B
log3 27p log3 81
(b) log9 27p = (c) log9p 81 =
log3 9 log3 9p
BAB
log3(33 × p) log3 34
dn
= =
log3 32 log3 (32 × p)
4 =
3 log3 3 + log3 p 4 log3 3
=
S
2 log3 3 2 log3 3 + log3 p
3 + x
= = 4
2
gi 2+x
an
19. Selesaikan setiap persamaan yang berikut.
Solve each of the following equations. 4
l
Pe
Contoh (a) 8x – 1 = 46
5x + 2 = 95 log10 8x – 1 = log10 46
Ambil log10 pada kedua-
log10 5x + 2 = log10 95 dua belah persamaan. (x – 1) log10 8 = log10 46
n
log10 95 log10 8
x+2 =
log10 5 x = 1.8412 + 1
bi
x = 2.8295 – 2 x = 2.8412
x = 0.8295
er
log10 5x – 2 = log10 4x + 1 6x = 5x + 1
Pe
72
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
.
x3 = 53
hd
x =5
.B
BAB
dn
4
(b) 2 log7 (x – 2) = log7 25 (c) log2 4x = 6 – log2(5x – 2)
S
log7 (x – 2)2 = log7 25 log2 4x + log2(5x – 2) =6
gi
(x – 2)2 = 25 log2 4x(5x – 2) =6
(x – 2)2 = 52 4x(5x – 2) = 26
an
x – 2 =5 20x2 – 8x – 64 =0
x =7 5x2 – 2x – 16 =0
(x – 2)(5x + 8) =0
l
Jawapan tidak diterima kerana
x = 2 atau x = – 8
Pe
8x – 4 = 36 log4 1 2=2
3x
x =5
Pe
9 × (1 – x) = 4—12
3x
9 – 9x = 2
3x
9 – 9x = 6x
15x = 9
x= 3
5
73
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Contoh
M
Diberi T = 2p , di mana T mewakili tempoh ayunan bandul dalam saat dan M ialah jisim bagi bandul
10
.
dalam kg. Cari jisim bandul apabila tempoh ayunan bandul ialah 1.14 saat.
hd
M
Given T = 2p , where T represents the period of the pendulum expressed in seconds and M represents the mass of the
10
pendulum in kg. Find the mass of the pendulum when the period of the pendulum is 1.14 seconds.
.B
Penyelesaian:
BAB
M M 2 Apabila T = 1.14 s,
=1 T 2
2
T = 2p 1 2 When
dn
10 10 2p
10(1.14)2
M Maka, M =
= T M = T2
41 22 2
2
Thus,
4 10 2p 10 4p2
7
S
M = 10T2
2
= 0.33 kg
4p
gi
(a) Diberi bahawa dua pemboleh ubah x dan y dihubungkan oleh persamaan
an
Given that two variables x and y are related by the equation
y = 9 (x – 0.4)2
4
l
Cari nilai x apabila y = 1.9.
Pe
(x – 0.4) =
2
Apabila y = 1.9,
9
ta
(b) Rajah menunjukkan sebuah segi empat tepat PQRS dengan panjang sisi (1 +
er
5) cm
P Q
ialah (1 + √5) cm dan luas segi empat ialah √80 cm2. Hitungkan lebar,
dalam cm, segi empat tepat itu. Ungkapkan jawapan anda dalam bentuk
n
the rectangle is √80 cm2. Calculate the width, in cm, of the rectangle. Express your
answer in the form of m + n√5 where m and n are integers.
S R
74
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
PRAKTIS SPM 4
Kertas 1 4. (a) Diberi k = loga Q, nyatakan syarat-syarat bagi a.
SPM Given k = loga Q, state the conditions of a.
2018
1. Diberi 3m + 2(3m) = 3n, ungkapkan m dalam (b) Diberi logpq 5 = 3 , ungkapkan q dalam
SPM sebutan n. 2 log5 q
2018 sebutan p.
Given 3m + 2(3m) = 3n, express m in terms of n. 3
Given logpq 5 = , express q in terms of p.
.
2 log5 q
hd
3m + 2(3m) = 3n
(a) a ≠ 1 dan a . 0.
3m(1 + 2) = 3n
3m(3) = 3n (b) logpq 5 = 3
2 log5 q
.B
3 m + 1 = 3n
m+1=n log5 5 3
=
BAB
m=n–1 log5 pq 2 log5 q
dn
2 log5 q = 3 log5 pq
2. Diberi logm2 16 = 2, cari nilai log5 q2 = log5(pq)3
SPM Given logm2 16 = 2, find the value of q2 = (pq)3
4
S
2014
(a) m (b) log4 1 13 2 13 = 2
q3
m p q
(a) logm2 16
(m2)2
=2
= 16
gi q = 13
p
an
m4 = 24
m =2
m
= –3 log4 2
–3 log2 2
= 5. Diberi loga 9 = m, ungkapkan dalam sebutan m
log2 4
n
log2 22
(b) log9 729a3.
=– 3
bi
3. Selesaikan persamaan: = 2m
Solve the equation:
42x = 48 + 42x – 1
(b) log9 729a3 = log9 729 + log9 a3
n
4 2x
= 48 + 4 2x – 1
= log9 93 + 3 log9 a
Pe
= 48 + 4
2x
4
= 3 + 31 1 2
42x – 1 (42x) = 48 loga 9
4 3
3 (42x) =3+
= 48 m
4
42x = 64
42x = 43
2x =3
x = 3
2
75
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
.
hd
4p= = 28r = (4 × 7)r
log7 4p= = log7 (4 × 7)r
p log7 4= = r(log7 4 + log7 7) …… 2
Gantikan 1 ke dalam 2. 9. Selesaikan persamaan:
.B
q q SPM Solve the equation:
p1 2= = r1 2 + r 2013
p p log4 3 + log4 (2x – 1) = 2
BAB
rq
dn
q= = +r
p log4 3 + log4 (2x – 1) =2
pq= = rq + pr log4 3(2x – 1) =2
4 pq – rq= = pr 3(2x – 1) = 42
S
q(p – r)= = pr 6x – 3 = 16
q= = pr 6x = 19
p–r
gi x = 19
6
an
7. Diberi 27 p + 1 = 1, ungkapkan p dalam sebutan k.
k–2
SPM 243
2017 27k – 2
Given = 1, express p in terms of k.
l
243p + 1 10. Diberi log3 x = p dan log3 y = q, ungkapkan
Pe
(33)k – 2 = (35)p + 1 y
terms of p and q.
33k – 6 = 35p + 5
ta
3k – 6 = 5p + 5 1
5p = 3k – 11 81x2 = log 81x2 2
3 1
y 2
log3
bi
y
p = 3k – 11 1
5
= log3 1 3 x
4 2
2
2
er
y
= log3 1 3 1x
2
8. Selesaikan persamaan:
SPM 2
n
76
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
.
3
hd
log4 (7x + 43) x
2 2
= 4 √3 + √3 x
=6
3
(7x + 3)2x2
= 4 + 1 √3
1 2 = 46
.B
3 x4
(7x + 3)2 = 4 096
4 + 3 √3
= 1 2
BAB
x2
3
(7x + 3)2 = 4 096x2
dn
7
= √3 (7x + 3)2 = (64x)2
3
7x + 3 = 64x
4
x = 1
S
19
Kertas 2
(b) Cari log25 125h dalam sebutan x dan y. (b) Seterusnya, hitung nilai m dan nilai n
k2 diberikan xy = 243 dan x = 27.
125h y
Find log25 in terms of x and y.
n
y
(a) 25 y = 5 3y
x+y 2(x + y)
= 52x + 2y – 3y x = 9m = 32m + n
= 52x – y = 32m = 3n
2m
x
= (5 y)
x 2
er
log3 y =n y 3
5 y = 3n = 32m – n
= h 2
n
k (b) xy = 243
32m + n = 35
Pe
2m + n = 5 …… 1
(b) log25 125h = log25 125 + log25 h – log25 k2 x = 27
k2
log5 53 log5 h log5 k2 y
= + – 32m – n = 33
log5 5 2
log5 5 2
log5 52
2m – n = 3 ……… 2
log5 53 + log5 5x – log5 52y 1 + 2, 4m = 8
=
log5 52 m=2
= 3 + x – 2y Daripada 1, 2(2) + n = 5
2 n =1
77
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 4 Indeks, Surd dan Logaritma
Sudut KBAT
1. Farid telah berkhidmat di sebuah syarikat dengan gaji tahunannya diberi oleh persamaan G = 18 000(1.05)t – 1,
dengan keadaan G ialah gaji tahunan dan t ialah bilangan tahun dia berkhidmat.Cari nilai minimum bagi t
supaya gaji tahunannya akan melebihi RM60 000.
Farid started working for a company with an annual salary given by an equation G = 18 000(1.05)t – 1 such that G is the
annual salary and t are the number of years he is working in the company. Find the minimum value of t such that his
.
annual salary will exceed RM60 000.
hd
18 000(1.05)t – 1 . 60 000
(1.05)t – 1 . 60 000
.B
18 000
(1.05) .
t–1 10
BAB
dn
(t – 1) log10 1.05 . log10 1 10 2
3
4 log10 1 10 2
3
S
t –1.
log10 1.05
t – 1 . 24.68
t . 25.68
t = 26 gi
an
2. Suatu syarikat pelaburan menawarkan suatu pulangan r% setahun. Sejumlah wang RMp dilaburkan.
l
Jumlah pelaburan selepas suatu tempoh n tahun diberikan oleh RMp11 + r 2n tertakluk kepada syarat
Pe
100
iaitu pelaburan itu tidak dikeluarkan. Swee Hoe melaburkan RM30 000 dan pulangan ialah 6% setahun.
An investment company offers a return of r% per annum. A sum of money RMp is invested. The total investment after a
n
r
1 2
period of n years is given by RMp 1 + 100 n subject to the condition that the investment is not withdrawn. Swee Hoe
ta
(b) Selepas berapa tahunkah jumlah pelaburan akan melebihi RM100 000 untuk kali pertama?
After how many years will the total investment exceed RM100 000 for the first time?
er
(a) Jumlah pelaburan = p11 + r rt (b) Jumlah pelaburan > 100 000
100 2 30 000 (1.06)n > 100 000
n
3
= 30 000 (1.06)5 log10 1 10 2
n > 3
log10 1.06
= RM40 146.77 n > 20.66
n = 21 tahun
+
+
+ KBAT Ekstra
78
B
BA
Janjang
5 Progressions
.
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
.B
1. Janjang Aritmetik (JA) ialah suatu urutan di mana beza 3. Hasil tambah n sebutan pertama bagi suatu janjang
antara sebarang dua sebutan yang berturutan adalah aritmetik ialah
sentiasa sama. Sum of the first n terms of an arithmetic progression is
dn
Arithmetic Progression (AP) is a sequence where the
difference between any two consecutive terms is always the same. Sn = n [2a + (n – 1)d] atau / or Sn = n (a + l )
2 2
Sebutan / Term : T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
Urutan / Sequence : a a + d a + 2d a + 3d a + 4d dengan l = sebutan terakhir
S
where l = last term
Sebutan pertama dinamakan sebagai a
The first term is denoted as a. 4. Hasil tambah beberapa sebutan berturutan dari
Beza sepunya / Common difference,
d = T2 − T1 = T3 − T2 = T4 − T3 = T5 − T4 = ....
gi sebutan ke-m hingga sebutan ke-n bagi suatu janjang
aritmetik ialah
an
Sum of a few consecutive terms from the mth term to the nth
d = Tn – Tn – 1 term of an arithmetic progression is
Sm → n = Sn – Sm – 1
l
2. Sebutan ke-n suatu janjang aritmetik ialah
Pe
Tn = a + (n − 1)d
dengan a = sebutan pertama, d = beza sepunya NOTA
n
1. Tentukan sama ada setiap yang berikut ialah janjang aritmetik atau bukan.
Determine whether each of the following is an arithmetic progression. 1
er
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
n
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
T2 − T1 = 8 − 4 = 4 T2 − T1 = 1 − 4 = −3
T3 − T2 = 12 − 8 = 4 T3 − T2 = −2 − 1 = −3
T4 − T3 = 16 − 12 = 4 T4 − T3 = −6 − (−2) = −4
79
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
.
d bukan pemalar.
hd
\ Ini bukan janjang aritmetik.
.B
2. Nyatakan sebutan pertama dan beza sepunya bagi setiap janjang aritmetik yang berikut.
State the first term and the common difference for each of the following arithmetic progression. 2
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
dn
−2, 1, 4, 7, … 3, –1, –5, −9, …
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
S
a = –2 a=3
BAB
d = 1 − (−2) = 3 d = –1 − 3 = −4
5
gi
(b) 1 , 1 , 2 , 5 , …
an
(a) 3, 8, 13, 18, … (c) 1.2, 1.5, 1.8, 2.1, …
3 2 3 6
a=3 a= 1 a = 1.2
3
l
d=8−3=5 d = 1.5 − 1.2 = 0.3
Pe
d= 1 − 1 = 1
2 3 6
n
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
bi
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
er
a = 4, d = 2 − 4 = –2 a = –7, d = –3 − (–7) = 4
T7 = a + (7 − 1)d T9 = a + (9 − 1)d
n
= 4 + 6(–2) = –7 + 8(4)
= –8 = 25
Pe
(a) −20, −17, −14, −11, … ; cari sebutan ke-10. (b) 2.5, 3.2, 3.9, 4.6, … ; cari sebutan ke-6.
find the 10th term. find the 6th term.
80
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
.
= 0.6n + 3.5 = 7y − 4ny
hd
0.6n + 3.5 = 11.3 –4ny + 7y = –65y
0.6n = 7.8 –4ny = –72y
n = 13 n = 18
.B
(a) −11, −7, −3, …, 125 (b) 17, 13, 9, …, –31
dn
a = −11 , d = −7 − (−11) = 4 a = 17, d = 13 − 17 = −4
Tn = a + (n − 1)d Tn = a + (n − 1)d
= –11 + (n – 1)(4) = 17 + (n − 1)( −4)
= 4n − 15 = −4n + 21
BAB
4n – 15 = 125 –4n + 21 = –31
gi
4n = 140 4n = 52
n = 35 n = 13
5
an
(c) 1 , 2 , 3 , …, 14 (d) 3m, m, –m, –3m, …, −13m
5 5 5 5
l
a= 1 ,d= 2 − 1 = 1 a = 3m , d = m − 3m = −2m
Pe
5 5 5 5 Tn = a + (n − 1)d
Tn = a + (n − 1)d = 3m + (n − 1)( −2m)
= 1 + (n – 1)( 1 ) = 5m – 2nm
5 5
n
5m – 2mn = –13m
= 1 n
5 2nm = 18m
ta
1 n = 14 2n = 18
5 5 n =9
n = 14
bi
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
n
3, 5, 7, 9, … (12 sebutan yang pertama) 5, 2, –1, –4, … (10 sebutan yang pertama)
Pe
81
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
(a) −15, −11, −7, −3, … (16 sebutan yang pertama) (b) 19, 14, 9, 4, … (14 sebutan yang pertama)
(first 16 terms) (first 14 terms)
.
= 7(38 – 65)
hd
= 240 = –189
.B
6. Tentukan hasil tambah sebutan tertentu yang berturutan bagi suatu janjang aritmetik.
dn
Determine the sum of specific number of consecutive terms in an arithmetic progression. 3
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
S
23, 17, 11, …., –67 –6, –4, –2, 0, …., 16
BAB
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
5
a = 23, d = 17 − 23 = −6, l = –67
Tn = a + (n – 1)d gi a = –6, d = –4 − (–6) = 2, l = 16
Tn = a + (n – 1)d
an
= 23 + (n – 1)(–6) = –6 + (n – 1)(2)
= 29 – 6n = 2n – 8
29 – 6n = –67 2n – 8
= 16
l
6n = 96 = 24 2n
Pe
n = 16 = 12 n
S16 = n [a + l] = n [a + l]
S12
2 2
n
16
= [23 + (–67)] 12
= [–6 + 16]
2 2
ta
= 8(–44) = 6(10)
= –352 = 60
bi
= 3n – 18 = 14 – 5n
3n – 18 = 30 14 – 5n = –86
3n = 48 5n = 100
n = 16 n = 20
S16 = n [a + l] S20 = n [a + l]
2 2
= 16 [–15 + 30] = 20 [9 – 86]
2 2
= 120 = –770
82
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
7. Hitung hasil tambah sebutan tertentu yang berturutan bagi suatu janjang aritmetik.
Calculate the sum of specific number of consecutive terms in an arithmetic progression. 4
Contoh 1
3, 10, 17, …. (sebutan ke-7 hingga sebutan ke-12) S12 = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 + T5 + T6 + T7 + T8 + T9 + T10 + T11 + T12
(7th term to 12th term) S6 = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 + T5 + T6
\ S12 – S6 = T7 + T8 + T9 + T10 + T11 + T12
Penyelesaian: {Hasil tambah T7 hingga T12}
Kaedah 1/ Method 1 {Sum of T7 to T12}
a = 3, d = 10 − 3 = 7
.
hd
Kaedah 2/ Method 2
Hasil tambah T7 hingga T12/ Sum of T7 to T12 T7 = 3 + 6(7) = 45
= S12 – S6 T12 = 3 + 11(7) = 80
.B
45, …, 80 (6 sebutan/ terms)
= 12 [2(3) + 11(7)] – 6 [2(3) + 5(7)]
2 2 Hasil tambah T7 hingga T12/ Sum of T7 to T12
= 6(83) – 3(41) S6 = n [a + l]
dn
= 375 2
= 6 [45 + 80]
2
S
= 375
BAB
gi
(a) −22, −16, −10, … (sebutan ke-5 hingga sebutan ke-14) (b) –1, 4, 9, … (sebutan ke-4 hingga sebutan ke-12)
(5th term to 14th term) (4th term to 12th term) 5
an
a = −22, d = −16 − (−22) = 6 a = –1, d = 4 − (–1) = 5
l
Hasil tambah T5 hingga T14
Pe
= 290 = 306
bi
er
9
(c) 6.7, 5.3, 3.9, … (sebutan ke-6 hingga sebutan ke-10) (d) 5, , 4, … (sebutan ke-9 hingga sebutan ke-16)
(6th term to 10th term) 2 (9th term to 16th term)
n
a = 5, d = 9 − 5 = –0.5
Pe
83
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
.
Penyelesaian: p + 1 = 2p – 1
hd
2x – 3 – (x + 3) = x – 5 – (2x – 3) p =2
2x – 3 – x – 3 = x – 5 – 2x + 3
x – 6 = –x – 2 Tip
.B
2x = 4
x=2 d = Tn – Tn – 1
dn
Contoh 2 (b) Sebutan ke-n, Tn suatu janjang aritmetik diberi
sebagai Tn = 5n – 2. Cari hasil tambah 7 sebutan
S
Sebutan ke-n, Tn suatu janjang aritmetik diberi pertama janjang itu.
BAB
sebagai Tn = 4n + 7. Cari hasil tambah 5 sebutan The nth term, Tn of an arithmetic progression is given
pertama janjang itu.
5
The nth term, Tn of an arithmetic progression is given as
Tn = 4n + 7. Find the sum of the first 5 terms of the gi as Tn = 5n – 2. Find the sum of the first 7 terms of the
progression.
an
progression. Tn = 5n – 2
Penyelesaian: a = T1 = 5(1) – 2 = 3
Tn = 4n + 7 T2 = 5(2) – 2 = 8
l
d = T2 – T1 = 8 – 3 = 5
Pe
a = T1 = 4(1) + 7 = 11
T2 = 4(2) + 7 = 15
S7 = 7 [2(3) + 6(5)]
d = T2 – T1 = 15 – 11 = 4 2
= 126
S5 = 5 [2(11) + 4(4)]
n
2
ta
= 95
bi
Diberi hasil tambah n sebutan pertama bagi janjang Cari nilai bagi n.
aritmetik 25, 18, 11, … ialah 4. Cari nilai bagi n. Given the sum of the first n term of the arithmetic
Given the sum of the first n term of the arithmetic progression –22, –16, –10, … is 132. Find the value
n
Penyelesaian:
a = 25, d = 18 – 25 = –7 a = –22, d = –16 – (–22) = 6
Sn = n [2(25) + (n – 1)(–7)] Sn = n [2(–22) + (n – 1)(6)]
2 2
n [50 + 7 – 7n] = 4 n [–44 – 6 + 6n] = 132
2 2
7n2 – 57n + 8 = 0 6n2 – 50n – 264 = 0
(7n – 1)(n – 8) = 0 3n2 – 25n – 132 = 0
(3n + 11)(n – 12) = 0
n = 1 (tidak diterima/ not accepted), n=8 n = – 11 (tidak diterima), n = 12
7 3
84
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
Penyelesaian: T5 = 13 = a + 4d …… (i)
T6 = 28 = a + 5d …… (i) T12 = 27 = a + 11d ……(ii)
(ii) –(i): 7d = 14
.
T10 = 16 = a + 9d …… (ii)
hd
(ii) – (i): 4d = –12 d =2
d = –3 13 = a + 4(2)
28 = a + 5(–3) a =5
.B
a = 43
dn
Contoh 5 (e) Hasil tambah n sebutan pertama suatu janjang
Hasil tambah n sebutan pertama suatu janjang aritmetik diberi oleh Sn = 5 n2 – 9n. Hitung
2
S
aritmetik diberi oleh Sn = 3n2 + n. Hitung sebutan sebutan ke-5.
BAB
The sum of the first n term of an arithmetic progression
ke-6. 5
gi
is given by Sn = n2 – 9n. Calculate the 5th term.
The sum of the first n term of an arithmetic progression is 2
given by Sn = 3n2 + n. Calculate the 6th term.
T5 = S5 – S4 5
an
Penyelesaian:
T6 = S6 – S5 = 5 (5)2 – 9(5) – 5 (4)2 – 9(4)
3 4 3 4
Tip 2 2
= [3(6)2 + 6] – [3(5)2 + 5]
l
125
= 114 – 80 Tn = Sn – Sn – 1 = 3 4
– 45 – [40 – 36]
Pe
2
= 34
= 35 – 4
2
= 13.5
n
ta
pertama dan beza sepunya. The sum of the first n term of an arithmetic progression
n
The sum of the first n term of an arithmetic progression is is given by Sn = (15 – 5n). Calculate the first term and
given by Sn = n(3 + 2n). Calculate the first term and the 2
n
Penyelesaian: 2
Sn = n(3 + 2n) a = S1 = 1 [15 – 5(1)] = 5
a = S1 = 1[3 + 2(1)] = 5 2
\ a =5 \ a=5
S2 = 2[3 + 2(2)] = 14
S2 = 2 [15 – 5(2)] = 5
T2 = S2 – S1 2
= 14 – 5 = 9 T2 = S2 – S1
d = T2 – T1 = 9 – 5 = 5 – 5 = 0
\ d =4 d = T2 – T1 = 0 – 5
\ d = –5
85
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
.
hd
Penyelesaian: –3n , –60 – 3 – 4
a = 3, d = 11 – 3 = 5 –3n , –67
2 2 n . 22.33
Tn = a + (n – 1)d . 40
.B
\ n = 23
3 + (n – 1)( 5 ) . 40
2
3 + n – 5 . 40
5
dn
2 2
5 n . 40 – 3 + 5
2 2
S
5 n . 79
BAB
2 2
5
5n . 79
n . 15.8 gi
an
\ n = 16
l
(h) Sebiji bola jatuh dari ketinggian 20 m. (i) Seutas tali dengan panjang 45 m dipotong
Pe
Setiap kali bola itu melantun ketinggiannya kepada beberapa bahagian supaya panjang setiap
berkurangan 0.3 m. Cari ketinggian lantunan bahagian membentuk suatu janjang aritmetik.
selepas lantunan ke-11. Panjang bahagian tali yang terpendek dan
n
A ball is dropped from a height 20 m. The height of terpanjang masing-masing ialah 50 cm dan 4 m.
each bounce decreases by 0.3 m. Find the height of Cari bilangan bahagian tali yang telah dipotong.
ta
T12 = 20 + 11(–0.3)
= 16.7 m a = 50 cm = 0.5 m, l = 4 m
n
Sn = n [a + l] = 45
2
Pe
n [0.5 + 4] = 45
2
n = 20
86
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
Janjang Geometri
5.2 Geometric Progressions
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Janjang Geometri (JG) ialah suatu urutan di mana 3. Hasil tambah n sebutan pertama bagi suatu janjang
nisbah antara sebarang dua sebutan yang berturutan geometri ialah
adalah sentiasa sama. Sum of the first n terms of a geometric progression is
Geometric Progression (GP) is a sequence where the ratio
.
Sn = a(1 – r )
n
between any two consecutive terms is always the same. untuk / for r , 1
hd
1–r
Sebutan / Term : T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
Urutan / Sequence : a ar ar2 ar3 ar4 atau / or
.B
Sn = a(r – 1)
n
Sebutan pertama dinamakan sebagai a. untuk / for r . 1
The first term is denoted as a. r–1
Nisbah sepunya / Common ratio
4. Hasil tambah beberapa sebutan berturutan dari
dn
T T T T
r = 2 = 3 = 4 = 5 = .... sebutan ke-m hingga sebutan ke-n bagi suatu janjang
T1 T2 T3 T4 geometri ialah
Sum of a few consecutive terms from the mth term to the nth
Tn
S
term of a geometric progression is
r= T
BAB
n–1
Sm – n = Sn – Sm – 1
2. Sebutan ke-n suatu janjang geometri ialah
The nth term of a geometric progression is
gi 5. Hasil tambah hingga ketakterhinggaan
5
an
Sum to infinity
Tn = ar n – 1 untuk/ for r ≠ 0 a
S∞ =
dengan a = sebutan pertama, r = nisbah sepunya 1–r
l
where a = first term, r = common ratio
Pe
n
9. Tentukan sama ada setiap yang berikut ialah janjang geometri atau bukan.
Determine whether each of the following is a geometric progression. 1
ta
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
bi
T2 T2
= 10 = 2 = –8 = –2
T1 5 T1 4
n
T3 T3
= 20 = 2 = –16 = 2
Pe
T2 10 T2 –8
T4 T4
= 40 = 2 = 32 = –2
T3 20 T3 –16
r = 2 ialah pemalar/ is a constant. r bukan pemalar/ is not a constant.
\ Ini ialah janjang geometri. \ Ini bukan janjang geometri.
\ This is a geometric progression. \ This is not a geometric progression.
87
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
.
T3 81 27 3
hd
r = 1 ialah pemalar.
3 r bukan pemalar.
\ Ini ialah janjang geometri. \ Ini bukan janjang geometri.
.B
dn
10. Nyatakan sebutan pertama dan nisbah sepunya bagi setiap janjang geometri yang berikut.
State the first term and the common ratio for each of the following geometric progression. 2
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
S
2, –6, 18, −54, … 0.125, –0.5, 2, –8, …
BAB
5
Penyelesaian:
a=2 gi Penyelesaian:
a = 0.125
an
r = –6 = −3 r = –0.5 = – 4
2 0.125
l
Pe
3
r = 28 = 1 r = –24 = 4
r= 5 ÷ 5 = 1
ta
84 3 –6
6 3 2
bi
er
11. Tentukan nilai sebutan tertentu bagi janjang geometri yang berikut.
Determine the value of the specific term for the geometric progression. 3
n
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
Pe
4.8, 2.4, 1.2, 0.6 … ; cari sebutan ke-8. 7, 21, 63, 189, … ; cari sebutan ke-10.
find the 8th term. find the 10th term.
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
a = 4.8, r = 2.4 = 0.5 a = 7, r = 21 = 3
4.8 7
T8 = ar8 – 1 T10 = ar9
= (4.8)(0.5)7 = (7)(3)9
= 0.0375 = 137 781
88
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
(a) –6, 18, –54, 162, … ; cari sebutan ke-7. (b) 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , … ; cari sebutan ke-9.
4 8 16 32 find the 9th term.
find the 7th term.
a = –6, r = 18 = −3 a= 1, r= 1 ÷ 1 = 1
–6 4 8 4 2
T7 = ar6 T9 = ar8
= (–6)(−3)6
= 1 1 1 21 2
8
= –4 374 4 2
.
= 1
hd
1 024
.B
12. Hitung bilangan sebutan bagi setiap janjang geometri yang berikut.
Calculate the number of terms in each of the following geometric progressions. 3
dn
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
S
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
BAB
a = 1, r = –2 = –2 a = 2, r = 1
1
–512 = (1)(–2)n − 1
gi 2
1 = (2) 1 n − 1
1 2 5
an
(–2)9 = (–2)n – 1 64 2
n–1=9 1 = 1 n−1
n = 10 128 21 2
l
1 7 = 1 n−1
1 2 1 2
Pe
2 2
n−1=7
n=8
n
(a) 7, 21, 63, 189, …, 1 701 (b) 3, −9, 27, –81, …., −6 561
ta
a = 7, r = 21 = 3 a = 3, r = –9 = –3
bi
7 3
1 701 = (7)(3)n − 1 –6 561 = (3)(–3)n − 1
243 = (3)n − 1 –2 187 = (–3)n − 1
er
n =6 n =8
Pe
89
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
13. Tentukan hasil tambah n sebutan pertama bagi suatu janjang geometri.
Determine the sum of the first n terms in a geometric progression. 3
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
256, 64, 16, 4, … (5 sebutan yang pertama) 7, 42, 252, 1 512, … (7 sebutan yang pertama)
(first 5 terms) (first 7 terms)
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
a = 256, r = 64 = 1 a = 7, r = 42 = 6
256 4 7
.
a(rn
– 1)
Sn = a(1 – r )
n
hd
Sn =
1–r Tip 1–r Tip
S7 = 7[(6) – 1]
7
256 1 – 1
r,1
3 1 24
5
r.1
4 \ Sn = a(1 – r )
n
6–1
\ Sn = a(r – 1)
n
.B
S5 = 1–r
1– 1 = 391 909 r–1
4
dn
= 341
(a) –3, 6, –12, 24, … (6 sebutan yang pertama) (b) 0.3, 1.2, 4.8, 19.2, ... (5 sebutan yang pertama)
S
(first 6 terms) (first 5 terms)
BAB
5
a = –3, r = 6 = −2
–3 gi a = 0.3, r = 1.2 = 4
0.3
an
Sn = a(1 – r ) Sn = a(r – 1)
n n
1–r r–1
S6 = (–3)[1 – (–2)6] S6 = 0.3[(4)5
– 1]
l
1 – (–2) 4–1
Pe
= 63 = 102.3
n
14. Hitung hasil tambah sebutan tertentu yang berturutan bagi suatu janjang geometri.
ta
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
bi
Hasil tambah T6 hingga T10 / Sum of T6 to T10 Hasil tambah T5 hingga T9/ Sum of T5 to T9
= S10 – S5 = S 9 – S4
= 8[(1.5) – 1] − 8[(1.5) – 1]
10 5
51.2 1 – 1
3 1 24 51.2 1 – 1
3 1 24
9 4
1.5 – 1 1.5 – 1 4 4
= –
1 1
= 58 025 – 211
64 2
1–
41 2 1–
4 1 2
= 51 273 = 68.2664 – 68
64 = 0.2664
90
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
(a) 1, 1 , 1 , 1 , … (sebutan ke-7 hingga sebutan ke-12) (b) 4, 5, 25 , 125 , … (sebutan ke-5 hingga sebutan ke-10)
2 4 8 (7th term to 12th term) 4 16 (5th term to 10th term)
1 a = 4, r = 5
a = 1, r = 2 = 1 4
1 2
Hasil tambah T5 hingga T10
Hasil tambah T7 hingga T12 = S10 – S4
= S12 – S6
4 5 –131 2 4 4 5 –1
31 2 4
10 4
.
1 12 1
3 1 2 4 3 1 24
6
4 4
hd
11– 11– = −
= 2 − 2 5 –1 5 –1
1 1
1– 1 2
2
1– 1 2
2
4 4
= 133.01 – 23.06
.B
= 4 095 – 63 = 109.95
2 048 32
= 63
dn
2 048
S
15. Tentukan bilangan sebutan, n, bagi janjang geometri yang berikut.
BAB
Determine the number of terms, n, of the following geometric progressions. 4
Contoh 1
Sn = 1 275, a = 5, r = 2 gi Contoh 2
Sn = 189 , a = 6, r = 1 5
an
16 2
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
l
5[(2)n – 1]
61– 1 3 1 24
n
= 1 275
Pe
2–1
2 = 189
2n = 256 1 16
1–
2n = 28 2
n =8
1 12 2 = 1
n
n
64
ta
1 12 2 = 11 2
n 6
2
bi
n =6
er
84 3 – 131 2 4
n
Pe
1 [(4)n – 1]
2 = 4 431 64
3 –1 4 = 21 845
2 4–1 64
3 4n = 65 536
1 2 = 243
n
2 32 4n = 48
n =8
1 32 2 = 3 1 2
n 5
2
n =5
91
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
Contoh 3 Contoh 4
.
log10 535 log10 322.25
hd
n . n,
log10 1.5 log10 2
n . 15.49 n , 8.33
n = 16 n=8
.B
(c) Sn . 96, a = 4 , r = 3 (d) Sn , 30, a = 23, r = 0.3
dn
5
4 (3n – 1) 23(1 – 0.3n) , 30
5 . 96 1 – 0.3
S
3–1 0.3n . 0.087
BAB
3n . 241
n log10 0.3 . log10 0.087
5
n log10 3 . log10 241
n .
log10 241 gi n,
log10 0.087
log10 0.3
an
log10 3
n , 2.028
n . 4.99 n=2
n =5
l
Pe
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
ta
Penyelesaian:
a = 100, r = 50 = 1
100 2 a = 150, r = 60 = 0.4
150
er
S∞ = 100
1– 1 S∞ = 150
2 1 – 0.4
n
= 200 = 250
Pe
92
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
17. Ungkapkan nombor perpuluhan jadi semula berikut dalam pecahan termudah.
Express the following recurring decimals as a fraction in its simplest form. 4
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
0.5555… 0.313131….
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
0.5 + 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.0005 + … 0.31 + 0.0031 + 0.000031 + …
a = 0.5, r = 0.05 = 1 a = 0.5, r = 0.0031 = 1
0.5 10 0.31 100
.
hd
S∞ = 0.5 S∞ = 0.31
1– 1 1– 1
10 100
= 5 = 31
.B
9 99
dn
(a) 0.8888… (b) 0.454545… (c) 0.132132…
S
a = 0.8, r = 0.08 = 1 a = 0.45, r = 0.0045 = 1 a = 0.132, r = 0.000132 = 1
BAB
0.8 10 0.45 100 0.132 1 000
S∞ = 0.8
1– 1
S∞ = 0.45
1– 1 gi S∞ = 0.132
1– 1 5
an
10 100 1 000
= 8 = 5 = 44
9 11 333
l
Pe
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
ta
Diberi 4p + 7, p + 4 dan –p + 8 adalah tiga sebutan Dalam suatu janjang geometri, Tn = 3n + 1, cari
yang berturut-turut bagi janjang geometri, cari nilai- sebutan pertama dan nisbah sepunya.
bi
nilai yang mungkin bagi p. In a geometric progression, Tn = 3n + 1. Find the first term
Given 4p + 7, p + 4 and –p + 8 are three consecutive terms and the common ratio.
er
p+4 = 32
= –p + 8
4p + 7 p+4 = 9
Pe
p = – 8 atau p = 5 r = 27
5 9
r=3
93
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
(a) Diberi m – 4, m dan 5m – 12 adalah tiga sebutan (b) Dalam suatu janjang geometri, Tn = 2n + 3, cari
pertama yang positif, bagi janjang geometri, sebutan pertama dan nisbah sepunya.
cari nisbah sepunya dan sebutan kelima. In a geometric progression, Tn = 2n + 3, find the first term
Given m – 4, m and 5m – 12 are the first three positive and the common ratio.
terms in a geometric progression, find the common
ratio and the fifth term. Tn = 2n + 3
m = 5m – 12 a = T1 = 21 + 3
m–4 m = 24
m2 = (5m – 12)(m – 4)
= 16
.
m2 = 5m2 – 20m – 12m + 48
hd
4m – 32m + 48 = 0
2 T2 = 22 + 3
m2 – 8m + 12 = 0 = 25
(m – 6)(m – 2) = 0 = 32
.B
m = 6 atau m = 2 (tidak diterima)
Bila m = 6: 2, 6, 18, … r = 32
16
r= 6
dn
= 2
2
= 3
S
T5 = 2(3)4
BAB
= 162
5
gi
l an
Pe
Contoh 3 Contoh 4
Dalam suatu janjang geometri, sebutan kedua Diberi suatu janjang geometri 7, 14, 28, 56, ….
ialah –1 dan sebutan kelima ialah 1 , cari sebutan Cari nilai terkecil bagi n apabila hasil tambah
n
pertama dan nisbah sepunya. 27 n sebutan yang pertama adalah lebih daripada
350.
ta
T5 = ar 4 = 1 …… (ii) a = 7, r = 14 = 2,
27 7
7[(2)n
– 1]
(ii) ÷ (i): r3 = – 1
n
. 350
27 2–1
2 . 51
Pe
r3 = – 1
1 2
3
3 n log10 2 . log10 51
log10 51
\ r=– 1 n.
3 log10 2
n . 5.672
Gantikan nilai r dalam (i): a – 1 = –1
1 2
3 \n=6
Replace r into (i)
\ a=3
94
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
(c) Dalam suatu janjang geometri, sebutan ke-3 (d) Diberi suatu janjang geometri 16, 24, 36, … .
ialah 12 dan sebutan ke-7 ialah 192. cari Cari nilai terkecil bagi n di mana hasil tambah
sebutan pertama dan nisbah sepunya. n sebutan yang pertama adalah lebih daripada
In a geometric progression, the 3rd term is 12 and the 2 000.
7th term is 192, find the first term and the common Given a geometric progression 16, 24, 36, …. Find the
ratio. smallest value of n such that the sum of the first n terms
is greater than 2 000.
T3 = ar2 = 12 …… (i)
T7 = ar6 = 192 …… (ii) a = 16, r = 24 = 1.5
16
.
(ii) ÷ (i): r 4 = 16
hd
16[(1.5)
n
– 1)] . 2 000
r 4 = (2)4
1.5 – 1
\ r =2
1.5 . 63.5
n
.B
Gantikan nilai r dalam (i): a(2)2 = 12
n . 10.24
\ a =3
\ n = 11
dn
Contoh 5 (e) Jadual menunjukkan keuntungan yang disimpan
S
oleh Encik Zarul pada tiga tahun yang pertama,
BAB
Keuntungan sebuah kedai bertambah 5% setiap mulai tahun 2009. Dia tidak membuat sebarang
gi
tahun. Jika keuntungan kedai itu ialah RM30 000 pengeluaran dalam tempoh 10 tahun.
pada tahun 2011, cari Table shows the profit kept by Encik Zarul for the first
The profit of a shop increases 5% every year. If the profit of three years, starting in the year 2009. He will not make 5
an
the shop is RM30 000 in the year 2011, find any withdrawals in the next 10 years.
(a) keuntungan kedai itu pada tahun 2015,
the profit of the shop in the year 2015, Pada akhir tahun Keuntungan (RM)
l
(b) jumlah keuntungan kedai itu dari tahun 2011 At the end of year Profit (RM)
Pe
Penyelesaian:
Keuntungan Encik Zarul bertambah bagi tahun-
ta
(b) Sn = a(r – 1)
n
a geometric progression.
r–1 (i) Nyatakan nisbah sepunya keuntungannya.
n
ke-10.
S8 = 30 000(1.05 – 1)
8
Calculate the amount of his profit at the end of 10
1.05 – 1 years.
= RM286 473.27
(i) r = 4 200 = 1.05
4 000
(ii) T10 = 4 000(1.05)9
= RM6 205.31
95
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
PRAKTIS SPM 5
Kertas 1 3. Diberi bahawa sebutan ketiga bagi suatu janjang
geometri melebihi sebutan kedua sebanyak 30a.
1. Diberi bahawa sebutan ke-n bagi suatu janjang Cari nilai-nilai nisbah sepunya, r, dengan keadaan
5r n – 1 , r ≠ h. a ialah sebutan pertama bagi janjang itu.
2017 geometri ialah Tn =
4
.
Given that the third term of a geometric progression
hd
It is given that the nth term of a geometric progression is exceeds the second term by 30a. Find the values
Tn = 5r
n–1
, r ≠ h. of common ratio, r, where a is the first term of the
4 progression.
Nyatakan / State
.B
T2 = ar , T3 = ar2
(b) nilai h.
the value of h. T3 − T2 = ar2 − ar = 30a
(b) sebutan pertama janjang ini. r2 − r = 30
dn
the first term of the progression. r − r − 30 = 0
2
(r − 6)(r + 5) = 0
(a) h = 0 \ r = 6 , −5
S
(b) a = T1 = 5r
1–1
BAB
5
= 5
4 gi 2018
pertama bagi suatu janjang geometri. Ungkapkan
dalam sebutan n,
an
It is given that 2m, 4 and 6n are the first three terms of a
geometric progression. Express in terms of n,
(a) sebutan pertama dan nisbah sepunya janjang
l
2. Diberi bahawa hasil tambah n sebutan pertama itu,
Pe
2m 4
a = T1 = S1 = 1 [18 – 8(1)] 16
2 2m = → a= 8
bi
6n 3n
a=5
m = 4
S2 = 2 [18 – 8(2)] 3n
er
2
= 2 r = 4 = 4 = 3n
4
2m 2 1 2 2
n
T2 = S2 – S1 3n
= 2 – 5
(b) S∞ = a
Pe
= –3 1–r
d = T2 – T1 8
= –3 – 5 = 3n
= –8 1 – 3n1 2
2
Tn = 5 + (n – 1)(–8) 8
= 5 + 8 – 8n = × 2
3n 2 – 3n
Tn = 13 – 8n 16
=
6n – 9n2
96
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
5. Diberi 0.459459459… = 0.459 + p + q + … dengan 7. Ahmad mempunyai RM60. Dia mula menyimpan
2013
keadaan p dan q ialah pemalar. Cari 2016
RM5 setiap hari. Kumar mempunyai RM48 dan dia
Given that 0.459459459… = 0.459 + p + q + … where p mula menyimpan RM7 setiap hari. Selepas berapa
and q are constants. Find harikah jumlah simpanan mereka adalah sama?
(a) nilai p dan nilai q, Ahmad has RM60. He starts to save RM5 each day.
the value of p and of q, Kumar has RM48 and he starts to save RM7 every day.
(b) nisbah sepunya janjang itu. After how many days their savings are the same?
the common ratio of the progression.
Ahmad: a = 60, d = 5
(a) p = 0.000459 Tn = 60 + (n – 1)5
.
q = 0.000000459 = 5n + 55 …… 1
hd
Kumar: a = 48, d = 7
(b) r = 0.000459 Tn = 48 + (n – 1)7
0.459 = 7n + 41 …… 2
.B
= 0.001 1 = 2 : 5n + 55 = 7n + 41
14 = 2n
n =7
dn
\ Jumlah simpanan mereka sama selepas 7 hari.
6. Seutas dawai dengan panjang 6.66 m dipotong 8. Bryan mengambil masa 1 minit untuk berbasikal
S
kepada beberapa bahagian. Setiap bahagian akan 2016
sejauh 900 m yang pertama. Dia tidak dapat
BAB
2015
membentuk satu segi tiga sama sisi. Rajah 5.1 mengekalkan staminanya, maka bagi setiap 900 m
menunjukkan tiga buah segi tiga sama sisi yang
pertama yang telah dibentuk.
gi yang berikutnya, dia mengambil 1 lebih masa
10
berbanding dengan masa yang diambil untuk 5
an
A wire with the length of 6.66 m is cut into several pieces.
Each piece is to form an equilateral triangle. Diagram 5.1 900 m yang sebelumnya. Dia merancang untuk
shows the first three triangles formed. berbasikal sejauh 18 km dalam 30 minit. Adakah
dia mampu melakukannya? Tunjukkan pengiraan
l
untuk menyokong jawapan anda.
Pe
900 m
How many equilateral triangles can be formed?
= 18 000 m
900 m
er
6, 15, 24, …
= 20
a=6
d = 15 – 6 = 9 Masa yang diambil, dalam s,
n
97
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
.
the value of x, the sum of all terms in the progression.
hd
(b) sebutan pertama jika 1 ialah sebutan ke-10
x–3 (a) 18, 22, 26, k, …
janjang itu.
Janjang itu ialah janjang aritmetik dengan
the first term if 1 is the 10th term of the progression.
.B
x–3 a = 18, d = 22 – 18 = 4
(a) Nisbah sepunya:
(b) T4 = a + 3d
1 ÷ 1 = 1
dn
x+3 x–3 3
k = 18 + 3(4)
∴ k = 30
x – 3 = 1
x+3 3
(c) S10 = 10 [2(18) + 9(4)] = 360 atau
S
3x – 9 = x + 3
2
BAB
2x = 12
S10 = 360 (Sudut bagi putaran lengkap suatu
5
1
(b) T10 =
x–3
x=6
gi bulatan ialah 360°.)
an
ar9 = 1
6–3
a( 1 )9 = 1
l
3 3
Pe
a = 3–1 – (–9)
= 38 tahunan sebanyak 6% daripada gaji pokok.
ta
k° pelajarannya?
O [Bundarkan jawapan anda kepada RM terhampir]
Esther has just completed her studies in bachelor degree
and is offered a job in 2 companies. Company A offered
her an initial salary of RM40 000 per annum with 6%
yearly increment from the basic salary. Company B
offered an initial salary of RM36 000 per annum with 10%
Rajah di atas menunjukkan sebuah bulatan yearly increment from the basic salary. Esther decided to
dengan pusat O dibahagi kepada 10 sektor. Sudut choose the company which offered higher income and
sektor-sektor itu membentuk suatu janjang save 25% of her salary for further studies after working
for 7 years.
dengan sebutan pertama 18°. Nyatakan
98
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
.
Syarikat B: a = 36 000, r = 1.1 of the first cuboid is 40 cm and the height of each
hd
subsequent cuboid decreases by 2 cm.
S7 = 36 000(1.1 – 1)
7
[Volume of cuboid = area of base × height]
1.1 – 1
≈ RM341 538
.B
\ Syarikat B dipilih.
Jumlah tabungan = RM341 538 × 25%
dn
40 cm 38 cm
≈ RM85 385 36 cm 34 cm
BAB
16 cm2
kali ganda daripada diameter awalnya. Cari nilai Tinggi kuboid membentuk janjang aritmetik:
minimum bagi n. 40, 38, 36, 34, …, dengan a = 40, d = −2
The diameter of the stem of a tree increases 4% every (a) Tinggi kuboid ke-9, T9 = 40 + 8(−2)
n
a = t, r = 104% = 1.04 = (16 × 40)+ (16 × 38)+ (16 × 36)+ … + (16 × Tn)
Tn . 2a, = 16 (40 + 38 + 36 + … + Tn)
er
t(1.04) n–1
. 2t = 16 (Sn)
(1.04)n – 1 . 2 = 16 n (2(40) + (n – 1)(–2))
3 4
n
2
log10 (1.04)n – 1 . log10 2
= 16(41n – n2)
Pe
(n – 11)(n – 30) = 0
n = 11, 30
\ Ketinggian tidak boleh dalam negatif, maka
n ≠ 30 kerana T30 , 0. Jadi, n = 11.
99
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
2. Diberi bahawa … , 96, x, 1 536, … ialah sebahagian 3. Rajah 5.2 menunjukkan sebahagian daripada
daripada suatu janjang geometri. Hasil tambah 2017
dinding berbentuk segi empat tepat yang di cat
empat sebutan pertama janjang itu ialah 510. dengan warna hitam, B, putih, W dan merah, R
Given that …, 96, x, 1 536, … is part of a geometric secara berselang seli. Tinggi dinding ialah 3 m.
progression. The sum of the first four terms of the Panjang sisi segi empat tepat berwarna yang
progression is 510.
pertama ialah 6 cm dan panjang sisi bagi setiap
Cari / Find
segi empat tepat berwarna berikutnya bertambah
(a) nisbah sepunya,
sebanyak 2 cm.
the common ratio, Diagram 5.2 shows part of a rectangular wall coloured
(b) sebutan pertama, with black, B, white, W and red, R subsequently. The
.
the first term,
hd
height of the wall is 3 m. The side length of the first
(c) nilai n yang paling kecil supaya sebutan ke-n coloured rectangle is 6 cm and the side length of each
melebihi 20 000. subsequent coloured rectangle increases by 2 cm.
the smallest value of n such that the nth term exceeds
.B
20 000. B W R B W R B W
dn
(a) x = 1 536
96 x Rajah 5.2 / Diagram 5.2
x2 = 147 456 Diberi bahawa jumlah segi empat tepat berwarna
S
x = 384 ialah 48.
BAB
5 (b) S4 = 510
96
gi are 48.
(a) Cari / Find
an
(i) panjang sisi, dalam cm, bagi segi empat
a(r4 – 1) tepat yang terakhir.
= 510 the side length, in cm, of the last coloured
r–1
rectangle.
l
– 1)
a(4 4
= 510
Pe
a =6
tepat berkenaan.
Which coloured rectangle has an area of 8 400 cm2?
(c) Tn . 20 000
bi
6 2
Pe
= 2 544
1
log10 20 000
6
2 (b) T1 = 6 × 300 = 1 800
n – 1 .
log10 4 T2 = 8 × 300 = 2 400
n – 1 . 5.851 T3 = 10 × 300 = 3 000
n . 6.851 a = 1 800, d = 2 400 – 1 800 = 600
\ Nilai n yang terkecil ialah 7. Tn = 1 800 + (n – 1)(600) = 8 400
n – 1 = 11
n = 12
Segi empat tepat ke-12, merah. (Gandaan 3)
100
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
.
the first term and the common difference.
hd
dengan setiap satunya mempunyai panjang
(c) nilai p, diberi bahawa sebutan ke-p adalah
sisi 1 cm. Blok-blok kubus itu disusun dengan
sebutan positif pertama bagi janjang itu.
the value of p, given that pth term is the first positive keadaan perimeter bahagian berlorek setiap blok
membentuk suatu janjang.
.B
term of the progression.
The diagram above shows the first four blocks which are
formed from a few unit cubes where each cube has a
(a) S9 = 5n(n – 55) length of side 1 cm. The cube blocks are arranged such
dn
2
that the perimeter of the shaded part of each block forms
S9 = 5(9)(9 – 55)
a progression.
2
(a) Cari perimeter bahagian berlorek bagi blok
= –1 035
S
pepejal ke-100.
Find the perimeter of shaded part of the 100th block.
BAB
(b) a = S1 = 5(1)(1 – 55) (b) Hitung bilangan kubus yang diperlukan untuk
gi
2
= –135 membentuk blok pepejal ke-100.
Calculate the number of cubes required to form the
5
an
S2 = 5(2)(2 – 55) 100th block.
2
= –265 (a)
l
T2 = S2 – S1
Pe
= –265 – (–135)
= –130 …
d = T2 – T1
Perimeter ialah J.A.: 4, 8, 12, 16, … dengan
= –130 – (–135)
n
a = 4, d = 4
= 5
Perimeter blok ke-100
ta
= 100 (1 + 100)
2
= 5 050
n
Pe
101
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 5 Janjang
Sudut KBAT
1. Dinesh menyimpan RMP dalam akaun simpanan tetap pada awal setiap tahun. Faedah sebanyak x%
setahun dibayar pada akhir tahun. Faedah yang diperoleh disimpan di dalam akaunnya.
Dinesh saves RMP in a fixed deposit account at the beginning of each year. An interest of x% per annum is paid at the end
of the year. The interest earned is saved in the account.
(a) Tunjukkan bahawa jumlah simpanan, dalam RM, pada akhir tahun ke-n (termasuk faedah pada tahun
ke-n) ialah
.
hd
Show that the total savings, in RM, at the end of the nth year (including interest at the nth year) is
x 100
(b) Diberi P = 50 000 dan x = 6, hitung jumlah simpanan pada akhir tahun ke-8.
.B
Given that P = 50 000 and x = 6, calculate the total savings at the end of the 8th year.
Sn = a(r – 1)
n
(a) T1 = P + P1 x 2
100 r–1
dn
x x n–1
= P11 + x 2 P11 + 2311 + 100 2 4
100 100
=
T2 = P11 + x 2 × 11 + x 2 1+ x –1
S
100 100 100
BAB
x x
= P11 + 2
2
1 2
1+
5
100
T3 = P11 + x 2
3
gi
= P
x
100 x n–1
311 + 100 2 4
an
100 100
= RM524 565.80
2. Sebuah syarikat elektrik menjual 24 buah mesin basuh pada minggu pertama Januari tahun 2018. Penjualan
n
(b) Cari jumlah mesin basuh yang dijual pada tahun 2018.
Find the total number of washing machine sold in 2018.
er
a = 24, d = 2 2
n[2(24) + (n – 1)2] = 300
Pe
n = 48
T48 = 24 + 47(2) n(48 + 2n – 2) = 300
= 118 2n2 + 46n – 300 = 0
n2 + 23n – 150 = 0
(b) S48 = 48 (24 + 118) a = 1, b = 23, c = –150
2
n = –23 ± √23 – 4(1)(–150)
2 +
= 3 408 2(1) +
102
B
BA
Hukum Linear
6 Linear Law
.
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Hubungan linear bagi dua pemboleh ubah x dan y ialah hubungan yang memenuhi persamaan y = mx + c, dengan m
.B
ialah kecerunan dan c ialah pintasan-y.
A linear relation of two variables x and y is a relation that satisfies an equation y = mx + c, where m is a gradient and c is the y-intercept.
dn
The graph for a linear relation is a straight line graph.
3. Pada amnya, nilai-nilai yang diperoleh daripada eksperimen, tidak semuanya berada di atas garis lurus yang diplot. Oleh
itu, perlu ditentukan dan dilukis satu garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
S
In general, values that are obtained experimentally, not all the plotted points lie perfectly on a straight line. Thus, it is necessary to determine
and draw the line of best fit.
gi
4. Garis lurus penyuaian terbaik adalah satu garis lurus yang melalui seberapa banyak titik yang mungkin (sekurang-
kurangnya tiga titik). Titik-titik yang terterabur di kiri dan kanan garis lurus hendaklah seimbang.
an
Line of best fit is a straight line which passes through as many points as possible (at least three points). Points are evenly distributed on both
the left and right sides of the line.
5. Selepas melukis garis lurus penyuaian terbaik, persamaan garis lurus penyuaian terbaik boleh ditentukan dengan mencari
l
kecerunan dan pintasan-y graf tersebut.
Pe
After drawing the line of best fit, the equation of the straight line can be determined by finding the gradient and y-intercept of the
graph.
6. Nilai pemboleh ubah, x atau y, boleh ditentukan apabila nilai pemboleh ubah yang satu lagi diberi.
The value of variable, x or y, can be determined when the value of the other variable is given.
n
ta
1. Tentukan sama ada graf berikut dilukis dalam garis lurus penyuaian terbaik atau bukan.
Determine whether the following graphs are drawn in lines of best fit. 1
bi
Contoh
er
(i) y
(ii) y
(iii) y
n
Pe
x x x
0 0 0
Garis lurus penyuaian terbaik Garis lurus penyuaian terbaik Bukan garis lurus penyuaian terbaik
Line of best fit Line of best fit kerana titik-titik yang bertabur tidak
seimbang.
Not a line of best fit because the points are not
evenly distributed.
103
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
x x x
0 0 0
.
Ya Ya Bukan
hd
2. Selesaikan setiap yang berikut.
.B
Solve each of the following. 6
Contoh
dn
Jadual di bawah menunjukkan data bagi dua pemboleh ubah, x dan y, yang diperoleh dalam suatu
eksperimen.
The table below shows the data of two variables, x and y, obtained from an experiment.
S
x 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
y 1.00 1.34 1.79 2.25 2.60
(i) gi
Dengan menggunakan skala 2 cm kepada 0.2 unit pada paksi-x dan 2 cm kepada 0.5 unit pada paksi-y,
an
plot y melawan x dan lukis satu garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
BAB
By using a scale of 2 cm to 0.2 unit on the x-axis and 2 cm to 0.5 unit on the y-axis, plot y against x and draw the
straight line of best fit.
l
(ii) Seterusnya, tentukan persamaan garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
6
Pe
the y-axis.
• Pilih dua titik yang terletak
(i) pada garis lurus untuk mengira
ta
y
kecerunan.
3.0 Choose any two points on the
straight line to find its gradient.
bi
2.5
er
\ y = 2x + 1
1.5
Pe
0.5
0 x
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
104
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
(a) Jadual di bawah menunjukkan nilai-nilai bagi dua pemboleh ubah, x dan y, yang diperoleh dalam satu
eksperimen.
The table below shows the values of two variables, x and y, obtained from an experiment.
(i) Dengan menggunakan skala 2 cm kepada 0.1 unit pada paksi-x dan 2 cm kepada 0.2 unit pada
paksi-y, plot y melawan x dan lukis garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
.
By using a scale of 2 cm to 0.1 unit on the x-axis and 2 cm to 0.2 unit on the y-axis, plot y against x and draw
hd
the straight line of best fit.
(ii) Seterusnya, tentukan persamaan garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
Hence, determine the equation of the straight line of best fit.
.B
(iii) Daripada graf di (i), cari nilai y apabila x = 0.24.
From graph in (i), find the value of y when x = 0.24.
dn
(a) (i)
y
S
1.4
gi
an
BAB
1.2
l
1.0
6
Pe
0.92
0.8
n
0.6
ta
0.4
bi
0.2
n er
0 x
0.1 0.2 0.24 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
Pe
(ii) m = 1.2 – 0 = –2
0.1 – 0.7
c = 1.4
y = –2x + 1.4
105
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
(b) Jadual di bawah menunjukkan nilai-nilai bagi dua pemboleh ubah, x dan y, yang diperoleh dalam suatu
eksperimen.
The table below shows the values of two variables, x and y, obtained from an experiment.
x 1 2 2.5 3 4 5
y –0.03 0.12 0.19 0.28 0.42 0.57
(i) Dengan menggunakan skala 2 cm kepada 1 unit pada paksi-x dan 2 cm kepada 0.1 unit pada
paksi-y, plot y melawan x dan lukis garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
.
hd
By using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on the x-axis and 2 cm to 0.1 unit on the y-axis, plot y against x and draw the
straight line line of best fit.
(ii) Seterusnya, tentukan persamaan garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
Hence, determine the equation of the straight line of best fit.
.B
(iii) Daripada graf di (i), cari nilai x apabila y = 0.36.
From graph in (i), find the value of x when y = 0.36.
dn
(b) (i) y
S
0.6
0.5
gi
an
BAB
0.4
0.36
l
6
Pe
0.3
0.2
n
ta
0.1
bi
x
0 1 2 3 3.6 4 5
er
–0.1
n
–0.2
Pe
106
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
NOTA IMBASAN
.
x −1 0 1 X : x2 −1 0 1
hd
Persamaan tak linear ialah persamaan
y 2 1 2 Y:y 0 1 2 yang mengandungi pemboleh ubah x
yang kuasanya bukan 1.
Non-linear equation is an equation where the
y variable x has power not equal to 1.
.B
y
2 2
dn
1 1
S
x –1 1
–1 0 1 sebutan x dan y, tetapi tanpa pemalar.
Y, y-axis can be expressed in terms of x and
y but without constants.
gi
2. Sebuah hubungan bukan linear, y = x2 + 1, boleh ditukarkan kepada bentuk • X, paksi-x tidak mempunyai sebutan y
linear Y = mX + c dengan menggantikan y dengan Y dan x2 dengan X. tetapi mungkin ada pemalar.
X, x-axis does not have y term but may have
Any non-linear relation, y = x2 + 1, can be converted to the linear form Y = mX + c by
an
constants.
BAB
substituting y with Y and x2 with X. • c ialah pemalar (tanpa sebutan x
dan y).
3. Dengan ini, satu graf garis lurus boleh diperoleh apabila memplot Y c is a constant (without x and y terms).
l
melawan X, dengan Y ialah paksi-y dan X ialah paksi-x.
6
Pe
Therefore, a straight line graph can be obtained when plotting Y against X, with Y as
y-axis and X as x-axis.
n
3. Tukarkan setiap yang berikut kepada persamaan dalam bentuk linear. Seterusnya, nyatakan kecerunan dan
ta
pintasan-y.
Convert each of the following to an equation in the linear form. Hence, state the gradient and its y-intercept. 4
bi
Contoh 1
er
y = px2 + qx
Penyelesaian:
n
÷ x : y = px + q y
– ÷ x2 : y2 = p + q y
x x
x x –
x2
\ y = px + q y
\ 2 = +p q
x x x
Y = mX + c Y = mX + c
m=p,c=q 0
x 1
–
m = q, c = p 0 x
107
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
Contoh 2 Contoh 3
y = pqx y = pxq
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
log10 y log10 y
log10 y = log10 pqx log10 y = log10 pxq
log10 y = log10 p + x log10 q log10 y = log10 p + q log10 x
log10 y = (log10 q)x + log10 p log10 y = q log10 x + log10 p
Y = mX + c Y = mX + c
x
.
0 log10 x
0
hd
m = log10 q , c = log10 p m = q, c = log10 p
Contoh 4 Contoh 5
.B
y2 = x px
p
y=
q x–q
dn
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
log10 y 1
1 = x–q –
log10 y2 = log10 x
p
1 2
q y px
y
1 = x – q
S
2 log10 y = p log10 x – log10 q y px px
log10 y = p log10 x – 1 log10 q 1 =– q 1 + 1
log10 x
1 2
2
Y = mX + c
m = p , c = – 1 log10 q
2 0
gi y p x
Y = mX + c
p 0
1
–
x
an
m=– q ,c= 1
BAB
2 2 p p
l
6
Pe
(b) y = – a2 – bx (c) y = px + q
2
(a) y = ax3 − bx
x x
y = – a2 – bx y = px + q
2
y = ax3 − bx y x 2y xy
– x
x x
n
y = ax2 – b
x x y = −bx3 – a
2
xy = px + q
2
x3 x2
ta
Y = mX + c x2 O O
O Y = mX + c Y = mX + c
bi
\ m = a , c = −b \ m = −b , c = –a \m=p,c=q
er
p
(d) y = p x – q (e) y = (f) xy + ya = −bx
n
x qx
log10 y
Pe
p xy + ya = −bx
y =
y = p x – q yx qx
x
log10 y = log10
p O
x
y = –bx
y x = px – q qx x+a
x 1 =– a – 1
1
–
Y = mX + c O log10 y = (–log10 q)x + log10 p y bx b
y
Y = mX + c Y = mX + c 1
\ m = p , c = −q –
O x
\ m = −log10 q , c = log10 p \ m = – a, c = – 1
b b
108
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
(g) yq = xp
(h) y2 = abx (i) ya = bx2
1 000
yq = xp y2 = abx ya = bx2
1 000
log10 y2 = log10 abx
log10 ya = log10 bx2
log10 yq = log10 xp
1 000 2 log10 y = log10 a + x log10 b
a log10 y = log10 b + 2 log10 x
q log10 y = log10 xp – log10 103
log10 b log10 a log10 b
log10 y =
2
x+
2 log10 y = 2 log10 x +
a a
log10 y = p log10 x – 3
.
q q Y = mX + c
hd
Y = mX + c
Y = mX + c log10 b log10 a
\m= ,c= log10 b
2 2 \m= 2 ,c=
\m= p ,c=– 3 a a
.B
q q
log10 y log10 y
dn
log10 y
log10 x x log10 x
O O O
S
4. Ungkapkan y dalam sebutan x bagi graf bentuk tak linear. gi
an
BAB
Express y in terms of x for the non-linear form graphs. 4
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
l
6
Pe
xy log10y
(3, 5)
(3, 7)
n
2
(1, 3)
ta
x2 log10x
0 0
bi
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
m= 5–2 = 3 =1
er
3–0 3 m= 7–3 = 4 =2
3–1 2
c=2 y = mx + c melalui/proses through (1,3)
n
Y = mX + c 3 = 2(1) + c
5–2
Pe
m = c=1
xy = 1(x2) + 2 3–0 Tip
=1 Y = mX + c
y=x+ 2 c =2 log10 y = 2 log10 x + 1 Jika c tidak boleh
x diperoleh secara terus
y = mx + c y
\y=x+2 log10 2 = 1 daripada graf, maka
x gantikan satu titik ke
• Tidak menggantikan kuantiti y = 101 dalam persamaan bentuk
pada paksi ke dalam x2 linear untuk mencari c.
persamaan garis lurus. If c cannot be obtained
Does not replace the quantity y = 10x2 directly from the graph, then
substitute a point into linear
on the axis into linear equation.
form to find c.
109
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
(–2, 3)
x (0, 2)
–5 0
x log10x
0 0
m = 4–0
hd
0 – (–5)
6–3
= 4 m =
4 – (–2) m = 6 – 2
5 –2 – 0
= 3
.B
c = 4 = –2
6 c = 2
Y = mX + c = 1
2 Y = mX + c
dn
y x = 4x + 4 y = mx + c melalui (4, 6)
5 log10 y = –2 log10 x + 2
\y = 4 x + 4
6 = 1 (4) + c = log10 x –2 + log10 102
2
S
5 x
c=4 log10 y = log10 100
x2
Y = mX + c
y = 1x + 4 gi \ y = 2 100
x
an
x2 2
BAB
\ y = 1 x3 + 4x2
2
l
6
Pe
x2 (1, 2)
0
(0, 1)
bi
log4x
0
–2
x2
0
er
m = 2 – (–2) m= 4–2
3–1
–4 – 0
= 1 m= 4–1
3–0
n
= 4
–4 y = mx + c melalui (3, 4) = 1
Pe
= –1 4 = 1(3) + c c=1
c = −2 c=1
Y = mX + c
Y = mX + c Y = mX + c log10 y = 1(x2) + 1
y = −1(x2) − 2
log4 y = (1) log4x + 1 2+1
x \ y = 10x
\ y = −x3 − 2x log4 y = log4 4x
\ y = 4x
110
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
y 1
–2 –
x y
(2, q)
(2, 8)
.
(p, 4)
hd
(5, 3) 1
–
0 x
.B
1
–
0 x
Rajah menunjukkan graf garis lurus y2 Rajah menunjukkan graf garis lurus 1 melawan
dn
x y
melawan 1 . Diberi y = px2 + qx, cari nilai p 1 . Diberi y = x , cari nilai p dan q.
x x 3x + 2
dan q. 1 1
S
The diagram shows a straight line graph y against x .
y x
The diagram shows a straight line graph x against Given y = , find the value of p and of q.
3x + 2
gi
1
. Given that y = px2 + qx, find the value of p and
x
of q. Penyelesaian:
an
x
BAB
y=
Penyelesaian: 3x + 2
y = px2 + qx ⇒ 1 = 2 + 3 dengan/with m = 2, c = 3
l
y x
6
Pe
(÷ x2) : y2 = q + p
x x
Y = mX + c melalui/passes through (2, q)
Y = qX + c
Y = 2X + 3
m =q
n
q = 2(2) + 3
\q= 8–3
\q=7
ta
2–5
= – 5 Y = mX + c melalui/passes through (p, 4),
bi
3 Y = 2X + 3
c=p 4 = 2p + 3
er
\ p = 11 1
Pe
111
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
(a) xy (b) y
(–3, 4) –
x
5
(–1, 2)
x2
x2 0 4
0
Rajah di atas menunjukkan graf garis lurus xy Rajah di atas menunjukkan graf garis lurus y
x
.
melawan x2. Diberi y = p – q, cari nilai p dan q. melawan x2. Diberi y = px – qx3, cari nilai p dan q.
hd
x
y
The diagram above shows a straight line graph xy The diagram above shows a straight line graph
x
p against x2. Given that y = px – qx3, find the value of
against x2. Given that y = – q, find the value of p
x
.B
p and of q.
and of q.
dn
x
m = –q = 4 – 2 m = –q
–3 – (–1)
–q = –1 = – 5
4
S
\q=1
\q= 5
c=p 4
Y = mX + c melalui (–3, 4),
4 = –1(–3) + p gi c=p
\p=5
an
\p=1
BAB
(c) 1 (d)
l
log10y
– (2, 5)
y
6
Pe
(4, q)
(–2, 3)
n
log10x
ta
x+4
2x m=b= 5 – 3
Variables x and y are related by the equation y = ,
Pe
x+4 2 – (–2)
find the value of p and of q.
\b= 1
y = 2x ⇒ 1 = 2 + 1 2
x+4 y x 2 Y = mX + c melalui (2, 5)
Gantikan (p, 0) : 0 = 2p + 1 5 = 1 (2) + c
2 2
\p=– 1 c = log10 a = 4
4
\ a = 104d
Gantikan (4, q) : q = 2(4) + 1
2
\ q = 81
2
112
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
Contoh NOTA
Jadual di bawah menunjukkan nilai-nilai pemboleh ubah, x dan y, yang diperoleh daripada satu
eksperimen. Pemboleh ubah x dan y adalah dihubung dengan persamaan y = px2 + qx, dengan p dan q
.
adalah pemalar.
hd
The table below shows the values of variables, x and y, obtained from an experiment. Variables x and y are related by
the equation y = px2 + qx, where p and q are constants.
x 3 4 5 6 7 8
.B
y 5.8 8.6 12.3 16.5 20.7 25.6
(a) Berdasarkan jadual di atas, bina satu jadual bagi nilai-nilai y2 dan 1 .
dn
x x
y 1
Based on the table above, construct a table for the values of and .
x2 x
(b) Plot y2 melawan 1 dengan menggunakan skala 2 cm kepada 0.05 unit pada paksi- 1 dan 2 cm
S
x x x
y
kepada 0.1 unit pada paksi- 2 . Seterusnya, lukis satu garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
gi
y 1
x 1 y
Plot against by using a scale of 2 cm to 0.05 unit on the -axis and 2 cm to 0.1 unit on the 2 -axis.
x2 x x x
an
Hence, draw the straight line of best fit.
BAB
(c) Gunakan graf dalam (b), cari nilai bagi p dan q.
Using the graph in (b), find the value of p and of q.
l
Penyelesaian: 6
Pe
x x2
0.7
ta
0.333 0.644
0.250 0.538
0.6
bi
0.200 0.492
0.167 0.458 0.5
er
0.143 0.422
0.125 0.400 0.4
n
Pe
m = q = 0.61 – 0.25
c = pintasan-Y.
Find the values of the
0.30 – 0 constants by using the
0.1
concept of Y = mX + c
\ q = 1.20 with m = gradient and 1
c = p c = Y-intercept 0 –
x
0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35
\ p = 0.25
113
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
(a) Jadual di bawah menunjukkan nilai-nilai pemboleh ubah, x dan y, yang diperoleh daripada satu
eksperimen. Pemboleh ubah x dan y adalah dihubung dengan persamaan y = q – px, dengan p dan q
x
adalah pemalar.
The table below shows the values of variables, x and y, obtained from an experiment. Variables x and y are related by
q
the equation y = x − px, where p and q are constants.
x 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
.
hd
y 11.2 6.3 3.5 1.4 0
(i) Berdasarkan jadual di atas, bina satu jadual bagi nilai-nilai xy dan x2.
.B
Based on the table above, construct a table for the values of xy and x2.
(ii) Plot xy melawan x2 dengan menggunakan skala 2 cm kepada 2 unit pada kedua-dua paksi. Seterusnya,
lukis satu garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
dn
Plot xy against x2 by using a scale of 2 cm to 2 units on both axes. Hence, draw the straight line of best fit.
(iii) Gunakan graf dalam (ii), cari nilai bagi p dan q.
Using the graph in (ii), find the value of p and of q.
S
(a) (i) (ii)
x2
xy xy
gi
an
14
BAB
1.00 11.20
2.25 9.45
12
l
6
Pe
4.00 7.00
10
6.25 3.50
n
9.00 0
8
ta
6
bi
(iii) y = q – px
er
4
x
xy = –px2 + q
n
2
Y = mX + c
Pe
m = –p = 11.2 – 0 x2
1–9 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
\ p = 1.4
–2
c = q
\ q = 12.6
114
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
(b) Jadual di bawah menunjukkan nilai-nilai pemboleh ubah, x dan y, yang diperoleh daripada satu
eksperimen. Pemboleh ubah x dan y adalah dihubung dengan persamaan y = pq (x + 2), dengan p dan q
adalah pemalar.
The table below shows the values of variables, x and y, obtained from an experiment. Variables x and y are related by
the equation y = pq (x + 2), where p and q are constants.
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 3.99 5.27 6.95 9.18 12.11 15.99
(i) Berdasarkan jadual di atas, bina satu jadual bagi nilai-nilai log10 y dan (x + 2).
.
hd
Based on the table above, construct a table for the values of log10 y and (x + 2).
(ii) Plot log10 y melawan (x + 2) dengan menggunakan skala 2 cm kepada 1 unit pada paksi-(x + 2) dan
2 cm kepada 0.2 unit pada paksi-log10 y. Seterusnya, lukis satu garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
.B
Plot log10 y against (x + 2) by using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on (x + 2)-axis and 2 cm to 0.2 unit on log10 y-axis.
Hence, draw the straight line of best fit.
(iii) Gunakan graf dalam (ii), cari nilai bagi p dan q.
dn
Using the graph in (ii), find the value of p and of q.
S
2 0.601 1.4
3 0.722 1.2
gi
an
BAB
4 0.842
1.0
5 0.963
l
6
Pe
0.8
6 1.083
7 1.204 0.6
n
ta
0.4
bi
0.2
x+2
er
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
n
(iii) y = pq(x + 2)
log10 y = (x + 2) log10 q + log10 p
Pe
Y = mX + c
m = log10 q
= 1.204 – 0.601
7–2
log10 q = 0.1206
q = 100.1206
\ q = 1.32
c = log10 p = 0.36
p = 100.36
\ p = 2.29
115
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
(c) Jadual di bawah menunjukkan keputusan uji kaji suatu proses penyejatan. Kuantiti wap air, y, yang
dikumpulkan dalam tabung uji itu direkodkan sepanjang tempoh x minit. Pemboleh ubah x dan y
dihubungkan oleh persamaan y = ax + bx2, dengan a dan b ialah pemalar.
The table below shows the results of experiment in an evaporation process. The amount of water vapour, y, collected
in a test tube is recorded over a period of x minutes. Variables x and y are related by the equation y = ax + bx2, where
a and b are constants.
x (min) 1 3 6 10 13 21
y (ml) 0.007 0.050 0.186 0.559 0.936 2.482
.
(i) Berdasarkan jadual di atas, bina satu jadual bagi nilai-nilai y dan x.
hd
x
y
Based on table above, construct a table for the values of and x.
x
(ii) Plot y melawan x, dengan menggunakan skala 2 cm kepada 5 minit pada paksi-x dan 2 cm kepada
.B
x
0.02 ml / min pada paksi- y . Seterusnya, lukis satu garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
x
y y
Plot against x, using a scale of 2 cm to 5 minutes on x-axis and 2 cm to 0.02 ml / min on -axis. Hence, draw
dn
x x
the straight line of best fit.
(iii) Menggunakan graf di (ii), cari nilai bagi a dan b.
Using the graph in (ii), find the value of a and b.
S
(c) (i)
x
y
x
(ii)
gi
y
–
x
an
BAB
1 0.007
3 0.017
0.12
l
6 0.031
6
Pe
10 0.056
0.10
13 0.072
n
21 0.118
0.08
ta
0.06
bi
(iii) y = ax + bx2
y = bx + a
x
er
0.04
Y = mX + c
Pintasan- 1 = 0
n
y 0.02
a=0
Pe
Kecerunan = 0.118 – 0 0 x
21 – 0 5 10 15 20 25
b = 0.0056
116
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
PRAKTIS SPM 6
Kertas 1 (a) Ungkapkan persamaan y = 8hx dalam bentuk
linear, yang digunakan untuk memperoleh
1. Pemboleh ubah x dan y dihubungkan oleh graf garis lurus seperti yang ditunjukkan
persamaan hy2 = k − 2. Rajah di bawah dalam rajah di atas.
x Express the equation y = 8hx in its linear form, which
.
menunjukkan graf garis lurus yang diperoleh is used to obtain the straight line graph as shown in
hd
the diagram above.
dengan memplot y2 melawan 1 .
x (b) Cari nilai p dan nilai h.
The variables x and y are related by the equation Find the value of p and of h.
.B
hy2 = k − 2. The diagram below shows the straight line
x (a) y = 8hx
graph obtained by plotting y2 against 1 .
x log2 y = log2 8 + x(log2 h)
dn
y2 \ log2 y = (log2 h)x + 3 Y = mX + c
S
(b) p = pintasan-y = 3
m = log2 h
1
gi
–
O x
= 6 – 3
6
3–0
Cari nilai h dan nilai k.
an
log2 h = 1
BAB
Find the value of h and of k.
\h=2
1 2
l
hy2 = k − 2 ⇒ y2 = k 1 − 2 Y = mX + c
6
Pe
x h x h
c=4=− 2
h
\h=− 1 3. Pemboleh ubah x dan y dihubungkan oleh
n
2
SPMpersamaan xy = x2 – hx3, dengan keadaan h ialah
2 = k 2017
ta
x–y
2. Pemboleh ubah x dan log2 y
Pe
117
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
.
hd
rh = 12k xy
r = 12k (6, k)
h
.B
dn
4. Rajah menunjukkan graf garis lurus x melawan 2
y x3
SPM 1 . 0
2018 x2
S
x
The diagram shows the graph of a straight line
y Cari nilai k dan nilai p.
1 Find the value of k and of p.
against 2 .
x
x gi y = 4x2 + p
x
an
–
y
BAB
xy = 4x3 + p Y = mX + c
(4, 7)
Kecerunan = 4 Pintasan-y = 2
l
6
Pe
k–2 =4 p=2
6–0
1
– k – 2 = 24
0 x2
k = 26
n
\ k = 26, p = 2
–3
ta
m = 7 – (–3) = 5
4–0 2
er
y
1 2
x = 5 1 –3
2 x2
(a) Ungkapkan persamaan ini dalam bentuk
linear dan nyatakan pemboleh ubah yang
x = 5 – 6x2
digunakan bagi setiap paksi.
y 2x2 Express this equation in its linear form and state the
y = 2x2 variable that is used for each axis.
x 5 – 6x2 (b) Jelaskan bagaimana nilai a dan b boleh
y = 2x 2
3
ditentukan daripada graf garis lurus ini.
5 – 6x Explain how the value of a and b could be determined
from the straight line graph.
118
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
x
1 2
÷ bx2 ; y2 = 1 1 + a ⇒ Y = mX + c
b x b 0.9
Paksi-y : 2 , Paksi-x : 1
y
x
.
x 0.8
hd
(b) Nilai a dan b boleh ditentukan daripada:
a y = a x + 1 dengan 0.7
x
.B
b b
kecerunan = a , pintasan-y = 1
b b 0.6
atau
dn
x b
1 2
b y2 = 1 1 + a dengan
b x 0.5
S
kecerunan = , pintasan-y = a
b b
0.4
gi 0.35
an
0.3
BAB
Kertas 2
ialah pemalar.
The table below shows the value of two variables, x and x
ta
0 1 1.2 2 3 4 5 6
y, obtained from an experiment. The variables are related
p2x
by the equation y = , where p and q are constants. p2x
bi
q (b) y =
q
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 log10 y = (2x)log10 p − log10 q
er
119
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
.
are constants.
hd
x 1.1 2.5 3.0 3.5 3.9 4.0 c=5
y 6.8 7.0 7.7 8.4 9.0 9.9 √p = √p = 5
k 2
.B
(a) Plot xy melawan x2, menggunakan skala 2 cm
√p = 10
kepada 5 unit pada kedua-dua paksi. \ p = 100
Seterusnya, lukis garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
dn
Plot xy against x2, using a scale of 2 cm to 5 units on (ii) xysalah = 39.6 → ysalah = 39.6 = 9.9
both axes. Hence, draw the straight line of best fit. 4
(c) Menggunakan graf di (a), cari
xysebenar = 37 → ysebenar = 37.0 = 9.25
S
Using the graph in (a), find 4
(i) nilai k dan nilai p,
the value of k and of p,
(ii) nilai y yang betul jika satu daripada
nilai-nilai y telah tersalah catat semasa gi 3. Jadual di bawah menunjukkan nilai-nilai bagi
SPMdua pemboleh ubah, x dan y, yang diperoleh
2015
an
daripada suatu eksperimen. Pemboleh ubah x
BAB
(a) x2 1.21 6.25 9.0 12.25 15.21 16.0 y, obtained from an experiment. Variables x and y are
related by the equation mxy + ny = 4, where m and n are
xy 7.48 17.5 23.1 29.4 35.1 39.6 constants.
xy
n
y
30 1
Construct a table for the values of and x.
y
er
25
(b) Plot 1 melawan x, dengan menggunakan
y
n
y
lukis garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
15
1
Plot against x, using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on
y
1
10 x-axis and 2 cm to 0.5 unit on -axis. Hence, draw
y
the straight line of best fit.
(c) Menggunakan graf di (b), cari nilai
5
Using the graph in (b), find the value of
(i) m,
0 x2 (ii) n.
5 10 15 20
120
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
4
x 2 3 4 5.25 6.5 8
.
y 4.24 5.05 5.66 6.25 6.62 6.87
hd
(a) Berdasarkan jadual, bina satu jadual bagi nilai-
3.5
nilai y .
2
.B
Based on the table, construct a table for the values of
3 y2
.
x
y2
dn
(b) Plot melawan x, dengan menggunakan
x
2.5 skala 2 cm pada 1 unit pada kedua-dua paksi.
Seterusnya, lukis garis lurus penyuaian terbaik.
S
y2
2
Plot against x, using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on
x
both axes. Hence, draw the straight line of best fit.
1.5
gi (c) Menggunakan graf di (b).
Using the graph in (b).
an
(i) cari nilai y apabila x = 3.8,
BAB
find the value of y when x = 3.8,
1 (ii) ungkapkan y dalam sebutan x.
express y in terms of x,
l
6
Pe
0 x (b) y2
1 2 3 4 5 –
x
ta
(c) mxy + ny =4 10
bi
y(mx + n) =4
1 = mx + n
9
er
y 4
1 m x+ n
1 2
8
= Y = mX + c
y 4 4
n
7
Kecerunan graf = 3.247 – 0.5
(i)
Pe
3.7 – 0 6
m = 0.742
4 5
m = 2.97
4
(ii) pintasan- 1 = n
y 4
3
0.5 = n
4
2
n=2
1
0 x
121 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 6 Hukum Linear
y2 = 10x – 1 x2
2
(c) (i) Apabila x = 3.8, y = 8.1,
2
x 20x – x2
y =
2
\ y = 5.55 2
20x – x2
y =
(ii) m = 10 – 6 = – 1 ; c = 10 2
0–8 2
y = – 1 x + 10
2
Y = mX + c →
x 2
.
hd
Sudut KBAT
.B
dn
1. Rajah (a) menunjukkan graf lengkung y = 6 – 4x2. Persamaan lengkung itu diungkapkan dalam bentuk
linear Y = 3X + c dan dilukis dalam graf garis lurus seperti yang ditunjukkan pada rajah (b).
Diagram (a) shows the graph of the curve y = 6 – 4x2. The equation of the curve is expressed in the linear form
S
Y = 3X + c and drawn in a straight line as shown in diagram (b).
gi Y
an
6
BAB
X
l
0
6
Pe
x
0 –2
n
y = 6 – 4x2
er
y = 6 –4
x2 x2
n
y = 3 –2
Pe
2x2 x2
2x2
1 2
y =3 1 –2
x2
Y = mX + c
\ Y = y2
+
2x +
KBAT
\ X = 12 + Ekstra
x
122
B
BA
Geometri Koordinat
7 Coordinate Geometry
.
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
Titik yang membahagi dalam tembereng garis dengan nisbah m : n.
.B
Point that divides internally a line segment in the ratio of m : n.
n
B(x2, y2)
dn
nx1 + mx2 ny1 + my2
m P(x, y) P=1 , 2
m+n m+n
NOTA
S
A(x1, y1)
gi
1. Cari koordinat titik P yang membahagikan garis lurus AB mengikut nisbah AP : PB.
Find the coordinates of point P which divides the straight line AB in the ratio AP : PB. 3
an
Contoh
Penyelesaian:
1 Lukis rajah bagi
3 B(7, 17) garis APB. P = 1 2(7) + 3(–3) , 2(17) + 3(2) 2
Draw diagram 2+3 2+3
for line APB.
n
2 = (1, 8)
P
ta
A(–3, 2)
bi
(a) A(–1, 5), B(9, 9); AP : PB = 3 : 2 (b) A(5, 1), B(–1, 10); AP : PB = 2 : 1
er
1
2 B(–1, 10)
B(9, 9)
3 2
n
P
P
Pe
A(–1, 5)
A(5, 1)
123
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
2. Cari koordinat titik R yang membahagikan garis lurus PQ mengikut keadaan yang diberi.
Find the coordinates of point R which divides the straight line PQ in the given condition. 3
.
hd
2 P(9, 6)
Q(9, 0)
1
R
1
.B
R Q(3, –4)
dn
2+1 2+1
R = 1 2(0) + 1(9) , 2(–6) + 1(0) 2 2
2+1 2+1 = 15, – 2
3
= (3, –4)
S
3. Selesaikan setiap yang berikut.
Solve each of the following. 4
gi
an
Contoh Titik-titik P(h, 2h), Q(k, p) dan R(3k, 2p) adalah
segaris. Q membahagi garis lurus PR dalam nisbah
Titik-titik A(2k, k), B(p, t) dan C(2p, 3t) berada 3 : 2. Ungkapkan k dalam sebutan p.
pada suatu garis lurus. B membahagi garis lurus AC
l
Points P(h, 2h), Q(k, p) dan R(3k, 2p) lie on a straight line.
Pe
dalam nisbah 2 : 3. Ungkapkan p dalam sebutan t. Q divides the straight line PR in the ratio 3 : 2. Express k in
Points A(2k, k), B(p, t) and C(2p, 3t) lie on a straight terms of p.
BAB
3
nilai ke dalam rumus. Q(k, p)
Draw diagram and insert
C(2p, 3t)
values into formula.
bi
P(h, 2h)
2
3(3k) + 2h , 3(2p) + 2(2h)
B(p, t)
1 3+2 3+2 2 = (k, p)
er
A(2k, k)
6p + 4h =p
3(2k) + 2(2p) , 3(k) + 2(3t) = (p, t)
1 2 5
n
2+3 2+3
h = –p
3(k) + 2(3t) = t 2 Samakan koordinat. p 4
Pe
124
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
Contoh
Titik L(3, 6) membahagikan garis lurus yang menyambungkan titik J(–5, 2) dan titik K(5, 7) dengan
nisbah m : n. Cari nisbah m : n.
Point L(3, 6) divides a straight line joining point J(–5, 2) and point K(5, 7) in the ratio m : n. Find the ratio m : n.
Penyelesaian: n
.
K(5, 7)
m+n m+n
hd
5m – 5n 7m + 2n L(3, 6)
(3, 6) = 1
m+n 2
,
m+n
5m – 5n Samakan koordinat-x.
.B
=3 J(–5, 2)
Compare the x-coordinate.
m+n
5m – 5n = 3(m + n) Kaedah Alternatif
dn
5m – 5n = 3m + 3n Beza antara koordinat-x bagi titik J dan L kepada
5m – 3m = 3n + 5n m : n = 3 – (–5) : 5 – 3 beza antara koordinat-x bagi titik L dan K.
=8:2 Different of x-coordinate between J and L to
2m = 8n different of x-coordinate between L and K.
=4:1
m = 8 = 4
S
atau/ or Beza antara koordinat-y bagi titik J dan L kepada
n 2 1 beza antara koordinat-y bagi titik L dan K.
m:n =4:1 m:n =6–2:7–6 Different of y-coordinate between J and L to
gi
=4:1 different of y-coordinate between L and K.
an
(a) Titik K(1, 5) membahagikan garis lurus yang (b) Titik S(k, 6) membahagikan garis lurus yang
menyambungkan titik G(–5, 1) dan titik H(10, 11) menyambungkan titik-titik P(–4, –6) dan Q(–9, 9)
l
dengan nisbah m : n. Cari nisbah m : n. dalam nisbah m : n, cari
Pe
Point K(1, 5) divides a straight line joining point Point S(k, 6) divides a straight line joining point
G(–5, 1) and point H(10, 11) in the ratio m : n. Find the P(–4, –6) and point Q(–9, 9) in the ratio m : n, find
BAB
ratio m : n. (i) m : n, (ii) nilai bagi k.
value of k.
n
n
n
7
ta
H(10, 11)
Q(–9, 9)
m
m
bi
K(1, 5) S(k, 6)
G(–5, 1)
er
P(–4, –6)
n
10m – 5n = 1 = 12 : 3
m+n m:n=4:1
10m – 5n = m + n
9m = 6n (ii) 4(–9) + 1(–4) = k
m = 6 4+1
n 9 –40 = k
5
= 2 k = –8
3
m:n=2:3
125
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
NOTA IMBASAN
1. 2. m1
m1
m2
.
hd
m2
.B
Jika dua garis lurus itu selari, maka kecerunan kedua-dua Jika dua garis lurus itu berserenjang, maka m1m2 = –1
garis itu adalah sama, iaitu m1 = m2 , dan sebaliknya. dan sebaliknya.
If two straight lines are parallel, then their gradients are equal, If two straight lines are perpendicular, then m1m2 = –1 and vice
dn
that is, m1 = m2 , and vice versa. versa.
5. Tentukan sama ada setiap pasangan garis lurus yang berikut adalah selari atau tidak.
S
Determine whether each of the following pairs of straight lines are parallel. 3
Contoh
y = 2x + 7, y – 2x = 10 gi (a) y = 3x + 4
m1 = 3
, 3x + y = 2
y = –3x + 2
an
Penyelesaian: m2 = –3
Tulis dalam bentuk kecerunan.
m1 = 2 y = 2x + 10 Write in gradient form. m1 ≠ m2, dua garis lurus itu tidak selari.
l
m2 = 2
Pe
3
y = 5x + 8 y = 5x – 3 y = 1x– 8 m2 = 1
2
n
m1 = 5 m2 = 5 3 3 3
m1 = 1
Pe
126
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
6. Diberi setiap pasangan garis lurus yang berikut adalah selari. Cari nilai k.
Given that each of the following pairs of straight lines are parallel. Find the value of k. 3
Contoh
2x + ky = 5 , 3y + x – 8 = 0
ky = –2x + 5 3y = –x + 8
Tulis dalam bentuk
y =– 2x+ 5 kecerunan. y =– 1x+ 8
k k Write in gradient 3 3
2 form.
m1 = – m2 = – 1
k 3
.
1 Tentukan kecerunan bagi kedua-dua garisan.
Dua garis adalah selari,
hd
Determine the gradient for both line.
The two straight lines are parallel,
m1 = m2 2 Bandingkan kecerunan kedua-dua garisan
adalah selari. Maka, m1 = m2.
– 2 =– 1 Compare the gradient. Both line are parallel.
.B
k 3 Thus, m1 = m2.
k =6
dn
(a) 3x + ky = 2 , 2y + x = 7 (b) kx + 4y = 1 , 5y – x =8
ky = –3x + 2 2y = –x + 7 4y = –kx + 1 5y =x+8
y = – x + 3 2 y =– 1x+ 7 y = – x + k 1 y = 1x+ 8
S
k k 2 2 4 4 5 5
m1 = – 3 m2 = – 1 m1 = – k m2 = 1
k
Dua garis adalah selari,
2
gi 4
Dua garis adalah selari,
5
an
m1 = m2 m1 = m2
– 3 = – 1 – k = 1
k 2 4 5
l
k = 6 k = – 4
Pe
BAB
7. Cari persamaan garis lurus yang selari dengan garis lurus yang diberi dan melalui titik P.
Find the equation of the straight line that is parallel to the given straight line and passes through point P. 4
n
Contoh 7
ta
2x + y = 6; P(–3, 8)
Penyelesaian:
bi
4x – 2y – 9 = 0 4y = 6x + 5
2y = 4x – 9 y = 3x+ 5
2 4
y = 2x – 9 3
2 Kecerunan =
2
Kecerunan = 2
Persamaan garis lurus ialah
Persamaan garis lurus ialah
y – 7 = 2[x – (–2)] y – (–3) = 3 (x – 6)
2
y – 7 = 2x + 4
y = 2x + 11 y + 3 = 3 x – 9
2
y = 3 x – 12
2
127
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
8. Tentukan sama ada setiap pasangan garis lurus yang berikut adalah berserenjang atau tidak.
Determine whether each of the following pairs of straight lines are perpendicular. 3
Contoh
y + 4x – 3= 0 Tulis dalam bentuk 4y – x + 5 = 0
y = –4x + 3 kecerunan. 4y = x – 5 1 Tentukan kecerunan bagi kedua-dua
Write in gradient Tulis dalam
y = 1x– 5 bentuk garisan.
m1 = –4 form. Determine the gradient for both line.
4 4 kecerunan.
Write in
m2 = 1 gradient 2 Jika serenjang, maka m1m2 = –1.
4
m1m2 = –41 1 2
form.
.
If perpendicular, thus m1m2 = –1.
hd
4
= –1
Kedua-dua garis lurus itu adalah berserenjang.
Both straight line are perpendicular.
.B
dn
(a) y + 6x – 2 = 0 , 6y – x + 1 = 0 (b) y – 3x = 8 , 3y = x – 9
y = 3x + 8 y = 1x–3
y = –6x + 2 6y = x – 1 3
m1 = 3
y = 1x– 1 m2 = 1
S
m1 = –6
6 6 3
1 1
m2 = m1m2 = 31 2
m1m2 = –61 1 2
6
6
gi =1
3
an
= –1 Kedua-dua garis lurus itu tidak berserenjang.
Kedua-dua garis lurus itu adalah berserenjang.
l
Pe
BAB
7
ta
9. Cari persamaan garis lurus yang berserenjang dengan garis lurus yang diberi dan melalui titik P.
Find the equation of the straight line that is perpendicular to the given straight line and passes throught point P. 4
bi
Contoh
er
m1m2 = –1
y = – 1 x + 10
1 Tulis dalam bentuk
kecerunan.
3 3 Write in gradient – 1 m2 = –1 4 Selesaikan persamaan garis lurus
1 form. 3 Solve equation of straight line
m1 = – m2 = 3
3 P(–2, 7); m = 3
Persamaan garis lurus ialah
2 Tentukan
kecerunan. Equation of straight line is
Determine y – 7 = 3[x – (–2)]
the gradient.
y – 7 = 3x + 6
y = 3x + 13
128
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
.
Persamaan garis lurus ialah
– 1 m2 = –1
hd
2
m2 = 2 y – 12 = – 1 (x – 2)
4
Persamaan garis lurus ialah
y – 12 = – 1 x + 1
.B
y – (–5) = 2(x – 3) 4 2
y + 5 = 2x – 6 1 25
y = – x +
y = 2x – 11 4 2
dn
10. Cari persamaan pembahagi dua sama serenjang bagi garis lurus yang menyambungkan titik-titik yang diberi.
S
Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector of the following straight lines which join the given points. 4
Contoh
m1m2 = –1
2 2
–3m2 = –1
BAB
Persamaan pembahagi dua sama serenjang ialah
m2 = 1 Equation of the perpendicular bisector is
3
n
y – 1– 3 2 = 1 x– 7
31 22
3 Dapatkan persamaan garis
lurus dengan kecerunan 2 7
ta
gradient of perpendicular y = x– 8
1
line and the midpoint. 3 3
er
–3 – (–1) = (–2, 8)
= –6
–2 Persamaan pembahagi dua sama serenjang ialah
= 3
y – 8 = – 1 [x – (–2)]
m1m2= –1 3
3m2= –1 y–8 =– 1x– 2
3 3
m2= – 1
3 y = – x + 22
1
3 3
129
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
.
1 3 21
hd
5 y+ =– x+
2 5 10
y =– 3x+ 8
5 5
.B
S dn
7.3 Luas Poligon
Areas of Polygons
gi
an
NOTA IMBASAN
l
Pe
C adalah segaris.
B(x2, y2)
When the area of ABC is zero, the three points A, B and C are
collinear.
n
C(x3, y3)
7 4. y
ta
R(x3, y3)
bi
A(x1, y1)
x
0
Q(x2, y2)
er
S(x4, y4)
Luas ∆ABC P(x1, y1)
x
Area of ∆ABC 0
n
1 x1 x2 x3 x1
=
Pe
130
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
Contoh
(i) (3, 1), (7, 6), (4, 8) (ii) (2, 3), (9, 8), (–2, 11), (–5, 4)
Penyelesaian:
3 7 4 3 2 9 –2 –5 2
(i) Luas = 1 (ii) Luas = 1
2 1 6 8 1 Area
2 3 8 11 4 3
Area
.
1
= 1 u(18 + 56 + 4) – (7 + 24 + 24)u
hd
= u(16 + 99 – 8 – 15) – (27 – 16 – 55 + 8)u
2 2
= 1 u78 – 55u = 1 u92 – (–36)u
2 2
.B
= 11.5 unit2/ units2 = 64 unit2/ units2
dn
(a) (2, 3), (8, 5), (6, 9) (b) (–3, –2), (5, 0), (4, 8)
2 8 6 2 –3 5 4 –3
Luas = 1 Luas = 1
S
2 3 5 9 3 2 –2 0 8 –2
1 1
gi
= u(10 + 72 + 18) – (24 + 30 + 18)u = u(0 + 40 – 8) – (–10 + 0 – 24)u
2 2
= 1 u100 – 72u = 1 u32 + 34u
an
2 2
= 14 unit2 = 33 unit2
l
Pe
BAB
n
7
ta
(c) (0, 3), (1, 1), (5, 8), (3, 10) (d) (8, 0), (5, 7), (0, –2), (4, –3)
bi
0 1 5 3 0 8 5 0 4 8
Luas = 1 Luas = 1
2 3 2 0
er
1 8 10 3 7 –2 –3 0
1
= u(0 + 8 + 50 + 9) – (3 + 5 + 24 + 0)u = 1 u(56 – 10 + 0 + 0) – (0 + 0 – 8 – 24)u
2 2
n
2 2
= 17.5 unit2 = 39 unit2
131
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
Luas segi tiga yang berbucu A(–1, 4), B(2, 3) Diberi P(–4, –3), Q(2, 1) dan R(11, 7), tunjukkan
dan C(6, k) ialah 9.5 unit2. Cari nilai-nilai yang bahawa titik-titik P, Q dan R adalah segaris.
mungkin bagi k. Given P(–4, –3), Q(2, 1) and R(11, 7), show that the
The area of a triangle with vertices A(–1, 4), B(2, 3) and points P, Q and R are collinear.
C(6, k) is 9.5 units 2. Find the possible values of k.
Penyelesaian:
.
Penyelesaian:
hd
–4 2 11 –4
Luas ∆ABC = 9.5 Luas ∆PQR = 1
Area Area
2 –3 1 7 –3
.B
1 –1 2 6 –1
= 9.5 = 1 u(–4 + 14 – 33) – (–6 + 11 – 28)u
2 4 3 k 4 2
dn
2
u2k + 21 – 26 + ku = 19
u3k – 5u = 19 =0
Maka, P, Q dan R adalah segaris.
S
3k – 5 = 19 atau 3k – 5 = –19
Thus, P, Q and R are collinear.
3k = 24 or 3k = –14
k =8 k = – 14
3
gi
l an
(a) Cari nilai-nilai yang mungkin bagi k jika luas (b) Diberi P(2, 3), Q(5, 9) dan R(7, 13), tunjukkan
Pe
segi tiga ABC yang berbucu A(–6, 5), B(2, 3) dan bahawa titik-titik P, Q dan R adalah segaris.
C(k, 4) ialah 10 unit2. Given P(2, 3), Q(5, 9), and R(7, 13), show that the
BAB
Find the possible values of k if the area of triangle ABC points P, Q and R are collinear.
with vertices A(–6, 5), B(2, 3) and C(k, 4) is 10 units 2.
n
2 5 7 2
Luas ∆ABC = 10 Luas ∆PQR = 1
7 2 3 9 13 3
ta
1 –6 2 k –6
= 10 1
= u(18 + 65 + 21) – (15 + 63 + 26)u
2 5 3 4 5 2
bi
|2k + 4u = 20
Maka, P, Q dan R adalah segaris.
n
2k + 4 = 20 atau 2k + 4 = –20
2k = 16 2k = –24
Pe
k =8 k = –12
132
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
Persamaan Lokus
7.4 Equations of Loci
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Lokus suatu titik P(x, y) ialah lintasan yang dilalui oleh 2. Persamaan lokus yang melibatan jarak di antara dua titik
titik itu mengikut syarat yang diberikan. boleh ditentukan dengan menggunakan rumus jarak.
Locus of a point P(x, y) is the path travelled by the point which The equation of a locus involving the distance between two points
moves under a given condition. can be determined by using the distance formula.
.
hd
13. Cari persamaan lokus bagi satu titik P yang bergerak berdasarkan syarat berikut.
Find the equation of the locus of a moving point P based on the given conditions. 5
.B
Contoh 1
dn
Titik P bergerak dengan keadaan jaraknya dari A(3, –4) adalah sentiasa 5 unit.
Point P moves such that its distance from A(3, – 4) is always 5 units.
Penyelesaian:
S
Katakan titik P ialah (x, y).
Let point P is (x, y).
gi
PA = 5
Persamaan lokus bagi titik P ialah/ Equation of locus of point P is
an
(x – 3)2 +
[y – (–4)]2 = 5 Gunakan rumus jarak./ Use distance formula.
(x – 3) + (y + 4) = 25
2 2 Kuasa duakan kedua-dua belah./ Square both sides.
l
x – 6x + 9 + y2 + 8y + 16 – 25 = 0
2
Pe
x2 + y2 – 6x + 8y = 0
BAB
n
Contoh 2
7
ta
Titik P bergerak dengan keadaan jaraknya dari A(4, 2) dan B(–5, 1) adalah dalam nisbah 2 : 1.
Point P moves such that its distance from A(4, 2) and B(–5, 1) are in the ratio 2 : 1.
bi
Penyelesaian:
Katakan titik P ialah (x, y).
er
PB 1
Pe
2PB = PA
Persamaan lokus bagi titik P ialah/ Equation of locus of point P is
2[x – (–5)]2
+ (y – 1)2 =
(x – 4)2 +
(y – 2)2
4[(x + 5)2 + (y – 1)2] = (x – 4)2 + (y – 2)2
4(x + 10x + 25 + y2 – 2y + 1)
2
= x2 – 8x + 16 + y2 – 4y + 4
4x2 + 4y2 + 40x – 8y + 104 = x2 + y2 – 8x – 4y + 20
3x2 + 3y2 + 48x – 4y + 84 =0
133
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
(a) Titik P bergerak dengan keadaan jaraknya dari A(–2, 4) adalah sentiasa 6 unit.
Point P moves such that its distance from A(–2, 4) is always 6 units.
.
x + 4x + 4 + y2 – 8y + 16 – 36 = 0
2
hd
x2 + y2 + 4x – 8y – 16 = 0
.B
(b) Titik P bergerak dengan keadaan jaraknya adalah sama dari titik C(–3, 8) dan D(9, –2).
Point P moves such that it is equidistant from point C(–3, 8) and D(9, –2).
dn
PC = PD
Persamaan lokus bagi titik P ialah
S
[x – (–3)]2
+ (y – 8)2 =
(x – 9)2 + [y
– (–2)]2
(x + 3)2 + (y – 8)2 = (x – 9)2 + (y + 2)2
x + 6x + 9 + y2 – 16y + 64
2
24x – 20y – 12 =0 gi
= x2 – 18x + 81 + y2 + 4y + 4
an
6x – 5y – 3 =0
(c) Cari persamaan bagi lokus titik bergerak P yang bergerak dengan keadaan jaraknya dari titik A(4, 5)
l
ialah dua kali jaraknya dari titik B(–6, 5).
Pe
Find the equation of locus of a moving point P such that its distance from point A(4, 5) is twice the distance from point
BAB
B(–6, 5).
PA = 2PB
7
ta
(d) Titik P bergerak di sepanjang lengkok bulatan dengan pusat A(2, 3). Lengkok bulatan melalui titik Q(–2, 0).
Cari persamaan bagi lokus titik P.
Pe
Point P moves along an arc of a circle with center A(2, 3). The arc of a circle passes through a point Q(–2, 0). Find the
equation of locus of point P.
x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 12 = 0
134
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
PRAKTIS SPM 7
Kertas 1 3. Satu garis lurus melalui A(–2, –1) dan C(2, 11).
SPM Titik B membahagi tembereng garis AC dengan
2017
1. Garis lurus 3y = 4x – h + 6 menyilang paksi-x keadaan 3AC = 4BC. Cari koordinat B.
SPM pada 6k, dengan keadaan h dan k ialah pemalar. A straight line passes through A(–2, –1) and C(2, 11).
2016 The point B divides the line segment AC such that 3AC =
Ungkapkan h dalam sebutan k.
.
4BC. Find the coordinates of B.
hd
The straight line 3y = 4x – h + 6 intersects the x-axis at
6k, where h and k are constants. Express h in terms of k. 3AC = 4BC
(6k, 0); x = 6k, y = 0 AC = 4
0 = 4(6k) – h + 6 BC 3
.B
h = 24k + 6 \ AB : BC = 1 : 3
B = 1 3(–2) + 1(2) , 3(–1) + 1(11) 2
1+3 1+3
dn
2. Rajah menunjukkan dua garis lurus pada suatu –4 8
SPM satah Cartes. = 1 , 2
2016 4 4
Diagram shows two straight lines on a Cartesian plane.
= (–1, 2)
S
y
y = 2x + 3
gi SPM
2018
persamaan dua garis lurus, PQ dan RS.
The following information refers to the equation of two
an
straight lines, PQ and RS.
x
0 PQ : 3 + 4py – 2x = 0
RS : y – 4x = 1
l
Kedua-dua garis lurus itu berserenjang antara 2 3k
Pe
BAB
Both the straight lines are perpendicular to each other. where k and p are constants.
(a) Nyatakan nilai q.
Diberi garis lurus PQ dan RS adalah berserenjang
n
2 × q = –1 4py = 2x – 3
q = – 1 y= 1 x– 3
2p 4p
er
2
1
(b) 2x + 3 = – 1 x + 9 m1 =
2p
2
n
4x + 6 = –x + 18 y – 4x = 1
4x + x = 18 – 6
Pe
2 3k
5x = 12 y + x
=1
x = 12 2 3k
5 1 42
–
12
y = 21 2 + 3 m2 = – pintasan-y
5 pintasan-x
= 24 +3 2
5 = –
3k
= 39 1– 4 2
5
\F = 1 12 , 39 2 = 8
5 5 3k
135
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
.
2018 √130
hd
dilukis pada suatu satah Cartes dengan keadaan P = 8.8583 unit
dan Q terletak pada tepi jalan raya utama yang
lurus.
6. y (km)
.B
Diagram shows the position of three buildings at a side SPM
of the main road drawn on a Cartesian plane such that 2015
P and Q lie on the same side of the straight main road. Rumah Ali
Ali’s House
dn
y
x (km)
O
S
R(2, 8)
gi Rumah Siti
Siti’s House
an
P(–6, 1) Rajah di atas menunjukkan kedudukan rumah
x
Ali dan rumah Siti. Koordinat bagi rumah Ali
0 dan rumah Siti masing-masing ialah (14, 12) dan
l
(−10, −8). Ali dan Siti berbasikal dari rumah ke
Pe
Q(5, –2)
arah satu sama lain pada sebatang jalan raya yang
BAB
Aiman hendak melintas jalan raya utama itu lurus dengan halaju berbeza. Diberi halaju Ali
daripada bangunan R ke seberang jalan raya yang ialah tiga kali halaju Siti. Cari jarak antara rumah
n
bertentangan di mana terletaknya bangunan P dan Ali dengan tempat mereka bertemu.
The diagram above shows the positions of Ali’s house
7 Q. Cari jarak terdekat yang dia boleh lalui untuk
ta
Aiman wants to cross the main road from building R to road with different velocity. Given that the velocity of Ali
the opposite side of the road where the buildings P and is three times velocity of Siti. Find the distance between
Q are located. Find the shortest distance that he can take Ali’s house and the place where they meet.
er
=1 –16 –12
4 2
, A(14, 12)
Luas segi tiga ∆PQR 4
= (−4, –3)
u
= 1 2 –6 5 2
2 8 1 –2 8 u
3
Jarak
= 1 u(2 + 12 + 40) – (–48 + 5 – 4)u =
[14 – (–4)]2
+ [12 – (–3)
]2
2 (x, y)
=
182 + 152
= 1 u54 + 47u
1
2 =
549 B(–10, –8)
= 50.5 = 23.43 unit
136
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
.
hd
3
dalam kedua-dua persamaan jalan raya,
ST dan MN.
K(–4, 1)
.B
⇒ ST : y = 3x + 3
x
–1 = 31– 4 2 + 3
0
S
3
dn
L(2, –1) –1 = –4 + 3
ST ialah jalan raya lurus dengan keadaan jarak –1 = –1
dari kilang K dan kilang L ke mana-mana titik ⇒ MN : y = 8 – 2x
S
pada jalan raya adalah sentiasa sama. –1 = 8 – 21– 4 2
ST is a straight road such that the distance from factory 3
8
gi
K and factory L to any point on the road is always –1 = 8 +
equal. 3
(a) Cari persamaan bagi ST. –1 ≠ 32
an
Find the equation of ST. 3
(b) Satu lagi jalan raya lurus, MN dengan \ hanya jalan raya ST melalui kilang R.
persamaan y = 8 – 2x akan dibina.
l
Another straight road, MN with an equation
Pe
y = 8 – 2x is to be built.
2. y
(i) Lampu isyarat akan dipasang di
BAB
SPM
2014 A
persimpangan kedua-dua jalan raya itu. B(2, 4)
Cari koordinat bagi lampu isyarat itu.
n
x
traffic light. O
C D
(ii) Antara dua jalan raya itu, yang manakah y = –2
bi
4
1
R – , –1 ?
3 2 ABCD. Persamaan garis lurus AD ialah 2x + y = 18.
The diagram shows a quadrilateral ABCD. The equation
n
137
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
0
mAB = 1 x
2
Persamaan garis lurus AB ialah
y – 4 = 1 (x – 2)
.
2
hd
y = 1 x – 1 + 4
2 P(–3, –5)
y = 1 x + 3 (a) Diberi luas segi tiga ialah 13.5 unit2, cari nilai h.
.B
2 Given the area of triangle OPQ is 13.5 units2, find
the value of h.
(ii) y = –2x + 18 …… 1 (b) Titik A(3, –1) terletak pada garis lurus PQ.
dn
Point A(3, –1) lies on the straight line PQ.
y = 1 x + 3 …… 2 (i) Cari PA : AQ.
2 Find PA : AQ.
Gantikan 1 ke dalam 2. (ii) Titik R bergerak dengan keadaan 2RA = RQ.
S
Cari persamaan lokus R.
–2x + 18 = 1 x + 3 Point R moves such that 2RA = RQ. Find the
2
15 = 5 x
2 gi equation of the locus R.
=6 5h – 3 = 27 atau 5h – 3 = –27
BAB
\ A(6, 6) 5h = 30 5h = –24
= 6 h = – 24 (abaikan)
h
n
5
7 (b) Pada titik D, apabila y = –2
ta
m
10 = x A(3, –1)
D(10, –2)
er
(x – 10)2 +
[y – (–2)]2 = 8 6m – 3n m – 5n
(x – 10)2 + (y + 2)2 = 64
1 m + n , m + n 2 = (3, –1)
x2 – 20x + 100 + y2 + 4y + 4 – 64 = 0 6m – 3n = 3
m+n
x2 + y2 – 20x + 4y + 40 = 0 6m – 3n = 3m + 3n
3m = 6n
m = 2
n 1
PA : AQ = 2 : 1
138
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
.
(b) Encik Yusof hendak meletakkan batu kerikil
hd
BUKAN (4, 7), (h, k) dan (3, –6). Jika ∠ABC = 90°, di sekeliling titik A dengan keadaan jarak batu
RUTIN
tunjukkan bahawa h2 + k2 – 7h – k – 30 = 0. kerikil dari titik A adalah sentiasa 2 m. Cari
The coordinates of A, B and C are (4, 7), (h, k) and persamaan laluan batu kerikil itu.
(3, –6) respectively. If ∠ABC = 90°, show that
.B
Encik Yusof wants to put some pebbles around
h2 + k2 – 7h – k – 30 = 0. point A such that the distance of the pebbles from
A(4, 7) point A is always 2 m. Find the equation of the track
of the pebbles.
dn
(a) (i) Luas tanah
0 9 4 –10 0
= 1
S
B(h, k) 2 0 4 24 13 0
= 1 u(0 + 216 + 52 + 0) – (0 + 16 + (–240) + 0)u
gi
C(3, –6)
2
(mAB)(mBC) = –1 = 1 u268 – (–224)u
2
an
k–7 k – (–6)
1 h – 4 21 = 1 u492u
h–3 2
= –1
2
(k – 7)(k + 6) = –(h – 4)(h – 3) = 246 m2
l
Pe
BAB
h2 + k2 – 7h – k – 30 =0 B(3, 8)
2:
1
n
C(p, q)
7
ta
5. y (m) 2p – 3 2q + 12
SPM
3= , 8=
2015 Q(4, 24) 3 3
9 = 2p – 3 24 = 2q + 12
er
2p = 12 2q = 12
p = 6 q=6
P(–10, 13) A(–3,12)
n
x + 6x + 9 + y2 − 24y + 144 = 4
2
Rajah di atas menunjukkan sebidang tanah
x2 + 6x + y2 − 24y + 149 = 0
berbentuk sisi empat OPQR yang dimiliki oleh
x2 + y2 + 6x – 24y + 149 = 0
Encik Yusof. Encik Yusof ingin menanam tiga
pohon pokok pada titik-titik A, B dan C dengan
keadaan A, B dan C adalah segaris. Diberi jarak
titik A ialah 2 kali dari titik B dan 3 kali dari titik C.
139
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
Sudut KBAT
1. Dalam rajah, SRT adalah selari kepada paksi-y. QR adalah berserenjang dengan SRT. Titik P(x, y) bergerak
dengan keadaan jaraknya dari Q(6, 5) adalah dua kali jaraknya dari garis lurus SRT.
In the diagram, SRT is parallel to the y-axis. QR is perpendicular to SRT. The point P(x, y) moves in such a way that its
distance from Q(6, 5) is twice its distance from the straight line SRT.
y
.
S
hd
R Q(6, 5)
.B
x
–4 0
dn
T
S
Find the equation of the locus of point P.
(b) Tentukan sama ada lokus itu menyilang paksi-x atau tidak.
Determine whether the locus intersect the x-axis.
3x2 + 44x + 3 = 0
er
a = 3, b = 44, c = 3
b2 – 4ac = 442 – 4(3)(3)
= 1 900 > 0
n
b2 – 4ac > 0
Pe
140
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 7 Geometri Koordinat
y
2. Dalam rajah, titik P bergerak di sepanjang lilitan sebuah bulatan berpusat
M(4, 2). Bulatan itu melalui titik-titik A(0, 5) dan B(7, k).
In the diagram, the point P moves along a circumference of a circle with center A(0, 5) P(x, y)
M(4, 2). The circle passes through point A(0, 5) and point B(7, k).
(a) (i) Cari persamaan lokus P.
Find the equation of the locus P. M(4, 2)
(ii) Cari nilai-nilai yang mungkin bagi k.
0
x
Find the possible values of k.
(b) Tangen kepada bulatan pada titik B memotong paksi-y pada titik Q.
.
Hitung luas segi tiga OQB. B(7, k)
hd
Tangent to the circle at point B cuts the y-axis at point Q. Calculate the area of
triangle OQB.
.B
Q
dn
√(x – 4)2 + (y – 2)2 = √(0 – 4)2 + (5 – 2)2 4–7 3
(x – 4)2 + (y – 2)2 = 25 mBQ mMB = –1
x – 8x + 16 + y2 – 4y + 4 = 25
2
mBQ1– 4 2 = –1
S
x2 + y2 – 8x – 4y – 5 = 0 3
\ mBQ = 3
gi
(ii) Gantikan titik B(7, k) ke dalam persamaan 4
lokus: 3
y = x + c ⇔ B(7, –2)
an
72 + k2 – 8(7) – 4k – 5 = 0 4
49 + k2 – 56 – 4k – 5 = 0 –2 = 3 (7) + c
k2 – 4k – 12 = 0 4
c = – 29
l
(k – 6)(k + 2) = 0
Pe
4
k–6=0 k+2=0 3 29 ⇒ Q10, – 29 2
BAB
k = 6 (abaikan) k = –2 \ y= x–
4 4 4
n
0 7 0 0
= 1 29
2 0 –2 – 0
bi
4
= 1 u10 – 203 + 02 – (0 + 0 + 0)u
er
2 4
= 1 u– 203 u
2 4
n
= 203 unit2
Pe
+
+
+ KBAT Ekstra
141
B
BA
Vektor
8 Vectors
8.1 Vectors
1
2
3 3
.
3 3
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Kuantiti skalar mempunyai saiz sahaja, juga dikenali 8. Pendaraban vektor a dengan skalar k memberi vektor
.B
~
sebagai magnitud. Contoh: Jarak dan suhu. ka.
~
Scalar quantity is a quantity that only has size, also known as Multiplication of vector a with scalar k will give vector k a .
~ ~
magnitude. Example: Distance and temperature. • Magnitud k a = k kali magnitud a
dn
~ ~
Magnitude of k a = k times magnitude of a .
2. Kuantiti vektor mempunyai magnitud dan arah. ~ ~
• Arah k a adalah sama dengan a jika k > 0.
Contoh: Kelajuan, daya dan momentum. ~ ~
Direction of k a is the same as a , if k > 0.
Vector quantity is a quantity that has a magnitude and ~ ~
S
• Arah k a adalah berlawanan daripada a jika k < 0.
direction. Example: velocity, force and momentum. ~ ~
Direction of k a is opposite to a , if k < 0.
~ ~
→
3. Vektor boleh diwakili dengan AB , a atau a.
→ ~
A vector can be represented by AB , a or a.
~ gi 9. Vektor-vektor u dan v adalah selari jika dan hanya jika
~ ~
u = k v , di mana k ialah skalar yang bukan sifar. Vektor
~ ~
boleh dalam arah yang sama atau bertentangan.
an
→ → Vectors u and v are parallel, if and only if u = k v , where k is a
4. Magnitud vektor AB ditulis sebagai | AB | atau | a |. ~ ~ ~ ~
→ → ~ nonzero scalar. Vectors can be in the same or opposite direction.
Magnitude of vector AB is denoted as | AB| or | a |.
~
l
Pe
Maka, / Hence, − AB = BA .
ta
B B
bi
AB → →
BA
10. Jika AB = k BC, k ialah skalar yang bukan sifar, maka
er
→ →
If AB = k BC , k is a nonzero scalar, then
A A
→ →
(i) AB selari dengan BC,
n
→ →
AB is parallel to BC,
6. Vektor sifar, 0 , bermagnitud 0 dan arahnya tidak dapat
Pe
142
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
Contoh
m
Penyelesaian:
T ~ S →
n PQ = q
~ ~
→
U QR = ~r
s
~
→
p SR = s
.
~ ~
hd
→ →
R ST = – TS = – m
P ~
→ →
q r TU = –UT = – n
~
.B
~ ~
Q →
UP =p
~
dn
(a) (b)
B
→ →
S
A K
OA =a KL = q
~ ~
b q p
a → → ~ → →
gi
~ ~
~ OB = – BO = – b KN = – NK = – p
~ L ~
c → N
→
~ OD = d s MN = ~r
an
O d ~ ~
~ r
C D → → M ~ → →
OC = – CO = – c LM = –ML = – ~s
~
l
Pe
n
ta
BAB
2. Binakan vektor yang berikut.
Construct the following vectors. 2
bi
Contoh
8
er
→ Penyelesaian:
Diberi PQ = p , bina
~
→
n
Given that PQ = p
~ , construct
Q
p
→ ~
Pe
(i) AB = 2 p
~ B E
P 3
→ – –p
(ii) CD = – 1 p 2p
2~
2~ ~
→
(iii) EF = – 3 p C
2~ 1
F
– –p
A D 2~
143
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
→
a , bina
(a) Diberi OP = ~
P C
→
Given that OP = a
~ , construct a
H
~ E 2
–a
3~
–2a
→ → ~
(i) AB = 1 ~
a a
(ii) CD = –2 ~ Q
5
G
3 B
– –a
3~
→ →
(iii) EF = – 5 ~
a (iv) GH = 2 ~
a 1
–a
3~ A D
3 3
.
F
hd
.B
3. Tentukan magnitud vektor-vektor berikut.
Find the magnitude of the following vectors. 3
dn
Contoh
Penyelesaian: 12 unit /
r
t
~
| ~t | = 92 + 122
3 unit / units
S
units | ~r | = 3 + 4
2 2
= 15 unit
= 5 unit/ units 9 unit / units
4 unit / units
gi
an
4. Nyatakan pasangan vektor-vektor yang sama.
State the pairs of vectors that are equal. 2
l
Pe
Contoh
Penyelesaian:
u p= m
n
~ v ~ ~
~
p Tip
u= x
ta
~ s
~
~ ~
Vektor yang sama
BAB
m v
s~ = ~ mempunyai magnitud
~
t
bi
~
dan arah yang sama.
Vectors that are equal
x have equal magnitude
8 w
~
~
and same direction.
n er
(a)
~s = w
Pe
a ~
~ b
~ v
~
~t = ~
c v
~
s
~
a= c
t ~ ~
~ r
~
b = ~r
w
~
~
144
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
Contoh
Q D
Penyelesaian:
a
~ F → 1
AB = ~a
P 2
B →
.
C E a
CD = –2 ~
hd
A
→ 1a
EF = 1 ~
2
.B
(a)
dn
→ →
(i) AB = – 1 ~
a (ii) CD = 1 1 ~
a
3b 2 2
P ~ S
Q R
S
→ →
(iii) QS = 7b (iv) RQ = –5b
gi
V D ~ ~
a
~
U
an
B C →
A (v) SR = –2b
~
l
Pe
n
ta
BAB
Determine the vectors that are parallel and state their relationships. 3
bi
Contoh
Penyelesaian:
→ →
(i) AB dan RS adalah selari. 8
er
→ →
A P Q AB and RS are parallel.
→ 1 →
AB = RS
n
R
B 2
H
Pe
→ →
(ii) GH dan CD adalah selari.
→ →
GH and CD are parallel.
S → →
D GH = −2 CD
G
F E
→ →
C (iii) EF dan PQ adalah selari.
→ →
EF and PQ are parallel.
→ 1 →
EF = −1 PQ
2
145
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
(a)
→ →
N (i) MN dan KL adalah selari.
M
P Q → 1 →
MN = KL
3
C
→ →
(ii) CD dan GH adalah selari.
L → →
CD = −2GH
→ →
.
G D
(iii) ST dan PQ adalah selari.
hd
K
S T → →
ST = 3 PQ
H
.B
7. Tentukan sama ada titik P, Q dan R adalah segaris.
Determine whether points P, Q and R are collinear. 4
dn
Contoh → →
a dan / and PR = 4 ~
(a) Diberi / Given PQ = 10 ~ a.
→ →
Diberi / Given PQ = 6 ~a dan / and QR = 2 ~
a.
S
→ 5 a)
Penyelesaian: PQ = (4 ~
2
→
PQ = 3(2 ~
→ →
PQ = 3 QR
a)
gi → 5 →
PQ = PR
2
an
→ → → →
\ PQ adalah selari dengan QR , dengan Q ialah \ PQ adalah selari dengan PR , dengan P ialah
titik sepunya. Titik P, Q dan R adalah segaris. titik sepunya.
→ →
l
\ PQ is parallel to QR, with Q is common point. Titik P, Q dan R adalah segaris.
Pe
NOTA IMBASAN
bi
1. Hasil tambah dua vektor a dan b , dikenali sebagai vektor paduan dan ditulis sebagai a + b .
~ ~ ~ ~
The addition of two vectors a and b , is known as resultant vector and is written as a + b .
8 ~ ~ ~ ~
er
2. Apabila dua vektor selari ditambah, vektor paduan mempunyai magnitud tertentu dan selari dengan dua vektor tersebut.
When two parallel vectors are added, the resultant vector has a certain magnitude and parallel with the two vectors.
| a + b | = |a| + |b|
n
~ ~ ~ ~
3. Hasil tambah vektor-vektor tidak selari / Addition of non-parallel vectors
Pe
(a) Hukum Segi Tiga (b) Hukum Segi Empat Selari (c) Hukum Poligon
Triangle Law Parallelogram Law Poligon Law
C D C B
u+v
~ ~
u+v
~ ~ v v
~ ~ A C
A u B A u B
~ ~ O D
→ → → → → → → → → → → → →
AC = AB + BC AC = AB + BC = AD + DC OD = OA + AB + BC + CD
146
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
4. Penolakan bagi suatu vektor, a – b , ialah penambahan vektor a dengan vektor negatif b , iaitu
~ ~ ~ ~
Subtraction of vector, a – b , is an addition of vector a and a negative vector b , that is
~ ~ ~ ~
a – b = a + (– b )
~ ~ ~ ~
(a) Penolakan vektor-vektor selari, a dan b .
~ ~
Subtraction of parallel vectors, a and b .
~ ~
a
~
a
~
–b
~
.
b
hd
~
a–b
~ ~
.B
(b) Penolakan vektor-vektor tidak selari, a dan b .
~ ~
Subtraction of nonparallel vectors, a and b .
~ ~
A –b
C A
dn
~
a
~ a–b
~ ~ a
~
S
NOTA
O B –b
b ~
~ B O
gi
an
8. Tentukan vektor paduan bagi vektor-vektor yang berikut.
Determine the resultant vector of the following vectors. 3
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
l
Hanya vektor yang selari
Pe
b+~
2~ a – 1 b + 3~
a boleh ditambahkan. x – y – 5~
4~
~
x + 3y
~
2~ Only parallel vector can
be add up.
Penyelesaian: Penyelesaian:
n
b+~
2~ a – 1~ a + (2 – 1 ) b
a = (1 + 3) ~
b + 3~ x – y – 5~
4~
~
x + 3 y = (4 – 5) ~
~
x + (–1 + 3) y
~
2 2 ~ x + 2y
= –~
a + 3~
ta
= 4~ b ~
2
BAB
bi
u + 1~
(c) ~ v –21~u + 3v
~ (d) 2~c + 5~c – 2 1 ~c
3 2 2
u + 1~v –21~u + 3v 3 u + 10 v
~=– 2~ 2~c + 5~c – 2 1 ~c = 9 ~c
~ 3 2 3 ~ 2 2
147
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
P T B A
a d
~ ~
C E
.
Q S
hd
c
b ~
~ D
R
Penyelesaian:
.B
Penyelesaian: → → → → → → →
→ → → (i) CE – DE = CE + (– DE ) = CE + ED = CD
(i) ~ a+~ b = PQ + QR = PR → → → → → → →
→ → → (ii) DE – AE = DE + (– AE ) = DE + EA = DA
dn
(ii) ~b + c = QR + RS = QS
~ → → → → → → →
→ → → (iii) AB – EB = AB + (– EB ) = AB + BE = AE
(iii) ~c + ~
d = RS + ST = RT
→ → →
S
(iv) QR + RT = QT
(a)
K N gi (b)
Q y
~ R
an
x z
~ ~
P S
T
l
L M
→ → →
Pe
→ → → → → (i) ~ x + y = PQ + QR = PR
(i) KL + KN = KL + LM = KM ~
→ → →
→ → → → → (ii) y + ~z = QR + RS = QS
(ii) LK + LM = LK + KN = LN ~
→ → → →
n
→ → → → → (iii) PQ + QR + RS = PS = ~x + y + ~z
(iii) ML + MN = ML + LK = MK ~
ta
→ → → →
(iv) ST + TP + PQ = SQ
BAB
→ → → → → →
0
(v) PQ + QR + RS + ST + TP = PP = ~
bi
8 (c) (d)
er
A T a
~
S
B F
b
n
~ W
C E
Pe
U c V
~
D
→ → → → → → → → →
(i) BC – DC = BC + CD = BD (i) ST – UT = a+~
ST + TU = ~ b
→ → → → → → → → → →
(ii) DA – FA = DA + AF = DF (ii) VT = VU + UT = VU + (– TU ) = ~c – ~
b
→ → → → → → → → → → →
(iii) AF – EF – DE = AF + FE + ED = AD (iii) SV = ST + TU + (–VU) = ~a+~ b – ~c
→ → → → → → →
(iv) FE – DE – CD = FE + ED + DC = FC
148
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
Contoh
.
dan / atau y .
hd
~ x – (– 4 x )] − 6 y = 7 x − 6 y
= [3 ~
The diagram shows a triangle PQR. Given that ~ ~ ~ ~
→ → → → → → → →
PS = 3 ~x , QR = 6 y , QS = 6 y – 4 ~
x and PT = TQ . (iii) TS = TP + PS
~ ~
x and / or y .
Find in terms of ~
= – 1 (7 ~
.B
~ x − 6 y ) + 3~ x
→ → → 2 ~
(i) RS (ii) PQ (iii) TS
= – 1 ~ x + 3y
dn
2 ~
(a) Rajah di bawah menunjukkan sebuah sisi (b) Rajah di bawah menunjukkan sebuah sisi empat
empat OACD. PQRS.
S
The diagram below shows a quadrilateral OACD. The diagram below shows a quadrilateral PQRS.
gi
C
R
U
an
O b D
~ S
B
2a
~ x
~ T
l
A y Q
Pe
~
→ → →
Diberi bahawa OA = 2 ~a , OB = ~
b , CD = ~
a − 3~
b P
→ →
dan 2 AB = BC . Cari vektor-vektor berikut dalam
→ → →
x , PT = y , RU = 1 ( x – 3 y ),
n
Given that OA = 2 a~ , OB = b
~ , CD = a
~ − 3b~ and RU = RQ dan PT = TU . Cari vektor-vektor
3
BAB
→ →
2 AB = BC . Find the following vectors in terms of a
~ berikut dalam sebutan ~ x dan/atau ~y.
bi
and / or b
~. → → →
Given that PS = ~ x , PT = y , RU = 1 ( ~
x – 3 y ),
→ → → ~ 2 ~
(i) AB (ii) OC (iii) DA →
RU = 1 → → →
RQ and PT = TU . Find the following vectors 8
er
3
→ → → → → x and / or y .
in terms of ~
(i) ~
AB = AO + OB = –AO + OB → →
n
→ → → → → → → →
(ii) OC = OA + AC = OA + 3 AB (i) x + y
ST = SP + PT = − ~
~
= 2~a + 3(−2 ~a+~ b)
= −4 ~a + 3~
b
→ → → →
→ → → → → (ii) PQ = PU + UQ = 2 y + 2 RQ
(iii) DA = DC + CA = – CD + (– AC ) ~ 3
→
→ →
= – CD + (–3 AB ) = 2 y + 2 (3RU)
~ 3
a − 3~
= −( ~ b ) − 3(−2 ~
a+~
b)
= 5~a = 2 y + 2 1 ( ~
~ 2 1
x– 3y)
~ 2
= ~ x − y
~
149
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
NOTA IMBASAN
.
~ ~ ~
hd
dalam arah positif paksi-x, | i | = 1 unit dan j ialah vektor
~ ~ ^
5. Vektor unit pada arah a ditandakan sebagai a dengan /
unit dalam arah positif paksi-y, | j | = 1 unit. ~ ~
~ ^
a where
Unit vector in the direction of a is denoted as ~
All vectors in a Cartesian plane can be expressed in terms of i ~
~
and j where i is a unit vector in the positive direction of the (x i + y j )
.B
~ ~ ^ a ~ ~
x-axis, | i | = 1 unit and is a unit vector in the positive direction of
~ a = ~ =
~ |a | x 2
+ y2
the y-axis, | j | unit. ~
~
dn
3. Vektor unit i dinyatakan dalam bentuk vektor lajur, 6. Penambahan dan penolakan dua atau lebih vektor:
~
1
i = 1 2 dan vektor unit j dinyatakan dalam bentuk Addition of two or more vectors:
~ 0 ~ x
0
vektor lajur, j = 1 1 2. Jika/ if a = x1 i + y1 j = 1 y1 2
S
~ ~ ~ ~ 1
1
Unit vector i can be written as a column vector, i = 1 2 and dan/ and b = x i + y j = 1 x2 2
~ ~ 0 y2
~ ~
0
unit vector j can be written as a column vector, j = 1 2.
1
gi~
maka, / then,
2~
x
2
~
x x ±x
a + b = 1 y1 2 ± 1 y2 2 = 1 y1 ± y2 2
an
4. Vektor dalam satah cartes boleh diwakili dalam bentuk
x ~ ~
x i + y j atau 1 y 2.
1 2 1 2
x i + y j or . Jika / if
~ ~ y x
y a = x1 i + y1 j = 1 y1 2
~ ~ ~ 1
~
ta
yj k ialah pemalar.
BAB
~
k is a constant.
bi
x
O xi
~
8
er
1 2
x
11. Ungkapkan vektor-vektor berikut dalam bentuk y dan x ~i + y j .
~
n
x
1 2
Express the following vectors in the form y and x ~i + y j .
~
3
Pe
Contoh
y Penyelesaian:
4 A(6, 3)
A Dari koordinat (x, y), tukar ke
6
1 2
x →
2 12
bentuk vektor lajur y . OA =
3
From the coordinates (x, y),
x
→
O 2 4 6 change to column vector y .
x
12 OA = 6 ~i + 3 j
~
150
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
y
B(5, 5) C(−3, 4)
B
5
5
1 2
C → –3
1 2
4 OB = →
5 OC =
3 4
2 → →
OB = 5i + 5 j OC = −3i + 4 j
1
x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 D(−6, −2) E(3, −3)
–1
–2 –6 3
1 2 1 –3 2
D → →
.
OD = OE =
hd
–3 –2
E
–4 →
OD = −6i − 2 j →
OE = 3i − 3 j
.B
dn
12. Ungkapkan vektor-vektor berikut dalam bentuk:
Express the following vectors in the form:
1y2
x
(i) x ~i + y j (ii)
S
~
Seterusnya, cari magnitud.
gi
Hence, find the magnitude. 4
Contoh
an
Penyelesaian:
y
Tip (i) A(−4, 1), B(−2, 4)
B
4 →
C AB = (−2 − (−4)) ~i + (4 − 1) j = 2 ~i + 3 j
l
Guna titik tamat ~ ~
Pe
2 menolak titik
C(−1, 3), D(4, −2)
mula.
A Use ending point →
x CD = (4 − (−1)) ~i + (−2 − 3) j = 5 ~i − 5 j
–6 –4 –2 O 2 4 subtracting ~ ~
n
starting point. 2 5
1 2 1 2
–2
→ →
D (ii) AB = , CD =
3 –5
ta
→ →
BAB
AB = 22 + 32 = 13 , CD = 52 + (–5)2 = 50
bi
8
er
(a)
y
a = 3 ~i + 2 j , b = −3 ~i − 6 j ,
(i) ~
~ ~ ~ ~c = 4 ~i − 3 ~j
4
n
3 –3 4
1 2 1 2 1 2
a
~
Pe
2 a=
(ii) ~ b=
,~ , c =
b 2 –6 ~ –3
~
x
–6 –4 –2 O 2 4 ~
a = 32 + 22 = 13
–2
c
~
b = (–3)2 + (–6)2 = 45
~
–4
~c = 42 + (–3)2 = 5
151
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
Contoh a = 3 ~i – 5 j , ~
b = –6 ~i + 3 j
~ ~ ~
a = ~i + 3 j , ~b = 4 ~i – 2 j (i) ~a + 2~b
~ ~ ~
(i) ~ a+~ b (ii) 3 ~
a–~ b
(ii) ~a–~ b
3 –6 3 –12
(iii) 2 ~
a – 5~b (i) ~
a + 2~
b=
–5
+21 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
3
=
–5
+
6
.
Penyelesaian:
hd
–9
a+~
(i) ~ b=
1
3
+
4
–2
=
5
1 2 1 2 1 2
1
= 5 ~i + j
~
= 112
= –9 ~i + j
~
.B
1 4 –3
(ii) ~
a–~
b=
3
– 1 2 1 2 1 2
–2
=
5
= –3 ~i + 5 j
~
3 –6 9 –6
1 4
(ii) 3 ~
a–~
b =3
–5
–1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
3
=
–15
–
3
1 2 1 2
dn
(iii) 2 ~
a – 5~
b=2 –5
3 –2 15
2 20 –18 = 1 –18 2
= 1 2 1 2 1 2
6
–
–10
=
16
S
= 15 ~i – 18 j
= 18 ~i + 16 j ~
~
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
l
→
Pe
2
1 2
AB = 6~i + 8 j →
~ PQ =
Vektor unit / Unit vector 3
Vektor unit / Unit vector
Penyelesaian: a (x ii + y jj ) Penyelesaian:
a = (x~
~ ~ + y~ )
→ a | = x2 + y~
~
|~ →
PQ = 22 + 32 = 13
n
AB = 62 + 82 = 10
2
a|
|~ x2 + y2
→ →
Vektor unit pada arah PQ
ta
→ Unit vector PQ
Unit vector AB
Cari magnitud vektor 2
bi
to the formula.
5 5~ 13
n
→ → –8
1 2
(a) OC = 5 ~i – 12 j (b) EF = 4 ~i + 5 j →
~ ~ (c) RS =
Pe
6
→ → →
OC = 52 + (–12)2 = 13 EF = 42 + 52 = 41 RS = (–8)2 + 62 = 10
→ → →
Vektor unit pada arah OC Vektor unit pada arah EF Vektor unit pada arah RS
= 1 (5 ~i – 12 j ) =
1
(4 ~i + 5 j ) – 4
–8 5
1 2
13 ~
41 ~ = 1 =
10 6 3
= 5 ~i – 12 j =
4
i +
5
j
13 13 ~ ~ 5
41 41 ~
4
=– i + j 3
5~ 5~
152
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
Contoh 1 Contoh 2
→ Rajah di sebelah menunjukkan
Diberi bahawa AB = 2 ~i − 5 j dan
~ → →
→ → vektor-vektor OS dan OT .
CD = ~i + (4 − m) j . Cari nilai m jika AB adalah The diagram shows vectors y
~
→ → → S (–4, 7)
selari dengan CD . OS and OT .
T (6, 5)
→ → Ungkapkan / Express
.
Given that AB = 2 ~i − 5 j and CD = ~i + (4 − m) j .
hd
~ ~
1 2
→ →
→ x
(i) ST dalam bentuk ,
Find the value of m if AB is parallel to CD . y x
x
1 2
→ O
ST in the form y ,
.B
Penyelesaian: →
→ → (ii) vektor unit pada arah ST .
AB = λ CD →
unit vector in the direction of ST .
2 ~i − 5 j = λ( ~i + (4 − m) j )
dn
~ ~ 1. Jika selari, maka Penyelesaian:
= λ ~i + (4 − m)λ j If parallel, then → → → → →
~ → → (i) ST = SO + OT = − OS + OT
AB = λ CD
2 = λ , −5 = (4 − m)λ –4 6 10
2. Bandingkan nilai-
1 2 1 2 1 2
S
=− + =
= (4 − m)(2) nilai i dan j . 7 5 –2
~ ~
−13 = −2m Compare the
→
gi
(ii) ST = 102 + (–2)2 =
104
m =61
values of i and j .
~ ~
2 → →
Vektor unit pada arah ST / Unit vector ST .
an
10
1 2
1
=
104 –2
l
10 2
= i – j
Pe
104 ~ 104 ~
Contoh 3
n
BAB
→ → → (a) PR = PS + SR = PS + (– RS )
T
x , PS = 5 y dan/and RS = 3 ~
PQ = 2 ~ x. = 5 y − 3~x
bi
~ P S ~
→ → → → →
(a) Ungkapkan dalam sebutan ~ x dan / atau y , SQ = SP + PQ = (– PS ) + PQ
→ → ~ 8
er
PR dan SQ . = −5 y + 2 ~x
~
→ →
x and / or y , PR and SQ .
Express in terms of ~
~ → →
n
(b) (i) PT = h PR
→ → → → → = h(5 y − 3 ~ x)
Pe
153
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
→ →
(a) Diberi bahawa GH = ~i + 3 j dan (b) Diberi bahawa PQ = 12 ~i − 20 j dan
→ ~ → ~
KL = (2p + 1) ~i − 6 j . Cari nilai p jika GH adalah → →
~ i j
RS = 3 ~ + h . Cari nilai h jika PQ adalah selari
→ → ~
selari dengan KL. dengan RS .
→ → → →
Given that GH = ~i + 3 j and KL = (2p + 1) ~i − 6 j . Given that PQ = 12 ~i − 20 j and RS = 3 ~i + h j .
~ ~ ~ ~
→ → → →
Find the value of p if GH is parallel to KL . Find the value of h if PQ is parallel to RS .
→ →
.
GH = λ KL → →
hd
PQ = λ RS
j = λ((2p + 1) ~i − 6 j )
~i + 3 ~ ~ 12~i − 20 j = λ(3~i + h j )
= (2p + 1)λ ~i − 6λ j ~ ~
~ = 3λ~i + hλ j
.B
~
3 = − 6λ , 1 = (2p + 1)λ
12 = 3λ , −20 = hλ
λ=− 1 1 = (2p + 1) − 11 2 λ=4 −20 = 4h
dn
2 2 h = −5
−2 = 2p + 1
p=− 3
2
S
(c) Rajah menunjukkan
→ →
vektor-vektor OP dan QO. P (–8, 6)
y
gi (d) Rajah menunjukkan
→ →
vektor-vektor OR dan OS .
R (–3, 5)
y
an
The diagram shows The diagram shows
→ → → → x
vectors OR and OS . O
vectors OP and QO. Q (4, 2)
Ungkapkan / Express Ungkapkan / Express
l
x S (–8, –7)
Pe
1 2
→ x
1 2
→ x
(i) QO dalam bentuk , (i) RO dalam bentuk ,
y y
→ x
1 2
QO in the form y ,
RO in the form 1 2,
→ x
n
→ y
(ii) vektor unit pada arah QP .
→
ta
→
unit vector in the direction of QP . (ii) vektor unit pada arah RS .
BAB
→
unit vector in the direction of RS .
bi
4 –4
1 2 1 2
→ →
(i) QO = −OQ = − =
2 –2
8 –3 3
1 2 1 2
→ →
(i) RO = − OR = − =
er
→ → → 5 –5
(ii) QP = QO + OP
→ → →
–4 –8 –12 (ii)
RS = RO + OS
1 2 1 2 1 2
n
= + =
–2 6 4 3 –8 –5
= + 1 2 1 2 1 2
=
Pe
–5 –7 –12
→
QP = √(–12)2 + 42 = √160
→
→ RS = (–5)2 + (–12)2 = 13
Vektor unit pada arah QP
→
Vektor unit pada arah RS
1 2
12
–
1 2
–12 √160 5
1 2
1 –
= = 13
1 –5
√160 4 4
√160
= 1 2
13 –12
=
12
–
13
154
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
a = 2 ~i + 7 j dan ~
(e) Diberi bahawa ~ b = ~i − 3 j . (f) Diberi bahawa O(0, 0), C(8, −3), D(5, 4), cari
~ ~
Given that a dalam sebutan ~i dan j bagi
~ = 2 ~i + 7 ~j and b
~ = ~i − 3 ~j . ~
Given that O(0, 0), C(8, −3), D(5, 4), find in terms of
Cari / Find
~i and ~j for
(i) ~a + 5~
b, →
(ii) vektor unit pada arah ~
a + 5~
b. (i) CD ,
→
unit vector in the direction of a
~ + 5b
~.
(ii) vektor unit pada arah CD .
→
unit vector in the direction of CD .
.
(i) b = 2 ~i + 7 j + 5( ~i − 3 j )
a + 5~
hd
~ ~ ~ → → → → →
(i) CD = CO + OD = − OC + OD
= 7 ~i − 8 j
~ = −(8 ~i − 3 j ) + (5 ~i + 4 j )
~ ~
= −3 ~i + 7 j
.B
~
(ii) 7 ~i − 8 j = 72 + (–8)2 = 113
~
→
dn
Vektor unit pada arah 7 ~i − 8 j (ii) CD = (–3)2 + 72 = 58
~ →
1 Vektor unit pada arah CD
= j
(7 − 8 )
i
113 ~ ~ 1
S
= (–3 ~i + 7 j )
58 ~
gi
(g) Rajah menunjukkan sebuah segi tiga ABC. Garis lurus AD bersilang dengan garis
B
an
lurus BE pada titik F. Diberi bahawa
The diagram shows a triangle ABC. The straight line AD intersects the straight line BE at D
point F. Given that
F
l
→ 1 → → → → →
AE = AC , 2 BD = DC, AE = 2 ~ x dan / and AB = 6y
Pe
2 ~ A E C
BAB
→ → → →
Given BF = h BE and FD = k AD ,
bi
→
(i) ungkapkan BF dalam sebutan h, ~
x dan y ,
→ ~
express BF in terms of h, ~
x and y , 8
er
~
→
(ii) ungkapkan FD dalam sebutan k, ~
x dan y .
→ ~
n
express FD in terms of k, ~
x and y .
~
Pe
→ → → → →
(a) (i) BE = BA + AE (b) (i) BF = h BE
= −6y + 2 ~ x = h(−6y + 2 ~ x)
~ ~
= −6hy + 2h ~ x
→ → → → 1 → ~
(ii) AD = AB + BD = AB + BC
3 → →
1 → → (ii) FD = kAD
= 6y + ( BA + AC )
1 2
~ 3 4
= k 4y + ~ x
1 ~ 3
= 6y + (−6y + 4 ~ x)
~ 3 ~ 4
4 = 4ky + k ~x
= 4y + ~ x ~ 3
~ 3
155
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
PRAKTIS SPM 8
Kertas 1 →
2. Rajah di bawah menunjukkan tiga vektor, OP ,
→ → → →
1. Rajah menunjukkan vektor-vektor OA, OB dan OQ dan OR, dilukis pada grid segi empat sama
SPM →
yang sama besar bersisi 1 unit.
2017 OD yang dilukis pada grid segi empat sama bersisi → →
.
The diagram below shows three vectors, OP , OQ and
hd
1 unit. →
→ → → OR , drawn on a grid of equal squares with sides of
Diagram shows vectors OA , OB and OD drawn on a
1 unit.
square grid with sides 1 unit.
P
.B
B
R
Q
dn
x y
~ ~
O A
O
S
Tentukan / Determine
→
→
D
gi (a) OP,
→
x dan y .
(b) OP dalam sebutan ~
an
(a) Cari / Find |– BO| → ~
→ → x and y.
OP in terms of ~
(b) Diberi OA = a dan OB = b , ungkapkan dalam ~
~ ~
sebutan a dan b → –2
~ ~
1 2
l
→ → (a) OP =
4
Pe
(ii) OD
1 3
1 2 1 2
ta
x =
(b) ~ ,y=
→ → 2 ~ 3
BAB
= 32 + 42 x + ky ,
Biar OP = h ~
= 5 unit ~
–2 1 3
8 1 2 1 2 1 2
=h +k
er
→ → → 4 2 3
(b) (i) AB = –OA + OB
= –a + b Maka, −2 = h + 3k..............a
n
~ ~
= b – a 4 = 2h + 3k ...........b
~ ~
Pe
→ → → a − b ; −2 − 4 = −h
(ii) OD = OB + BD h=6
→ →
= OB + 2 BA Gantikan dalam a,
→ →
= OB + 2(– AB) −2 = 6 + 3k
= b + 2( a – b ) 8
~ ~ ~ k=–
= 2a – b 3
~ ~ → 8
x – y
\ OP = 6 ~
3~
156
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
.
hd
D
S
3 –2
Diberi u =
~ 3
dan v =
~ 1 2 m–5 1
, dengan keadaan 2 y
~ C
.B
m ialah pemalar, cari nilai m. x
M ~
Given u =
3
1 2
and v =
–2
1
, where m is a constant,2 O
dn
~ 3 ~ m–5
→
find the value of m. (a) Ungkapkan ON dalam bentuk h x + ky , dengan
~ ~
keadaan h dan k ialah pemalar.
u = l v →
~ ~
S
Express ON in the form of hx + ky, where h and k
3 –2 ~ ~
= l
3 1 2 1
m–5 2 are constants.
(b) Pada rajah, tanda dan label titik M dengan
⇒ –2l = 3
3
gi → → →
keadaan NM + 2 OC = OD.
On the diagram, mark and label the point M such
an
l = – → → →
2 that NM + 2 OC = OD .
3
⇒ 3 = – (m – 5) → → →
2 x
(a) ON = 2OB + (– OC) = 2y – ~
l
–2 = m – 5 ~
Pe
m = 3 → → →
(b) NM + 2 OC = OD
→ → →
NM = OD – 2 OC
3 12
4. Diberi a = 1 2 1 2 = y – 2x
n
dan b = , cari ~ ~
~ p – 2 ~ –5
SPM
2013
ta
Given a =
3
1and b = 2
12
, find 1 2 6. Diberi m
5
1 2 n=
h
1 2
BAB
~ p–2 ~ –5
~ = –12 dan ~ 8
, cari
SPM
(a) vektor unit dalam arah b ,
bi
1 2
5
12
2014 h
~ Given m
~ = –12 and n
~ = 8 , find
the unit vector in the direction of b
~,
(b) nilai p supaya a dan b adalah selari. (a) u m 8
~ ~ ~ u,
er
(a) ~
b = 122 + (–5)2 = 13 the value of h such that m
12 ~ + n
~ is parallel to the
13 y-axis.
1 12
1 2
Pe
157
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
.
4 ~ 2 ~
hd
1→ → → 1y 3
x + ~ x – y
(a) OQ = 3 OP + OR = – 3~
2 2~ 2 ~
→ 1→ → 3x 1y
OR = OQ – 3 OP = – ~ –
.B
2 2 2~
1 6 2
=
2 2 1 2 1 2
–3
–1 9. Rajah di bawah menunjukkan sebuah heksagon
dn
–3 SPM sekata dengan pusat O.
=
4 1 2 2016
Diagram below shows a regular hexagon with centre O.
R(–3, 4)
S
B
→ → →
(b) PR = OR – OP
=
–3
1 2 1 2
4
–
2
–1 gi A
O
C
an
–5
=
5 1 2 F D
l
→ E
u PR u = √(–5)2 + 52
Pe
= √50 → → →
(a) Ungkapkan BC + CF + ED sebagai satu vektor
= 5√2 tunggal.
→ → →
Express BC + CF + ED as a single vector.
n
SPM → →
2015 x dan ED = 2 y .
CDE dengan CD = 3 ~ heksagon itu adalah 5 unit, cari vektor unit
BAB
~ → →
x
The diagram below shows a triangle CDE with CD = 3 ~ dalam arah AB, dalam sebutan ~ b.
a dan ~
bi
→ → →
and ED = 2y. Given OA = a ~ , BC = b~ and the length of each side
~
8 of the hexagon is 5 units, find the unit vector in the
er
E →
direction of AB , in terms of a
~ and b
~.
→ → →
G F (a) BC + CF + ED
n
D
→ → →
= BC + CF + AB
Pe
→ → →
C = AB + BC + CF
→
→ = AF
x dan y .
(a) Cari CE dalam sebutan ~ → → →
→
~ ( CD juga boleh diterima sebab AF = CD)
x and y.
Find CE in terms of ~
~ → → →
→ → → → → (b) AB = AO + OB
(b) Diberi CE = 2 CG dan EF = 3 FD, cari FG dalam a+~
= –~ b
sebutan ~x dan y . →
→ ~ → → → → Vector unit dalam arah AB
Given that CE = 2 CG and EF = 3 FD, find FG in 1 a b
= (– ~ + ~)
x and y.
terms of ~ 5
~
158
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
1
Kertas 2 k= 7 =2
3 3
1. Rajah di bawah menunjukkan kedudukan dan 1
vB = 2 vA
SPM arah bot A, B dan C. 3
2016
Diagram below shows the position and direction of boats 1
Halaju paduan bot B = 2 × Halaju paduan
A, B and C. 3
bot A
(b) (i) Halaju paduan bot C ,
B
vC = 4~i – 2 j + 2~i + j
A C ~ ~
= 6~i – j
.
~
hd
(ii) Magnitud = √62 + (–1)2
= √37 unit
Vektor unit dalam arah bot C
.B
1
= (6 i – j )
√37 ~ ~
Starting line
Garisan permulaan
dn
Kedua-dua bot A dan B bergerak dalam arah
arus air dengan suatu halaju w 2. Rajah di bawah menunjukkan sebuah segi empat
~ = (2~i + ~j ) m s .
–1
selari ABCD. Titik E terletak pada garis lurus AB.
S
Halaju bot A dan bot B masing-masing adalah
b = (12 i + 6 j ) m s–1.
a = (4~i + 2 j ) m s–1 dan ~ Garis lurus CE dipanjangkan ke titik F dengan
~ ~ ~ ~ keadaan CE = 2EF.
gi
Both boat A and B move in the direction of water current
The diagram below shows a parallelogram ABCD. Point
with velocity w
~ = (2~i + ~j ) m s–1. The velocity of boat A and
–1
E lies on the straight line AB. The straight line CE is
boat B are a
~ = (4 i
~ + 2 j ) m s and b~ = (12~i + 6~j ) m s
–1
extended to the point F such that CE = 2EF.
an
~
respectively.
(a) Tentukan bilangan kali ganda halaju paduan D C
bot B berbanding halaju paduan bot A.
l
Determine the number of times the resultant velocity of
Pe
Cari F
u dan
Diberi bahawa AE : EB = 1 : 2, DC = 9 ~
c = (4~i – 2 j ) m s–1. Find
velocity of boat C is ~
BAB
~ →
(i) halaju paduan bot C, v.
ED = 2 ~
bi
Express, in terms of u
~ and v
~:
→ →
(a) Halaju paduan bot A, (i) EC , (ii) AD.
n
= 6~i + 3 j segaris.
~ Hence, show that the points F, A and D are collinear.
= 3(2~i + j )
~ u = 2 ~i + 3 j dan ~
v = 3 ~i – 2 j .
(b) Diberi bahawa ~
Halaju paduan bot B, ~ ~
It is given that u
~ = 2 ~i + 3 ~j and v
~ = 3 ~i – 2 ~j .
vB = 12~i + 6 j + 2~i + j
~ ~ →
= 14~i + 7 j (i) Ungkapkan AD dalam sebutan ~i dan j .
~ → ~
= 7(2~i + j ) Express AD in terms of ~i and j .
~ ~
→
vB = kvA, k ialah pemalar (ii) Cari vektor unit dalam arah AD.
→
7(2~i + j ) = 3k(2~i + j ) Find the unit vector in the direction of AD.
~ ~
159
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
.
3 B
hd
1 u v D
= (9 ~ ) + 2~
3
u + 2~
= 3~ v C
.B
F
→ → → → 1→ → →
dn
FD = FC + CD Diberi bahawa CD = CB , AC = 6 ~
a dan AB = 4 ~
b.
2
3 → → → 1 → → →
= EC + (– DC) It is given that CD = CB , AC = 6a
2 2 ~ and AB = 4b
~.
S
3 v (a) Ungkapkan dalam sebutan ~
a dan/ atau ~
b:
= (2 ~ u ) − 9~
+ 9~ u Express in terms of a
2 ~ and / or b
~:
v + 9~
= 3~
3 v
2
u
gi →
(i) BC ,
→
(ii) AD.
an
= (2 ~ u)
+ 3~
2 → → →
(b) Diberi bahawa AF = mAD dan BF = n( ~
a – 4~
b),
3 →
= AD dengan keadaan m dan n ialah pemalar. Cari
l
2
Pe
nilai m dan n.
FD adalah selari dengan AD. Maka, F, A dan D → → →
adalah segaris. It is given AF = m AD and BF = n(a ~ – 4b
~ ), where m
and n are constants. Find the value of m and of n.
n
→ → 4
(b) (i) AD = 3(2 ~i + 3 j ) + 2(3 ~i – 2 j ) (c) Diberi AF = k ~
a + b , dengan keadaan k ialah
~ ~ 7~
ta
→ 4
~ ~ Given AF = ka ~+ 7b~ , such that k is a constants, find
= 12 ~i + 5 j
bi
the value of k.
~
→ → →
8 →
(ii) AD = (a) (i) BC = BA + AC
er
122 + 52
→ →
= 13 unit = – AB + AC
= −4 b + 6 a
n
→ ~ ~
Vektor unit pada arah AD
Pe
→ → → →
AD (ii) AD = AC + CD
= → 1→
AD = 6 a + CB
~ 2
1 1→
= (12 ~i + 5 j ) = 6 a – BC
13 ~ ~ 2
1
12 i 5 = 6 a – (–4 b + 6 a )
= + j ~ 2 ~ ~
13 ~ 13 ~
= 3a + 2b
~ ~
160
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
→ →
(b) BF = n( a – 4 b ) (a) Ungkapkan OC dalam sebutan
~ ~ →
→ → Express OC in terms of
BA + AF = n( a – 4 b )
→ → ~ ~
– AB + mAD = n( a – 4 b ) (i) h, ~x dan / and y ,
~ ~ ~
–4 b + m(3 a + 2 b ) = n( a – 4 b ) (ii) k, ~
x dan / and y .
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
–4 b + 3m a + 2m b = n a – 4n b (b) Seterusnya, cari nilai h dan nilai k.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
3m a + (2m – 4) b = n a – 4n b Hence, find the value of h and of k.
~ ~ ~ ~
Bandingkan: (c) Diberi u ~
x u = 1 unit, u y u = 2 unit dan OQ
~
.
3m = n , 2m – 4 = –4n →
berserenjang kepada OP, hitung u ACu.
hd
Gantikan n = 3m → 2m – 4 = –4n Given ux
~ u = 1 unit, uy u = 2 units and OQ is
~ →
2m – 4 = –4(3m) perpendicular to OP, calculate u ACu.
14m = 4
.B
4 2
m= = → → →
14 7 (a) (i) OC = OA + AC
dn
1 2
2 6 2 → →
n=3 = = OQ + h AP
7 7 3
→ 4 → 2 → →
(c) AF = k a + b = mAD = (12 x ) + h( OP – OA)
S
~ 7~ 3 ~
4 2 = 8 x + h(8 y – 8 x )
k a + b = (3 a + 2 b ) ~ ~ ~
gi
~ 7~ 7 ~ ~ = 8 x + 8h y – 8h x
4 6 4 ~ ~ ~
k a + b = a + b = (8 – 8h) x + 8h y
~ 7~ 7~ 7~ ~ ~
an
Bandingkan:
6 → → →
k = (ii) OC = OB + BC
7
l
3 → →
= OP + k BQ
Pe
4
4. Rajah menunjukkan segi tiga OBQ dan OPA 3 → →
= (8 y ) + k(OQ – OB)
SPM dengan keadaan titik A berada pada OQ dan titik B 4 ~
2018
berada pada OP. Garis lurus BQ dan garis lurus AP = 6 y + k(12 x – 6 y )
n
~ ~ ~
bersilang pada titik C. = 12k x + (6 – 6k) y
~ ~
ta
BAB
lies on OQ and point B lies on OP. The straight lines BQ
and AP intersect at point C.
(b) Bandingkan:
8 – 8h = 12k ; 8h = 6 – 6k
bi
Q 2 – 2h = 3k … 1 3 – 4h = 3k … 2
2 – 1: 1 – 2h = 0 8
er
A
1
h=
2
n
C 1
Gantikan h = ke dalam 1;
2
Pe
1 2 2 = 3k
P O 1
B 2–2
→ → 1 = 3k
Diberi bahawa OQ = 12 ~ x , OP = 8 y , OA : AQ = 2 : 1,
→ → →~ → 1
OB : BP = 3 : 1, AC = h AP dan BC = k BQ, dengan k=
3
keadaan h dan k ialah pemalar.
→ →
It is given that OQ = 12x
~ , OP = 8y, OA : AQ = 2 : 1,
→ → ~
→ →
OB : BP = 3 : 1, AC = h AP and BC = k BQ, where h
and k are constants.
161
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
→ → →
(c) uOQu = u12 x u = u12(1)u = 12 (b) AE = k AC
~ →
→ AE = k(8 ~ a + 6~
b)
u OPu = u8 y u = u8(2)u = 16
~ = 8k ~ a + 6k ~
b
→
uOAu = u2 →
3
OQ = u u2
3
(12) = 8u → →
→ Katakan BE = l BD,
u APu = √82 + 162 = √320 = 8√5 →
→ 1 → 1 Maka BE = l(–8 ~ a + 12 ~
b)
\ u ACu = u APu = (8√5) = 4√5 = –8l ~
a + 12l ~
b
2 2
→ → →
.
AE = AB + BE
hd
8k ~
a + 6k ~
b = 8~a + (–8l a + 12l b )
~ ~
8k ~
a + 6k ~
b = (8 – 8l) ~
a + 12l ~
b
.B
5. Rajah di bawah menunjukkan sebuah trapezium 8k = 8 – 8l dan 6k = 12l
SPM ABCD dan titik E terletak pada AC. 1
2014 l= k
The diagram below shows a trapezium ABCD and point 2
dn
E lies on AC. 1
Gantikan l = k ke dalam 8k = 8 – 8l ,
2
B C
1 2 k2
1
8k = 8 – 8
S
E 8k = 8 – 4k
gi 12k = 8
k=
2
3
an
A D
→ → → →
l
Diberi bahawa AB = 8 a , AD = 12 b dan AD = 2 BC . 6. Rajah di bawah menunjukkan sebuah segi tiga
~ ~
Pe
→ → → →
It is given that AB = 8 a
~ , AD = 12 b
~ and AD = 2 BC . SPM PQR.
2015
The diagram below shows a triangle PQR.
(a) Ungkapkan dalam sebutan a dan b ,
Express in terms of a and b ,
~ ~
~ ~ P
n
→ A
(i) AC,
ta
→
BAB
(ii) BD.
→ → R
bi
→ → Q
It is given that AE = k AC, where k is a constant.
Find the value of k if the points B, E and D are →
Diberi PB : BQ = 3 : 2, PA : AR = 1 : 4, PQ = ~
a dan
n
collinear.
→
PA = 2 ~
b.
Pe
→ → → →
(a) (i) AC = AB + BC It is given PB : BQ = 3 : 2, PA : AR = 1 : 4, PQ = a
~ and
→ 1 → →
= AB + AD PA = 2 b~.
2
= 8~
a + 6~b (a) Ungkapkan dalam sebutan ~
a dan/atau ~
b:
Express in terms of a
~ and/or b
~:
→ → → →
(ii) BD = BA + AD (i) QA,
→ → →
= – AB + AD (ii) QB.
= –8 ~ a + 12 ~
b
162
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 8 Vektor
→ → →
(b) Diberi ~ b = ~i – 3 j , cari QA.
a = 3 ~i dan ~ (c) QC = mQA = m(– ~ a + 2~b ) = –m ~
a + 2m ~b
~ →
Given that a = 3 i and b = ~i – 3 j , find QA. → → → 3
~ ~ ~ ~ CB = n( RP + PB ) = n(–10 ~ b+ ~ a)
→ → → → 5
(c) Diberi QC = mQA dan CB = n RB, dengan 3
= n~ a – 10n ~
b
keadaan m dan n ialah pemalar, cari nilai m 5
dan nilai n. → → → 2 3
→ → → → QC = QB + BC = – ~ a – n~ a + 10n ~
b
Given that QC = m QA and CB = n RB , where m and
5 5
1
n are constants, find the value of m and of n. = (–2 – 3n) ~ a + 10n ~
b
5
.
→ → → 1
hd
(a) (i) QA = QP + PA Oleh itu, (–2 – 3n) = –m.....................a
5
= – ~ a + 2~
b 10n = 2m
→ 2 → 1
(ii) QB = QP n = m...................b
.B
5 5
= (–a)
2 Gantikan b ke dalam a,
5 1 3
1 2
dn
=– 2~ a –2 – m = –m
5 5
→ 5
(b) QA = – ~a + 2~
b 22 2
m=
= –3~i + 2(~i – 3 j ) 25 5
~ 5
S
= –~i – 6 j m=
~ 11
→ 1
QA = (–1)2 + (–6)2
gi
n=
11
= 37
= 6.08 unit
l an
Sudut KBAT
Pe
a 1 a
1 b 2 dan 1 –3 2 adalah selari. Diberi bahawa 1 b 2 mempunyai magnitud √250 dan a . 0, cari
n
1. Vektor-vektor
ta
BAB
The vectors 1 ba 2 and 1 –31 2 are parallel. Given that 1 ba 2 has a magnitude of √250 and a . 0, find the value of a and of b.
bi
a 1 8
1 b 2 = k 1 –3 2 Apabila a = 5, b = –3(5)
er
= –15
k = a, –3k = b Apabila a = –5, b = –3(–5)
n
b = –3a = 15
Memandangkan a . 0,
Pe
Magnitud = √a2 + b2
Maka, a = 5 dan b = –15
√250 = √a2 + (–3a)2
√10a2 = √250
10a2 = 250
a2 = 25
a = ±5 +
+
+ KBAT Ekstra
163
B
BA
Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
9 Solution of Triangles
.
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Petua sinus / Sine rule 3. Kes berambiguiti bermakna terdapat dua buah segi
.B
A tiga yang berlainan boleh terbentuk.
Ambiguous case means that there are two different triangles
that can be formed.
dn
c b 4. Kes berambiguiti berlaku apabila dua keadaan berikut
wujud.
Ambiguous case occurs when these two conditions exist.
S
(a) Dua sisi dan satu sudut tirus bukan kandung
B a C
diberikan.
Petua sinus diberi oleh
Sine rule is given by
gi Two sides and one acute non-included angle are given.
(b) Sudut tirus bukan kandung adalah bertentangan
dengan sisi yang lebih pendek itu.
an
a b c The acute non-included angle is opposite to the shorter
= =
sin A sin B sin C side.
atau / or
l
sin A sin B sin C C
Pe
= =
a b c
2. Petua sinus boleh digunakan untuk menyelesaikan
suatu segi tiga di bawah dua keadaan yang berikut. b a a
n
Sine rule can be used to solve a triangle under the following two
conditions.
ta
A
Pe
B A
164
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
6.5 cm x 85°
.
hd
80° 52°
Penyelesaian:
Kalkulator
Sudut x = 7.3
sin 44 sin 85°
.B
x = 6.5
sin 80° sin 52° Tekan 6 . 5 × x = 7.3 × sin 44°
Press sin 85°
x = 6.5 × sin 80° sin 8 0 ÷
dn
sin 52° = 5.090 cm
= 8.123 cm sin 5 2 =
S
(b) (c) x
115° x 22° 35°
5.8 cm 20°
gi 7.5 cm
an
x = 7.5
x = 5.8 sin (180° – 22° – 35°) sin 20°
l
sin (180° – 20° – 115°) sin 20°
x = 7.5
Pe
x = 5.8
sin 123° sin 22°
sin 45° sin 20°
x = 5.8 × sin 45° x = 7.5 × sin 123°
sin 20° sin 22°
n
= 11.991 cm = 16.791 cm
ta
bi
Contoh (a)
BAB
80°
9.6 cm 62°
n
9.3 cm
9
Pe
y
12.8 cm
8.9 cm y
165
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
.
sin y = 20.1
hd
13
sin y = 0.6094 sin x = 0.3075
y = 37°339 x = 17°549
y = 180° – 118° – 17°549
.B
= 44°69
dn
Solve each of the following. 5
Contoh 1
S
A
Cari dua nilai yang mungkin bagi ∠C dalam segi
tiga ABC. Seterusnya, lakar segi tiga ABC’. Diberi C’
terletak pada BC dengan keadaan AC = AC’.
Find two possible values of ∠C in triangle ABC. Hence, gi 8.2 cm 5.7 cm
an
sketch triangle ABC’, given C’ lies on BC such that
34° 53°33ʹ
AC = AC’. B C
Penyelesaian:
l
Pe
sin C = 0.8045
126°27ʹ
34° 53°33ʹ
ta
sin C = 0.9201
∠C = 66°56’ atau 180 – 66°56’ A
= 113°4’
166
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
Contoh 2
A
Dalam rajah di sebelah, BCD ialah garis lurus. Hitung 73°
In the diagram, BCD is a straight line. Calculate 8 cm
9
(i) ∠ABC,
cm
(ii) panjang AD. B
28°
D
the length of AD. 10.5 cm C
Penyelesaian:
(i) Dalam/ In ∆ABC, (ii) Dalam/ In ∆ABD,
.
sin ∠ABC = sin 73° AD 8
hd
=
9 10.5 sin 55°3’ sin 28°
sin ∠ABC = × sin 73°
9 AD = 8 × sin 55°3’
10.5 sin 28°
.B
= 0.8197 = 13.97 cm
∠ABC = 55°3’
dn
(b) Dalam rajah di sebelah, ABC ialah garis lurus. A
11.2 cm B
C
Hitung 43°
S
In the diagram, ABC is a straight line. Calculate
13 cm
(i) panjang BD, 85°
gi
the length of BD, D
(ii) ∠BCD.
an
(i) Dalam ∆ABD, (ii) Dalam ∆BCD,
∠DBC = 43° + 85°
BD = 11.2
sin 43° sin 85° = 128°
l
BD = 11.2 × sin 43° sin ∠BCD = sin 128°
Pe
= 0.4648
∠BCD = 27°42’
ta
C
ABCD. Hitung
The diagram shows a quadrilateral ABCD. Calculate
er
BAB
22 cm
the length of AC, 9°
B
(ii) ∠ADC. 138°
n
6 cm
55°
A
9
Pe
167
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
Petua Kosinus
9.2 Cosine Rule
NOTA IMBASAN
.
(a) Dua sisi dan satu sudut kandung diberikan.
hd
Two sides and one included angle are given.
B a C
.B
b
Petua kosinus diberi oleh
Cosine rule is given by
C
dn
a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc kos A a
a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc cos A
(b) Tiga sisi diberikan.
b2 = a2 + c2 – 2ac kos B Three sides are given.
S
b = a + c – 2ac cos B
2 2 2
c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab kos C
c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C
gi c b
an
a
l
Pe
Contoh (a)
n
7 cm x x 9 cm
ta
52° 78°
8 cm 10.6 cm
bi
9 (b) (c)
Pe
x
9.2 cm 137° 15 cm
8.5 cm 13 cm x
125°
168
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
Contoh (a) R
P
17.6 cm 9 cm 8 cm
8.9 cm
R
Q 11.4 cm Q P
10 cm
.
Calculate ∠PRQ in the triangle PQR.
hd
Calculate the largest angle in the triangle PQR.
.B
dengan sisi terpanjang. kos ∠PRQ = 145 – 100
∠Q is the biggest angle because ∠Q is opposite to the 144
longest side. = 0.3125
dn
17.62 = 8.92 + 11.42 – 2(8.9)(11.4) kos Q ∠PRQ = 71°479
309.76 = 209.17 – 202.92 kos Q
kos Q = 209.17 – 309.76
S
202.92
= –0.4957
∠Q = 119°43’
gi
l an
Pe
R
Hitung sudut terbesar dalam segi tiga PQR.
ta
Calculate the largest angle in the triangle PQR. Hitung sudut terkecil dalam segi tiga PQR.
Calculate the smallest angle in the triangle PQR.
∠Q ialah sudut terbesar kerana ∠Q bertentangan
bi
BAB
42.25 = 228.29 – 225.4 kos Q
kos Q = 167.24 – 225
164 kos Q = 228.29 – 42.25
n
= –0.3522 225.4
9
Pe
∠Q = 110°379 = 0.8254
∠Q = 34°22’
169
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
Contoh
Penyelesaian:
A (i) Dalam/ In ∆ABC,
8 cm 14 cm 82 = 62 + 72 – 2(6)(7) kos ∠ACB
6 cm
64 = 85 – 84 kos ∠ACB
kos ∠ACB = 85 – 64
B D
7 cm C
84
.
= 0.25
hd
Dalam rajah di atas, BCD ialah garis lurus.
∠ACB = 75°319
Hitung
In the diagram, BCD is a straight line. Calculate
(i) ∠ACB, (ii) Dalam/ In ∆ACD,
.B
(ii) ∠ADC. ∠ACD = 180° – 75°319
= 104°299
sin ∠ADC = sin 104°299
dn
6 14
sin ∠ADC = 6 × sin 104°299
14
S
∠ADC = 24°319
(a) S gi (b) D C
an
15 cm 130°
7 cm cm
12 8 cm
P R
8 cm Q 10 cm
l
A B
Pe
5 cm
Dalam rajah di atas, PQR ialah garis lurus. Hitung
In the diagram, PQR is a straight line. Calculate Dalam rajah di atas, ABCD ialah sebuah trapezium.
(i) ∠RQS, Hitung
In the diagram, ABCD is a trapezium. Calculate
n
170
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Rumus luas segi tiga boleh digunakan apabila dua sisi 2. Hukum Heron boleh digunakan untuk mencari luas
dan satu sudut kandung diberikan. segi tiga apabila tiga sisi diberikan.
The formula of area of triangle can be used when two sides and Heron’s Law can be used to find the area of triangle when three
one included angle are given sides are given.
.
C
hd
c b
a b
.B
a
dn
B c A
Luas ∆ABC = √s(s – a)(s – b)(s – c)
Area of ∆ABC
Luas ∆ABC = 1 ab sin C
S
dengan a, b dan c adalah sisi segi tiga dan
Area of ∆ABC 2 where a, b and c are sides of the triangle and
1
= ac sin B a+b+c
gi
2 s=
1 2
= bc sin A
2
an
7. Hitung luas bagi setiap segi tiga yang berikut.
NOTA
l
Calculate the area of each of the following triangles. 4
Pe
Contoh 1 (a) Q
C 8.2 cm 98° 10 cm
n
8 cm P R
ta
65°
A B
12 cm
Luas ∆PQR = 1 (8.2)(10) sin 98°
bi
Penyelesaian: 2
= 40.60 cm2
Luas/ Area ∆ABC = 1 (8)(12) sin 65°
(i)
er
BAB
= 43.50 cm2
n
C B
52° 11 9
sin ∠ACB = 11 × sin 52°
9
9 cm 11 cm
∠ACB = 74°24’
∠CAB = 180° – 74°24’ – 52°
= 53°36’
A
Luas ∆ABC = 1 (9)(11) sin 53°36’
2
= 39.84 cm2
171
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
(c) R P
64° sin ∠QPR = sin 64°
13 17
13 cm 17 cm 13 × sin 64°
sin ∠QPR =
17
Q
∠QPR = 43°25’
∠Qpr = 180° – 43°25’ – 64°
= 72°35’
Luas ∆PQR = 1 (13)(17) sin 72°35’
.
hd
2
= 105.43 cm2
.B
Contoh 2
dn
s = a+b+c Luas/ Area ∆PQR
R 2 = √s(s – a)(s – b)(s – c)
9 cm 8 cm s= 9 + 8 + 10 = √13.5(13.5 – 8)(13.5 – 9)(13.5 – 10)
2
S
= √13.5(5.5)(4.5)(3.5)
Q P = 13.5
10 cm = √1 169.44
Tip
gi = 34.20 cm2
an
Guna Hukum Heron untuk
mencari luas segi tiga.
Use Heron law to find the
area of triangle.
l
Pe
(d)
12 cm
s = 5.7 + 7.5 + 12 Luas ∆ABC
n
A B
2 = √12.6(12.6 – 5.7)(12.6 – 7.5)(12.6 – 12)
= 12.6
ta
5.7 cm 7.5 cm
= √12.6(6.9)(5.1)(0.6)
C = √266.04
bi
= 16.31 cm2
er
BAB
(e)
9
Pe
P
s = 4.5 + 6 + 10.1 Luas ∆ABC
2 = √10.3(10.3 – 4.5)(10.3 – 6)(10.3 – 10.1)
10.1 cm
6 cm = 10.3
= √10.3(5.8)(4.3)(0.2)
Q 4.5 cm
R = √51.376
= 7.168 cm2
172
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
Contoh (a) U
T W
U V V
.
W
S
hd
R T
5 cm
8 cm 12 cm 6 cm
P 10 cm Q
R 8 cm S
.B
Rajah di atas menunjukkan sebuah kuboid. Cari
The diagram shows a cuboid. Find Rajah di atas menunjukkan sebuah prisma tegak.
(i) ∠TQU, Cari
dn
(ii) luas ∆TQU. The diagram shows a right prism. Find
the area of ∆TQU. (i) ∠WSU,
(ii) luas segi tiga WSU.
Penyelesaian: the area of triangle WSU.
S
(i) QU =
52 + 102
Teoem Pythagoras
= 11.18 cm (i) SU =
122 + 62
gi
Pythagorean Theorem
a2 = b2 + c2 = 13.42 cm
QS =
102 + 82
= 12.81 cm WS =
122 + 82
an
= 14.42 cm
QT =
52 + 12.812 Petua kosinus
= 13.75 cm Cosine rule WU =
82 + 62
l
= 10 cm
82 = 11.182 + 13.752 – 2(11.18)(13.75) kos ∠TQU
Pe
= 44.73 cm2
= 64.64 cm2
er
(b) PQR ialah sebuah segi tiga dengan PQ = 7.3 cm, (i) s = 7.3 + 9.6 + 14.7 = 15.8
BAB
QR = 9.6 cm dan PR = 14.7 cm. Hitung 2
n
173
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
(c) Rajah menunjukkan sebuah prisma tegak. (i) Luas ∆ABC = 62 cm2
Segi tiga ABC ialah keratan rentas prisma itu 1 (8)(20) sin ∠ABC = 62
dengan keadaan ∠ABC ialah sudut cakah. 2
The diagram shows a right prism. Triangle ABC is the sin ∠ABC = 62 × 2
uniform cross-section of the prism where ∠ABC is an 8 × 20
obtuse angle. = 0.775
∠ABC = 180° – 50°489 (sudut cakah)
A C = 129°129
B 5 cm
.
F D (ii) AC2 = 82 + 202 – 2(8)(20) kos 129°129
hd
8 cm 20 cm = 666.25
E AC = 25.81 cm
.B
Diberi luas segi tiga ABC ialah 62 cm2, hitung
Given the area of triangle ABC is 62 cm2, calculate
(i) ∠ABC,
dn
(ii) panjang AC.
the length of AC.
S
PRAKTIS gi
SPM 9
an
Kertas 2 (b) (i) Lakar sebuah ∆P’Q’R’ yang bentuknya
l
berbeza daripada ∆PQR dengan keadaan
Pe
QR = 3.3
20° 50°
(a) (i)
bi
174
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
(b) (i) P R
(a) (i) ∠ADC = 180° – 105° = 75°
AC2 = 112 + 102 – 2(11)(10) kos 75°
AC = 12.809 cm
.
hd
(b) (i) Luas DACD
Q
= 1 × 11 × 10 × sin 75°
2
= 53.126 cm2
.B
(ii) ∠Q’P’R’ + 20° = 45°
∠Q’P’R’ = 45° – 20° (ii) D
= 25°
dn
t
A C
S
12.809 cm
3. P
B 105° D
n
86.18°
11 cm 5 cm 9 cm
5 cm
ta
(a) Hitung
bi
Q R S
Calculate
10 cm
(i) panjang, dalam cm, AC,
er
BAB
(ii) ∠ACB. tiga PRS dengan keadaan QRS ialah garis lurus.
Diberi ∠QPS = 86.18°, PS = 9 cm, QS = 10 cm dan
n
Find The diagram shows triangle PQR and triangle PRS where
(i) luas, dalam cm2, bagi ∆ACD, QRS is a straight line. It is given that ∠QPS = 86.18°,
the area, in cm2, of ∆ACD, PS = 9 cm, QS = 10 cm and PQ = PR = 5 cm.
(ii) jarak terdekat, dalam cm, dari titik D ke (a) Cari / Find
AC. (i) ∠PSQ,
the shortest distance, in cm, from point D to (ii) panjang, dalam cm, bagi QR,
AC. the length, in cm, of QR,
(iii) luas, dalam cm2, bagi ∆PRS.
the area, in cm2, of ∆PRS.
175
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
V
12 m S
Q R S
P
10 cm Q 70°
22 m
Dalam rajah di atas, ∆TPQ ialah imej bagi
20 m
.
∆RPQ di bawah pantulan pada garis PQ.
hd
Hitung panjang, dalam cm, bagi ST. R
In the diagram, ∆TPQ is the image of ∆RPQ under
a reflection in the line PQ. Calculate the length, in
cm, of ST. VQSP ialah sebuah piramid dengan keadaan
.B
PQ = 8 m dan V adalah 5 m tegak di atas P.
VQSP is a pyramid such that PQ = 8 m and V is 5 m
(a) (i) 52 = 92 + 102 – 2(9)(10) kos ∠PSQ
vertically above P.
dn
kos ∠PSQ = 181 – 25 Cari / Find
180 (a) ∠QSR,
= 0.8667 (b) panjang, dalam m, bagi QS,
∠PSQ = 29.93°
S
the length, in m, of QS,
(c) luas, dalam m2, bagi satah condong QVS,
(ii) Dalam ∆PQR, the area, in m2, of inclined plane QVS.
∠PQR = 180° – 86.18° – 29.93°
= 63.9° gi (a) sin ∠QSR = sin 70°
an
20 22
∠QPR = 180° – 63.9° – 63.9°
sin ∠QSR = 20 × sin 70°
= 52.2°
22
QR2 = 52 + 52 – 2(5)(5) kos 52.2°
= 0.8543
l
= 19.35
Pe
∠QSR = 58°419
QR = 4.40 cm
(b) ∠QRS = 180° – 58°41’ – 70°
(iii) Dalam ∆PRS,
= 51°19’
n
= 333.986
Luas ∆PRS = 1 (5)(9) sin 33.98°
2 QS = 18.28 m
bi
= 12.58 cm2
(c) VQ = √82 + 52 = 9.434 m
(b) P VS = √122 + 52 = 13 m
er
5 cm
BAB
52.2°
T V
86.18°
9 cm 9.434 m 13 m
n
Q S
18.28 m
9
Pe
S
Q R
s = 9.434 + 18.28 + 13
Dalam ∆TPQ, ∠TPQ = ∠QPR = 52.2° 2
Dalam ∆TPS, ∠TPS = 52.2° + 86.18° = 20.36
= 138.38° Luas ∆QVS
ST2 = 52 + 92 – 2(5)(9) kos 138.38° = √20.36(20.36 – 9.434)(20.36 – 18.28)(20.36 – 13)
= 173.28 = √20.36(10.926)(2.08)(7.36)
ST = 13.16 cm = √3 405.49
= 58.36 m2
176
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
.
rectangle. PTS is a uniform cross section of the prism.
= 33.28
hd
QST is a plane in the prism. Luas ∆QTS
U
= √33.28(33.28 – 19.799)(33.28 – 18.698)(33.28 – 28.058)
R
.B
= √33.28(13.481)(14.582)(5.222)
T = √34163.266
S = 184.83 cm2
dn
Q
S
Diberi bahawa ∠PST = 35° dan ∠TPS = 50°, 19.799 cm 18.698 cm
h
gi
It is given that ∠PST = 35° and ∠TPS = 50°,
cari / find Q S
28.058 cm
(a) panjang, dalam cm, bagi ST,
an
the length, in cm, of ST,
(b) luas, dalam cm2, satah QST, luas ∆QTS = 184.83
the area, in cm2, of the QST plane, 1 (QS)(h) = 184.83
l
(c) panjang terdekat, dalam cm, dari titik T ke 2
Pe
1 (28.058)(h)
= 184.83
garis lurus QS,
the shortest length, in cm, from point T to the straight 2
h = 13.17 cm
line QS.
n
(a) ST = 14
sin 50° sin 35°
ta
ST = 14 sin 50°
sin 35°
bi
= 18.698 cm 6. K 9 cm L
SPM
(b) ∠PTS = 180° – 50° – 35° 2015
er
62°
BAB
= 95°
18.698 PS 7 cm
=
n
177
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
.
LN = 10
hd
(a) (i)
sin 80° sin 62° Rajah di atas menunjukkan sebuah segi tiga ABC.
The diagram shows a triangle ABC.
LN = 10 × sin 80°
sin 62° (a) Hitung panjang, dalam cm, bagi AC.
.B
= 11.1536 cm Calculate the length, in cm, of AC.
≈ 11.15 cm (b) Diberi panjang CB dipanjangkan manakala
panjang AB, panjang AC dan ∠ACB
dn
(ii) dikekalkan. Hitung luas, dalam cm2, segi tiga
92 = 72 + 11.15362 – 2(7)(11.1536) kos ∠KNL yang baharu.
Given that CB is extended but the lengths of AB,
81 = 49 + 124.4028 − 156.1504 kos ∠KNL
AC and ∠ACB remain the same. Calculate the area,
S
−92.4028 = −156.1504 kos ∠KNL in cm2, of the new triangle.
kos ∠KNL = –92.4028
–156.1504
∠KNL = kos 0.5918 −1
gi (a) AC2 = 82 + 10.62 – 2(8)(10.6) kos 115°
= 248.04
an
= 53°43’ AC = 15.75 cm
2
= 31.4682 cm2
10.6 cm
n
115°
2
= 34.3342 cm2 A B
50° 65°
bi
= 65.8024 cm2
BAB
≈ 65.80 cm2 Bʹ
n
Lʹ
= 1 (8)(10.6) sin 115° + 1 (8)(8) sin 50°
7 cm 2 2
Nʹ
7 cm = 38.43 + 24.51
53°43ʹ = 62.94 cm2
178
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 9 Penyelesaian Segi Tiga
Sudut KBAT
Untuk mengganggar luas sebuah tasik, Diyanah berjalan mengikut B
perimeter tasik. Rajah menunjukkan laluan yang diambil oleh
Diyanah. Menggunakan kaedah ini, anggarkan luas tasik tersebut. 30 m
To estimate the area of the lake, Diyanah walks along the perimeter of 50 m
the lake. Diagram shows the path taken by Diyanah. Using this method, C
100°
estimate the area of the lake.
.
hd
50°
A 20 m
30 m
E 25 m D
.B
Luas ABE = 1 (30)(50) sin 50°
2
dn
= 574.53 m2
S
= 295.44 m2
gi
BE2 = 502 + 302 – 2(50)(30) kos 50°
BE = 38.36 m
an
BD2 = 202 + 302 – 2(20)(30) kos 100°
BD = 38.84 m
l
B
Pe
38.36 m 38.84 m
n
E 25 m D
ta
s = 38.36 + 38.84 + 25
bi
2
= 51.1
er
BAB
Luas BED = √51.1(51.1 – 38.36)(51.1 – 38.84)(51.1 – 25)
n
= √51.1(12.74)(12.26)(26.1)
= √208 315.37
9
Pe
= 456.42 m2
+
+
KBAT
+ Ekstra
179
B
BA
Nombor Indeks
10 Index Numbers
.
hd
NOTA IMBASAN
.B
Q P
I = 1 × 100 dengan keadaan / where I = 1 × 100 dengan keadaan / where
Q0 P0
dn
Q1 = Kuantiti pada masa tertentu P1 = Harga barang pada masa tertentu
Quantity at a specific time Price of item at a specific time
Q0 = Kuantiti pada masa asas P0 = Harga barang pada masa asas
Quantity at base time Price of item at base time
S
1. Hitung nombor indeks bagi setiap yang berikut.
Calculate the index number for each of the following. 3 gi
an
NOTA
Contoh
Bilangan pelajar kolej swasta bertambah dari 1 000 pelajar bagi tahun 2005 kepada 1 380 pelajar pada
l
tahun 2006. Hitungkan nombor indeks untuk menunjukkan perubahan bilangan pelajar bagi kolej pada
Pe
Penyelesaian:
Katakan Q05 = Bilangan pelajar pada tahun 2005/ Number of students in the year 2005
ta
Let Q06 = Bilangan pelajar pada tahun 2006/ Number of students in the year 2006
Q
Nombor indeks, I = 06 × 100
bi
1 000
= 138
n
(a) Bilangan kalkulator yang dijual di sebuah kedai pada tahun 2008 dan 2010 masing-masing ialah 400
Pe
buah dan 460 buah. Hitung indeks jualan pada tahun 2010 berasaskan tahun 2008.
The number of calculators sold in a shop in the years 2008 and 2010 were 400 and 460 respectively. Calculate the
sales index in the year 2010 based on the year 2008.
Q10
Nombor indeks, I = × 100
Q08
= 460 × 100
400
= 115
180
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
(b) Satu kajian mengenai bilangan kemalangan jalan raya telah dijalankan. Didapati bilangan kemalangan
jalan raya pada tahun 2010 ialah 12 000 berbanding dengan 15 000 pada tahun 2012. Hitung nombor
indeks kemalangan jalan raya pada tahun 2012 berasaskan tahun 2010.
A survey has been made on the number of road accidents. It was found that the number of road accidents in the year
2010 was 12 000 compared to 15 000 in the year 2012. Calculate the accident index in the year 2012 based on the
year 2010.
Q12
Nombor indeks, I = × 100
Q10
.
hd
= 15 000 × 100
12 000
= 125
.B
(c) Bilangan rumah yang dibina di sebuah kawasan perumahan pada tahun 2005 dan 2009 masing-masing
dn
ialah 900 unit dan 1 440 unit. Hitung nombor indeks bagi bilangan rumah di kawasan perumahan itu
pada tahun 2009 berasaskan tahun 2005.
The number of houses built in a housing area in the years 2005 and 2009 were 900 units and 1 440 units
S
respectively. Calculate the index number for the number of houses in the housing area in the year 2009 based on the
year 2005.
Nombor indeks, I =
Q09
Q05
× 100
gi
an
= 1 440 × 100
900
= 160
l
Pe
n
Contoh
bi
Harga sebotol sos tomato pada tahun 2007 dan tahun 2011 masing-masing ialah RM2.50 dan RM3.25. Cari
indeks harga bagi sos tomato itu pada tahun 2011 dengan menggunakan tahun 2007 sebagai tahun asas.
er
The prices of a bottle of tomato sauce in the year 2007 and the year 2011 were RM2.50 and RM3.25 respectively. Find the
price index of the tomato sauce in the year 2011 by using the year 2007 as the base year.
Penyelesaian:
n
Katakan P07 = Harga sebotol sos tomato pada tahun 2007/ Price of a bottle of tomato sauce in the year 2007
Pe
Let P11 = Harga sebotol sos tomato pada tahun 2011/ Price of a bottle of tomato sauce in the year 2011
P11
BAB
Indeks harga, I = × 100
Price index P07
= 3.25 × 100 10
2.50
= 130
181
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
(a) Harga sebuah kereta pada tahun 2011 dan (b) Harga / Price (RM)
Barangan
tahun 2013 masing-masing ialah RM80 000 dan Item 2001 2003
RM60 000. Cari indeks harga bagi kereta itu
pada tahun 2013 berasaskan tahun 2011. A 3.50 4.90
The prices of a car in the year 2011 and the year 2013 B 6.00 8.10
were RM80 000 and RM60 000 respectively. Find the
price index of the car in the year 2013 based on the Jadual di atas menunjukkan harga bagi dua
year 2011. barangan A dan B pada tahun 2001 dan 2003.
Hitung indeks harga bagi A dan B pada tahun
P13
.
Indeks harga, I = × 100 2003 berasaskan tahun 2001.
hd
P11 The table shows the prices of two items A and B in the
years 2001 and 2003. Calculate the price indices of A
= 60 000 × 100 and B in the year 2003 based on the year 2001.
80 000
.B
= 75 P03
Indeks harga barangan A, IA = × 100
P01
= 4.90 × 100
dn
3.50
= 140
P03
S
Indeks harga barangan B, IB = × 100
P01
= 8.10 × 100
gi 6.00
= 135
l an
Pe
Contoh 1
ta
Indeks harga sejenis jam tangan pada tahun 2009 dengan menggunakan tahun 2006 sebagai tahun asas
bi
ialah 130. Jika harga jam tangan itu pada tahun 2006 ialah RM420, cari harganya pada tahun 2009.
The price index of a watch in the year 2009 by using the year 2006 as the base year was 130. If the price of the watch in
the year 2006 was RM420, find its price in the year 2009. 4
er
Penyelesaian:
Katakan P06 = Harga jam tangan pada tahun 2006/ Price of the watch in the year 2006
n
Let P09 = Harga jam tangan pada tahun 2009/ Price of the watch in the year 2009
Pe
Price index
P09
× 100 = 130
P06
P09
10 × 100 = 130
420
P09 = 130 × 420
100
= RM546
182
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
(a) Indeks harga bagi sejenis mentol LED pada tahun 2003 berasaskan tahun 2001 ialah 85. Jika harga bagi
mentol itu pada tahun 2001 ialah RM22, cari harganya pada tahun 2003.
The price index of a LED bulb in the year 2003 based on the year 2001 was 85. If the price of the bulb in the year 2001
was RM22, find its price in the year 2003.
Indeks harga = 85
P
03 × 100 = 85
P01
P
03 × 100 = 85
.
22
hd
= 85 × 22
P03
100
= RM18.70
.B
(b) Indeks harga bagi sebuah rumah pada tahun 2012 berasaskan pada tahun 2009 ialah 150. Jika harga
rumah itu ialah RM240 000 pada tahun 2012, cari harganya pada tahun 2009.
dn
The price index of a house in the year 2012 based on the year 2009 was 150. If the price of the house was RM240 000
in the year 2012, find its price in the year 2009.
S
P12
× 100 = 150
P09
240 000 × 100
P09
= 150
gi
an
= 240 000 × 100
P06
150
= RM160 000
l
Pe
(c) Jadual menunjukkan harga satu kilogram barangan A, B dan C pada tahun 2005 dan 2006.
Table shows the price per kilogram of items A, B and C in the year 2005 and 2006.
n
A RM1.20 RM1.60 z
B x RM2.30 110
er
C RM0.60 y 102
Cari nilai z, x dan y.
n
183
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
(d)
Harga / Price (RM) Indeks harga pada tahun 2012
Barangan berasaskan tahun 2010
Item 2010 2012 Price index in the year 2012
based on the year 2010
R x 360 125
S 125 y 140
Jadual di atas menunjukkan harga bagi barangan R dan S pada tahun 2010 dan 2012 dan indeks harga
.
pada tahun 2012 berasaskan tahun 2010. Cari nilai x dan y.
hd
The table shows the prices of items R and S in the years 2010 and 2012 and the price indices for both items in the
year 2012 based on the year 2010. Find the values of x and y.
.B
Indeks harga barangan R = 125 Indeks harga barangan S = 140
P12 P12
× 100 = 125 × 100 = 140
P10 P10
dn
360 × 100 = 125 y × 100 = 140
x 125
x = 360 × 100 = 140 × 125 y
S
125 100
= 288 = 175
gi
an
Contoh 2
l
Pe
Indeks harga
Barangan Price index
Item 2010 2012 2012
(2005 = 100) (2005 = 100) (2010 = 100)
n
M 120 150 x
ta
N 110 y 140
bi
Jadual di atas menunjukkan indeks harga bagi dua barangan M dan N. Cari nilai x dan y.
The table shows the price indices of two items M and N. Find the values of x and y. 5
er
Penyelesaian:
Bagi barangan M P12
n
x= × 100
For item M P10
Pe
P10 P
× 100 = 120 ⇒ 10 = 120
P P
= 12 × 05 × 100
BAB
184
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
.
hd
(e)
Indeks harga /Price index
Barangan
.B
Item 2002 2008 2008
(2001 = 100) (2001 = 100) (2002 = 100)
J 125 175 x
dn
K 120 y 110
L z 130 150
S
Jadual di atas menunjukkan indeks harga bagi tiga barangan J, K dan L. Cari nilai x, y dan z.
gi
The table shows the price indices of three items J, K and L. Find the values of x, y and z.
P02
P08 z = × 100
P y = × 100 P01
x = 08 × 100
bi
P01
P02 P P
P P z = 02 × 08 × 100
P P y = 08 × 02 × 100 P08 P01
x = 08 × 01 × 100 P02 P01
er
P01 P02
z = 100 × 130 × 100
= 110 × 120 × 100
x = 175 × 100 × 100 100 100
150 100
n
x = × 100
125 z = 86.67
= 140 BAB
10
185
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
(f) Indeks harga bagi dua barangan untuk tahun-tahun tertentu diberi dalam jadual berikut.
Price indices of two items for certain years are given in the following table.
.
hd
Hitungkan nilai bagi x dan nilai bagi y.
Calculate the value of x and of y.
Bagi barangan P: Bagi barangan Q:
.B
P95 P P95 P
× 100 = 125 ⇒ 95 = 125 × 100 = 135 ⇒ 95 = 135
P90 P90 100 P90 P90 100
P99 P99 P99 P99
= 140 = 120
dn
× 100 = 140 ⇒ × 100 = 120 ⇒
P90 P90 100 P95 P95 100
P99 P99
x = × 100 y = × 100
S
P95 P90
P P P P
x = 99 × 90 × 100 y = 99 × 95 × 100
P90 P95
x = 140 × 100 × 100 gi P95 P90
y = 120 × 135 × 100
an
100 125 100 100
x = 112 y = 162
l
Pe
(g) Indeks harga bagi Perodua Kancil bagi tahun 1996 berasaskan tahun 1990 ialah 140 dan indeks harga
bagi Perodua Kancil bagi tahun 2000 berasaskan tahun 1996 ialah 105. Cari indeks harga bagi Perodua
Kancil bagi tahun 2000 berasaskan tahun 1990.
The price index for Perodua Kancil in the year 1996 based on the year 1990 is 140 and the price index for Perodua
n
Kancil in the year 2000 based on the year 1996 is 105. Find the price index of Perodua Kancil in the year 2000 based
on the year 1990.
ta
P96 P P00 P P
× 100 = 140 ⇒ 96 = 140 × 100 = 00 × 96 × 100
P90 P90 100 P90 P96 P90
bi
P00
× 100 = 105 ⇒
P00
= 105 = 105 × 140 × 100
P96 P96 100 100 100
er
= 147
(h) Indeks harga bagi suatu barangan elektrik pada tahun 2000 dan 2002 berasaskan tahun 1998 masing-
n
masing ialah 116 dan 125. Hitungkan indeks harga bagi tahun 1998 dan 2000 jika tahun 2002 digunakan
Pe
respectively. Calculate the price index in the year 1998 and 2000 if the year 2002 is used as based year.
P00 P P00 P P
× 100 = 116 ⇒ 00 = 116 × 100 = 00 × 98 × 100
10 P98 P98 100 P02 P98 P02
P02
× 100 = 125 ⇒
P02
= 125 = 116 × 100 × 100
P98 P98 100 100 125
P98 100 = 92.8
× 100 = × 100
P02 125
= 80
186
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
Indeks Gubahan
10.2 Composite Index
NOTA IMBASAN
1. Indeks gubahan / Composite index 2. Pemberat ialah nilai atau kuantiti yang diberikan
I1w1 + I2w2 + …… + Inwn kepada setiap barangan untuk menunjukkan
I = kepentingan relatif setiap barangan itu.
w1 + w2 + …… + wn
I w Weightage is the value or quantity assigned to each item to show
= i i
.
the relative importance of each item.
hd
wi
dengan keadaan / where
I = Nombor indeks / Index number
w = Pemberat / Weightage
.B
4. Hitung indeks gubahan bagi setiap yang berikut.
dn
Calculate the composite index for each of the following. 3
Contoh
(a)
Barangan Indeks harga Pemberat
Barangan Indeks harga Pemberat
S
Item Price index Weightage
Item Price index Weightage
A 120 1
gi
A 115 4
B 130 5
B 130 5
C 125 2
an
C 120 3
D 110 4
D 145 8
l
Penyelesaian:
Pe
Ii wi
Indeks gubahan,/ Composite index, I =
wi
Ii wi
I = 120 × 1 + 130 × 5 + 125 × 2 + 110 × 4
wi =
1+5+2+4
n
12
= 2 630 = 131.5 = 121.67
20
bi
(b) (c)
Barangan Indeks harga Pemberat Barangan Indeks harga Pemberat
er
F 130 2 K 95 8
Pe
G 110 6 L 110 6
H 150 3 M 140 4 BAB
Ii wi Ii wi
I = I =
wi wi 10
145 × 4 + 130 × 2 + 110 × 6 + 150 × 3
= = 120 × 2 + 95 × 8 + 110 × 6 + 140 × 4
4+2+6+3 2+8+6+4
1 950
= = 2 220
15 20
= 130 = 111
187
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
.
hd
Pendidikan
350 420 1
Education
Pengangkutan
220 242 3
.B
Transportation
Makanan
340 493 2
Food
dn
Jadual di atas menunjukkan perbelanjaan bulanan sebuah keluarga pada tahun 2007 dan tahun 2009 dan
pemberatnya masing-masing. Hitung indeks gubahan pada tahun 2009 dengan menggunakan tahun 2007
sebagai tahun asas.
S
The table shows the monthly expenditure of a family in the years 2007 and 2009 and their respective weightages.
Calculate the composite index in the year 2009 using year 2007 as the base year. 4
Penyelesaian:
Indeks harga bagi elektrik = 270 × 100 gi Indeks harga bagi makanan = 493 × 100
an
Price index of electricity
200 Price index of food
340
= 135 = 145
Indeks harga bagi pendidikan = 420 × 100 Indeks gubahan/ Composite index
350
l
Price index of education
= 135 × 4 + 120 × 1 + 110 × 3 + 145 × 2
Pe
= 120
4+1+3+2
Indeks harga bagi pengangkutan = 242 × 100 = 1 280
Price index of transportation
220 10
= 110 = 128
n
ta
(a)
Harga / Price
Barangan Pemberat IA = 37.50 × 100 = 125
bi
(RM) 30.00
Item Weightage
2010 2013
IB = 49.50 × 100 = 110
er
C 50.00 70.00 4
ID = 32.50 × 100 = 130
Pe
188
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
(b)
Harga / Price
Barangan (RM) Pemberat IE = 120 × 100 = 150
Item Weightage 80
2012 2014
IF = 46 × 100 = 115
E 80 120 3 40
F 40 46 6 IG = 66 × 100 = 120
55
G 55 66 7
H 95 133 4 IH = 133 × 100 = 140
95
.
hd
Jadual di atas menunjukkan harga bagi empat Indeks gubahan
komponen pada tahun 2012 dan tahun 2014
dan pemberatnya masing-masing. Hitung indeks I = 150 × 3 + 115 × 6 + 120 × 7 + 140 × 4
3+6+7+4
.B
gubahan pada tahun 2014 berasaskan tahun
= 2 540
2012. 20
The table shows the prices of four components in the = 127
dn
years 2012 and 2014 and their respective weightages.
Calculate the composite index in the year 2014 based
on the year 2012.
(c)
S
Contoh 2 Barangan Indeks harga Pemberat
Item Price index Weightage
gi
Barangan Indeks harga Pemberat
Item Price index Weightage
P 125 4
A 120 1 Q x 3
an
B 114 y R 120 y
C x 5 S 150 3
l
Jadual di atas menunjukkan indeks harga bagi
Pe
D 130 2
empat barangan pada tahun 2010 berasaskan
Jadual di atas menunjukkan indeks harga bagi tahun 2007 dan pemberatnya masing-masing.
empat barangan pada tahun 2008 berasaskan Harga bagi barangan Q pada tahun 2007 dan
n
tahun 2004 dan pemberatnya masing-masing. tahun 2010 masing-masing ialah RM8.00 dan
Harga bagi barangan C pada tahun 2004 dan tahun RM10.40. Diberi indeks gubahan pada tahun
ta
2008 masing-masing ialah RM30 dan RM42. Diberi 2010 berasaskan tahun 2007 ialah 128.75, cari
indeks gubahan bagi tahun 2008 berasaskan tahun nilai x dan nilai y.
2004 ialah 128, cari nilai x dan nilai y.
bi
weightages. The prices of item C in the years 2004 and 2010 were RM8.00 and RM10.40 respectively.
2008 were RM30 and RM42 respectively. Given the Given the composite index in the year 2010 based on
composite index in the year 2008 based on the year 2004 the year 2007 is 128.75, find the value of x and of y.
n
Penyelesaian: x=
P P07 8.00
x = 08 × 100 = 42 × 100 = 140 BAB
P04 30 Indeks gubahan = 128.75
Indeks gubahan/ Composite index = 128
125 × 4 + 130 × 3 + 120 × y + 150 × 3 = 128.75
120 × 1 + 114 × y + 140 × 5 + 130 × 2 = 128
4+3+y+3 10
1+y+5+2
120y + 1 340 = 128.75
114y + 1 080 = 128
y + 10
y+8
120y + 1 340 = 128.75y + 1 287.5
114y + 1 080 = 128y + 1 024
8.75y = 52.5
14y = 56
y =6
y =4
189
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
Contoh 3
Rajah menunjukkan carta palang yang mewakili kos bagi tiga komponen A, B, C dan indeks harga bagi
komponen-komponen bagi tahun 2003 berasaskan tahun 2001 diberi dalam jadual di bawah. Diberi indeks
gubahan ialah 107. Cari nilai m.
Diagram shows a bar chart which represents the cost for three components A, B and C and price indices for the
components in the year 2003 based on the year 2001 are given in table below. Given the composite index is 107. Find the
value of m. 5
Kos / Cost
Komponen Indeks harga
.
Component Price index
hd
m
6
A 122
4 B 80
.B
A B C
Komponen C 110
Component
Penyelesaian:
dn
Indeks gubahan/ Composite index = 107 122m + 920 = 1 070 + 107m
122 × m + 80 × 6 + 110 × 4 = 107 15m = 150
m+6+4 m = 10
S
122m + 920 = 107
10 + m
gi
an
(d) Jadual menunjukkan indeks harga dan peratus penggunaan empat bahan P, Q, R dan S, yang digunakan
dalam pengeluaran sejenis biskut.
Table shows price indices and percentage of usage for four items P, Q, R and S, used in a production of a biscuit.
l
Pe
Q x 30
ta
R 105 10
S 130 20
bi
Diberi indeks gubahan pada tahun 1995 berasaskan tahun 1993 ialah 128. Cari nilai x.
er
Given the composite index in the year 1995 based on the year 1993 is 128. Find the value of x.
n
= 128
40 + 30 + 10 + 20
BAB
190
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
PRAKTIS SPM 10
Kertas 2 dihasilkan menggunakan peruntukan
sebanyak RM135 pada tahun 2018.
1. Jadual menunjukkan harga dan indeks harga The cost of making a squid ball is 15 cents in
SPM bagi tiga jenis bahan P, Q dan R yang digunakan the year 2014. Find the maximum number
2017 of squid balls that can be produced using an
dalam penghasilan sejenis bebola sotong.
allocation of RM135 in the year 2018.
.
The table shows the prices and the price indices of three
hd
types of ingredients P, Q and R, used in the production of
a type of squid balls. (a) (i) x = 140
Harga (RM) per Indeks harga (ii) P18 × 100 = 140 ⇒ 3.50 × 100 = 140
.B
kg pada tahun pada tahun P16 y y = RM2.50
2018 berasaskan
Bahan Price (RM) per kg Pemberat
for the year tahun 2016
(b) I = 120(50) + 140(40) + 170(10)
dn
Ingredients Weightage
Price index for the 100
year 2018 based
2016 2018
on the year 2016
= 13 300
100
S
P 6.00 7.20 120 50 = 133
Q y 3.50 x 40 P18
gi
P
R 0.90 1.53 170 10 × 100 = 160 ⇒ 18 = 160
(c) (i)
P14 P14 100
an
P P
(a) Harga bahan Q menokok sebanyak 40% dari 18 × 100 = 133 ⇒ 18 = 133
tahun 2016 hingga tahun 2018. P16 P16 100
The price of ingredient Q is increased by 40% from P P P
16 × 100 = 16 × 18 × 100
l
the year 2016 to the year 2018. P14 P18 P14
Pe
the squid balls for the year 2018 based on the year 100
2016.
Bilangan maksimum bebola sotong
(c) Diberi bahawa indeks gubahan bagi kos
er
It is given that the composite index for the cost of = 562.5 ⇒ 562
making squid balls increased by 60% from the year
Pe
191
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
2. Jadual menunjukkan indeks harga dan perubahan (c) (i) Hitung indeks gubahan bagi kos
SPM indeks harga bagi empat bahan mentah A,B,C, dan menghasilkan roti itu pada 2016 berasaskan
2016
D, yang digunakan untuk membuat sejenis roti di 2012.
sebuah kilang. Calculate the composite index for the cost of
Table shows the price indices and change in price indices producing the bread in 2016 based on 2012.
of four raw materials A,B,C and D, used to produce a (ii) Seterusnya, cari kos bagi menghasilkan
type of bread in a bakery.
roti itu pada 2012 jika kos sepadan pada
2016 ialah RM880.
Indeks harga
Perubahan Hence, find the cost of producing the bread in
pada 2014 2012 if the corresponding cost in 2016 was
.
Bahan indeks harga dari
hd
berasaskan RM880.
mentah 2014 ke 2016
Raw 2012 Change in price
material Price index in index from 2014 to
2014 based on 2016 (a) P14 × 100 = 140
.B
2012
P12
Menokok 20% 91 × 100 = 140
A 130
20% increase
dn
P12
Tidak berubah P12 = 91 × 100 = RM65
B 110 140
Unchanged
S
Menyusut 10%
C 150 (b)
10% decrease Bahan Indeks harga pada 2016
D 140
Menokok 10%
10% increase
gi mentah
A
berasaskan 2012
130 × 120 = 156
an
100
Rajah 1 adalah carta palang yang mewakili jisim B 110
bahan mentah yang digunakan untuk membuat C 150 × 90 = 135
l
roti itu pada 2012. 100
Pe
Mass (kg)
ta
60
(c) (i) Indeks gubahan
50 (156 × 50) + (110 × 30) + (135 × 40) +
bi
40 (154 × 30)
=
30 50 + 30 + 40 + 30
= 21 120
er
20
150
10
= 140.8
n
0 Bahan mentah
A B C D Raw materials
(ii) P16 × 100 = 140.8
Pe
(a) Harga bahan mentah D pada 2014 ialah 880 × 100 = 140.8
RM91. Cari harga yang sepadan pada 2012. P12
The price of raw material D in 2014 was RM91. Find P12 = 880 × 100
140.8
10 the corresponding price in 2012.
(b) Hitung indeks harga bagi kesemua empat = RM625
bahan mentah itu pada 2016 berasaskan
2012.
Calculate the price indices of all the four raw
materials in 2016 based on 2012.
192
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
4. Jadual menunjukkan maklumat berkaitan empat bahan K, L, M dan N yang digunakan dalam pembuatan satu
SPM jenis makanan ringan.
2018
Table shows the information related to four ingredients K, L, M and N used in the production of a type of snack.
.
L menokok 20% / 20% increases 10
hd
M menokok 50% / 50% increases
N menyusut 10% / 10% decreases 30
.B
Kos pengeluaran bagi makanan ringan ini ialah RM36 250 pada tahun 2016.
The production cost for this snack is RM36 250 in the year 2016.
(a) Jika harga bahan L pada tahun 2012 ialah RM3.80, cari harganya pada tahun 2016.
dn
If the price of ingredient L in the year 2012 is RM3.80, find its price in the year 2016.
(b) Peratus penggunaan bagi beberapa bahan diberikan dalam jadual. Hitung kos pengeluaran yang sepadan
pada tahun 2012.
S
Percentage of usage for several ingredients were given in the table. Calculate the corresponding production cost in the
year 2012.
gi
(c) Kos pengeluaran dijangka meningkat sebanyak 35% dari tahun 2016 ke tahun 2018. Hitung peratus
perubahan dalam kos pengeluaran dari tahun 2012 ke tahun 2018.
The production cost is expected to increase by 35% from the year 2016 to the year 2018. Calculate the percentage of
an
changes in production cost from the year 2012 to the year 2018.
P16
(a) × 100 = 120
l
P12
Pe
P
16 × 100 = 120
3.80
P16 = RM4.56
n
100
= 125
er
193
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
5.
SPM
2015 Indeks harga pada tahun 2012 Indeks harga pada tahun 2015
Komponen berasaskan tahun 2010 berasaskan tahun 2010
Component Price index in the year 2012 Price index in the year 2015
based on the year 2010 based on the year 2010
A 120 130
B 105 x
C 110 95
.
hd
Jadual di atas menunjukkan indeks harga bagi tahun 2012 dan tahun 2015 berasaskan tahun 2010 untuk
komponen A, B dan C yang digunakan untuk menghasilkan suatu jenis mentol.
Table above shows the price indices for the year 2012 and year 2015 based on the year 2010 of three components, A, B and
.B
C, used to produce a type of bulb.
(a) Harga komponen B pada tahun 2010 ialah RM6.00 dan harganya pada tahun 2015 ialah RM7.50. Cari
The price of component B in the year 2010 is RM6.00 and its price in the year 2015 is RM7.50. Find
dn
(i) nilai x,
the value of x,
(ii) harga komponen B pada tahun 2012.
the price of component B in the year 2012.
S
(b) Diberi indeks gubahan untuk kos pengeluaran mentol itu pada tahun 2012 berasaskan tahun 2010 ialah
113.5. Nisbah komponen A, B dan C yang digunakan ialah m : 3 : 2. Cari
gi
Given the composite index for the production cost of the bulb in the year 2012 based on the year 2010 is 113.5. The ratio
of components A, B and C used are m : 3 : 2. Find
an
(i) nilai m,
the value of m,
(ii) harga sepadan bagi mentol itu pada tahun 2010 jika harga mentol itu pada tahun 2012 ialah RM15.30.
the corresponding price of the bulb in the year 2010 if the price of the bulb in the year 2012 is RM15.30.
l
Pe
(c) Cari indeks harga bagi komponen C pada tahun 2015 berasaskan tahun 2012.
Find the price index of component C in the year 2015 based on the year 2012.
P15
(a) (i) x =
× 100
n
P10
(ii) 15.30 × 100 = 113.5
ta
P12 P15 P
× 100 = 105 (c) × 100 = 95 ⇒ 15 = 95
6.00 P10 P10 100
n
194
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Bab 10 Nombor Indeks
Sudut KBAT
Jadual menunjukkan harga, indeks harga dan pemberat bagi empat jenis minuman tin A, B, C dan D yang dijual
oleh sebuah stesen minyak.
The table shows the prices, price indices and the weightage of four types of canned drinks A, B, C and D sold by a petrol kiosk.
.
Price index for the year 2014 based on
hd
2012 2014 the year 2012
A 2.50 2.80 x 4
B 3.00 3.60 120 3
.B
C 4.50 y 130 1
D z 5.70 114 m
dn
(a) Cari nilai-nilai x, y dan z.
Find the values of x, y and z.
(b) Indeks harga bagi minuman tin B pada tahun 2015 berasaskan tahun 2012 ialah 150. Cari indeks harga bagi
S
minuman tin B pada tahun 2015 berasaskan tahun 2014.
The price index for canned drink B in the year 2015 based on the year 2012 is 150. Find the price index for canned drink
gi
B in the year 2015 based on the year 2014.
(c) Jika indeks gubahan bagi harga minuman tin pada tahun 2014 berasaskan tahun 2012 ialah 116.6, cari nilai
m. Seterusnya, cari harga jualan minuman tin pada tahun 2012 jika harga jualan pada tahun 2014 ialah
an
RM23 320.
If the composite index for the price of canned drinks in the year 2014 based on the year 2012 is 116.6, find the value of m.
Hence, find the selling price of canned drinks in the year 2012 if the selling price in the year 2014 was RM23 320.
l
(d) Harga penjualan dijangka meningkat sebanyak 40% dari tahun 2014 ke tahun 2017. Hitung peratusan
Pe
(a) x = 2.80 × 100 = 112 (c) I = 112(4) + 120(3) + 130(1) + 114(m) = 116.6
2.50 4+3+1+m
ta
m =2
5.70 × 100 = 114 ⇒ z = 5.00 P14
z × 100 = 116.6
P12
er
+ KBAT Ekstra
195
Kertas PRA-SPM
Kertas 1 / Paper 1
(2 jam / hours)
[80 markah / marks]
.
hd
1. Graf menunjukkan hubungan antara set P dan 4. Selesaikan.
set Q. Solve.
The graph shows the relation between set P and set Q. 4x + 1 – 4x = 12
.B
8 [3 markah/marks]
6 4x + 1 – 4x = 12
dn
Set Q
4 4x(4) – 4x = 12
2 4x(4 – 1) = 12
1 2 3 4
4x(3) = 12
S
Set P 4x = 41
Nyatakan/ State x=1
(a) imej bagi 2,
the image of 2, gi
an
(b) objek bagi 4.
the object of 4.
[2 markah/marks]
l
(a) {6, 8}
5. Diberi / Given
Pe
(b) {1, 4}
logp x = 1 logp 12 – logp 3 – 5 logp 7
1 2
5 8
2. Diberi fungsi f : x → k + mx dan f –1 : x → 2 – x . Cari nilai x.
n
x = 2 – 3y 53 1 3 7 24
f(x) = 2 – 3x = k + mx
= 1 logp 325
3 1 24
n
\ k = 2, m = –3 5 7
Pe
1 2
3 1 24
5
= logp
3. Ringkaskan ungkapan. 5 7
Simplify the expression.
logp x = logp 21 2
3√45 – 2√20 – √80 7
[2 markah/marks] x = 2
7
3√45 – 2√20 – √80 = 3√9 × 5 – 2√4 × 5 – √16 × 5
= 9√5 – 4√5 – 4√5
= (9 – 4 – 4)(√5)
= √5
196
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
6. Selesaikan persamaan. AP = 1
Solve the equation. PB 4
52x – 1 = 8x
4AP = PB
[3 markah/marks]
log10 5 = log10 8
2x – 1 x 4(OP – OA) = OB – OP
(2x – 1) log10 5 = x log10 8 4OP – 4OA = OB – OP
2x log10 5 – log10 5 = x log10 8 4OP + OP = 4OA + OB
2x log10 5 – x log10 8 = log10 5
x(2 log10 5 – log10 8) = log10 5 5OP = 4(5 ~
a ) + kb
~
log10 5 k
.
x= OP = 4a
~ + 5~ b
hd
(2 log10 5 – log10 8)
= 0.699
2(0.699) – 0.9031 9. Diberi ~r = 6 dan ~s = 3 .
1 2 1 2
.B
= 1.412 8 p–1
Given that ~r = 1 68 2 and ~s = 1 p 3– 1 2.
dn
Cari/ Find
7. Rajah menunjukkan dua vektor, OA dan OB. (a) vektor unit dalam arah ~r ,
The diagram shows two vectors, OA dan OB . unit vector in the direction of ~r ,
(b) nilai p dengan keadaan ~r dan ~s adalah selari.
S
y
the value of p such that ~r and ~
s are parallel.
A(–3, 5) [4 markah/marks]
8 p–1
Ungkapkan/ Express 6 = 3l
l = 2
(a) OA dalam bentuk x , 1 2
n
y 8 = 2(p – 1)
p–1=4
OA in the form
x
1 2
,
ta
y p = 5
(b) OB dalam bentuk x ~i + y j .
~
bi
y y = mx – 1
197
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
.
2 (b) Cari kecerunan dan pintasan-y bagi garis lurus
hd
5x = 5 yang diperoleh dengan memplotkan graf
2
x = 2 (y + x) melawan x2.
y = 2(2) – 1 Find the gradient and y-intercept of a straight line
.B
= 3 obtained when the graph (y + x) against x2 is
\ Q(2, 3) plotted.
[4 markah/marks]
dn
(a) 4y = (x – 2)2 + 5k
S
–10 = (0) +
garis lurus PQ ialah x – y = 1. 4 4
3 4 5k
= –10
The diagram shows a straight line PQ intersects the straight
line AB at point Q. Given that the equation of the straight line
PQ is
x y
– = 1. gi 4
k = –8
an
3 4
(b) y = 1 (x – 2)2 – 10
y 4
A
y = 1 (x2 – 4x + 4) – 10
l
4
Pe
Q(3, 0) = 1 x2 – x + 1 – 10
x 4
O
y + x = 1 x2 – 9
n
4
P
Kecerunan = 1
ta
4
B(7, –6) Pintasan-y = –9
bi
(a) Nyatakan pintasan-y bagi PQ. 13. Pemboleh ubah x dan y dihubungkan oleh
State the y-intercept of PQ.
persamaan y = abx. Graf log3 y melawan x
er
log3y
(b) 1 2
A(x, y) B(7, –6) (6, 15)
Q(3, 0)
2x + 1(7) = 3 , 2y + 1(–6) = 0
3 3
2x = 2 2y = 6
x = 1 y=3
\ A(1, 3)
x
O
198
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
Diberi kecerunan garis lurus ialah 2. Carikan nilai 16. Rajah menunjukkan graf bagi fungsi kuadratik
a dan b. f(x) = –(x – 3)2 + 16.
Given that the gradient of the straight line is 2. Find the The diagram shows the graph of a quadratic function
value of a and b. f(x) = –(x – 3)2 + 16.
[4 markah/marks]
y
log3 y = log3 a + (log3 b)x
log3 b =2
b = 32 = 9
15 = log3 a + 2(6)
log3 a =3
.
x
hd
a = 33 = 27 –1 O 7
.B
ialah h – 2, 2h – 3 dan 4h – 13. Cari (a) koordinat titik maksimum bagi lengkung itu,
The first three terms of an arithmetic progression are the coordinates of the maximum point of the curve,
h – 2, 2h – 3 and 4h – 13. Find (b) persamaan paksi simetri bagi lengkung itu,
dn
(a) nilai h, the equation of the axis of symmetry of the curve,
the value of h, (c) julat nilai x apabila f(x) positif.
(b) hasil tambah enam sebutan berikutnya. the range of values of x when f(x) is positive.
the sum of the following six terms. [3 markah/marks]
S
[4 markah/marks] (a) (3, 16)
(a) 2h – 3 – (h – 2) = 4h – 13 – (2h – 3)
h – 1 = 2h – 10
h =9
gi (b) x – 3 = 0 ⇒ x = 3
(c) –1 < x < 7
an
(b) a = h – 2 = 9 – 2 = 7
d=h–1=9–1=8
T4 = a + 3d = 7 + 3(8) = 31
17. Graf fungsi kuadratik y = px2 + 2x + q dengan
l
S6 = 6 [2(31) + 5(8)]
Pe
S3 = 9 (1 – 3–3) (a) p = –1
4
Pe
= 9 1 – 1 = 13
1 2 (b) –x2 + 2x + q = 4x – 1
4 27 6 –x – 2x + q + 1
2
=0
9
S2 = (1 – 3 ) –2 b2 – 4ac ,0
4 (–2) – 4(–1)(q + 1)
2
,0
= 9 1– 1 =2
1 2 4 + 4q + 4 ,0
4 9 4q , –8
T3 = S3 – S2 q , –2
= 13 – 2 = 1
6 6
199
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
18. Diberi bahawa 1 ialah salah satu daripada punca- 21. Rajah menunjukkan sebuah sisi empat PQRS di
2
punca persamaan kuadratik 2x2 + mx – 3 = 0 mana PS = mx ~, QR = nx ~ dan SR = ny dengan
~
dengan keadaan m ialah pemalar. Cari nilai m. keadaan m dan n ialah pemalar.
1 The diagram shows a quadrilateral PQRS where
It is given that is one of the roots of the quadratic
2 PS = mx~, QR = nx
~ and SR = ny such that m and n are
equation 2x2 + mx – 3 = 0 where m is a constant. Find ~
constants.
the value of m.
[2 markah/marks] S R
2x2 + mx – 3 =0
2 1 +m 1 –3
2
1 2 1 2
.
=0
hd
2 2 P
2 + m –3 =0
4 2 Q
2 + 2m – 12 =0
.B
m + 1 y , cari nilai m dan nilai n.
2m
m
= 10
=5
Diberi PQ = 3x
~+ 3 ~ 1 2
1 m 3+ 1 2y~, find the value of m
dn
Given that PQ = 3x
~ +
19. Persamaan kuadratik px2 – 6kx + 16p = 0 dengan and n.
keadaan p dan k ialah pemalar, mempunyai dua [4 markah/marks]
punca yang sama. Cari p : k. PQ = PS + SR + RQ
S
The quadratic equation px2 – 6kx + 16p = 0 where p and
= mx~ + ny + (–nx ~)
k are constants has two equal roots. Find p : k. ~
= (m – n)x + ny
px2 – 6kx + 16p
b2 – 4ac
=0
=0
[3 markah/marks]
gi PQ = 3x
~+
m
~
1+
3 ~
1
~
y 2
an
(–6k) – 4(p)(16p)
2
=0 Bandingkan:
36k2 – 64p2 =0 m–n=3
36k2 = 64p2 m+1 =n
l
Pe
p2 = 36 3
m = 3 + n …… 1
k2 64
m + 1 = 3n
p 2 = 6
2
1 2
k 1 2
8 m = 3n – 1 …… 2
n
1 = 2: 3 + n = 3n – 1
p = = 3
6
k 8 4 n=2
ta
x 1 y
log2 y 2 log2 x
= –
log2 8 log2 8
1 log y P(4, 5)
2 log2 x
= 2 –
3 3
1
= b – a 1
6 3 O
x
= b – 2a y = 7 – 3x
6
200
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
(a) Cari koordinat titik tengah PQ dalam sebutan 24. Panjang lantai yang berbentuk segi empat tepat
k dan r. ialah 1 m kurang daripada dua kali lebar lantai
Find the coordinates of the midpoint of PQ in terms tersebut. Jika panjang pepenjuru lantai itu ialah
of k and r. 17 m, cari panjang dan lebar lantai tersebut.
(b) Ungkapkan r dalam sebutan k. The length of a rectangular floor is 1 m less than twice
Express r in terms of k. its width. If a diagonal of the rectangle is 17 m, find the
[3 markah/marks] length and width of the floor.
[4 markah/marks]
(a) MPQ = k + 4 , r + 5
1 2
2 2 x2 + (2x – 1)2 = 172
x + 4x2 – 4x + 1 = 289
2
.
(b) mpqm = –1
hd
5x2 – 4x – 288 = 0
mpq(–3) = –1
(5x + 36)(x – 8) = 0
Kecerunan, mpq = 1 5x + 36 = 0 atau x–8 =0
3
36
.B
r + 5 x =– (abaikan), x =8
5– 12 2
= 1
5
k + 4 3 Lebar = 8 m
4– 1 2
dn
2 Panjang = 2(8) – 1
= 15 m
10 – r – 5 = 1
8–k–4 3
S
5 – r = 1
4–k 3
gi
15 – 3r = 4 – k 25. Sebutan ketiga satu janjang geometri ialah 20.
3r = 11 + k Hasil tambah sebutan ketiga dan sebutan keempat
ialah 30.
r = 11 + k
an
3 The third term of a geometric progression is 20. The sum
of the third term and the fourth term is 30.
Cari/ Find
l
Pe
nilai h.
2 ÷ 1: ar2 = 10
3
value of h.
[4 markah/marks] r= 1
2
Pe
a 1 = 20
2
(a) f(x) = x2 + 6x + h
2 1 2
= x2 + 6x + 6 – 6
2 2
21 2 1 2
2
+h a = 80
= (x + 3)2 – 9 + h
80
(b) S∞ =
(b) –9 + h = 7 1– 1
2
h = 16
= 160
201
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
Kertas 2 / Paper 2
Bahagian A / Section A
(40 markah/marks)
.
y – 2x + 1 = 0
hd
3x2 – 2y2 – 2y + 3 = 0
Berikan jawapan anda betul kepada tiga tempat perpuluhan.
Give your answer correct to three decimal places.
.B
[5 markah/marks]
y – 2x + 1 = 0 …… 1
3x2 – 2y2 – 2y + 3 = 0 …… 2
dn
Dari 1: y = 2x – 1
Ganti 1 ke dalam 2: 3x2 – 2(2x – 1)2 – 2(2x – 1) + 3 =0
3x2 – 2(4x2 – 4x + 1) – 4x + 2 + 3 =0
3x2 – 8x2 + 8x – 2 – 4x + 5 =0
S
–5x2 + 4x + 3 =0
5x2 – 4x – 3 =0
gi
x = –(–4) ± √(–4) – 4(5)(–3)
2
2(5)
an
x = 4 ± √76
10
x = 1.272 atau –0.472
l
y = 1.544 atau –1.944
Pe
3
7 – kx
Given g –1(x) = and f(x) = 2x – 7.
ta
3
Cari/ Find
(a) g(x), [2 markah/marks]
bi
3 3
k2 – 8 = 2(1 – k)2 – 7
7 – kx = 3y
k2 – 8 = 2(1 – 2k + k2) – 7 f 7 – 2k = 2 7 – 2k –7
1 2 1 2
x = 7 – 3y k2 – 8 = 2 – 4k + 2k2 – 7 3 3
k = –1
k2 – 4k + 3 = 0
g(x) = 7 – 3x (k – 1)(k – 3) = 0 14 – 4k – 21 = –3
k k = 1 atau k = 3 4k = –4
k = –1
202
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
3. Diberi bahawa a dan b ialah punca-punca persamaan kuadratik x(x – 4) = 7p – 6 dengan keadaan p ialah
pemalar.
It is given that a and b are roots of the quadratic equation x(x – 4) = 7p – 6, where p is a constant.
(a) Cari julat nilai p jika a ≠ b.
Find the range of values of p if a ≠ b. [3 markah/marks]
(b) Diberi a dan b ialah punca-punca bagi persamaan kuadratik 3x + hx – 12 = 0 dengan keadaan h ialah
2
3 3
pemalar, cari nilai p dan h.
a b
Given that and are the roots of quadratic equation 3x2 + hx – 12 = 0 where h is a constant, find the value of p
3 3
.
and h.
hd
[4 markah/marks]
.B
x – 4x + 6 – 7p = 0
2
a+b=4
b2 – 4ac > 0 ab = 6 – 7p
(–4)2 – 4(1)(6 – 7p) > 0 3x + hx – 12= 0
2
dn
16 – 24 + 28p > 0 a + b =– h
3 3 3
1 a3 21 3b 2 = – 12
3
28p > 8
a + b = –h ab
p> 2 = –4
S
9
7 4 = –h
6 – 7p = –36
h = –4
gi
7p
p
= 42
=6
l an
Pe
n
3 + log2 (m – 5) = log2 3m
[3 markah/marks]
er
4k – 1 = 2 log5 4 + log5 5
log2 1 m3m
–52
=3
4k – 1 = 2h + 1 3m
=8
m–5
k = 2h + 2
4 3m = 8m – 40
h + 1 5m = 40
=
2 m =8
203
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
5. Rajah menunjukkan beberapa segi empat sama dengan keadaan panjang sisi segi
empat sama bertambah sebanyak 3 cm secara berturutan.
The diagram shows a few squares where the side length of each square increases by 3 cm
subsequently.
(a) Diberi jumlah perimeter bagi lima segi empat sama yang pertama ialah 220 cm.
Cari panjang sisi, dalam cm, segi empat sama yang terkecil.
Given that the perimeter of the first five squares is 220 cm. Find the side length, in cm, of the
smallest square.
[2 markah/marks]
(b) Diberi bahawa jumlah segi empat sama ialah 52. Cari perimeter, dalam cm, segi empat sama yang terakhir.
.
Given that the total number of squares is 52. Find the perimeter, in cm, of the last square. [2 markah/marks]
hd
(c) Segi empat sama yang ke berapakah mempunyai keluasan 13 456 cm2?
Which square has an area of 13 456 cm2? [3 markah/marks]
.B
(a) S5 = 5 [2a + 4(3)] = 220 (b) T 52 = a + 51d (c) Tn = 5 + (n – 1)3
2 4 = 5 + 51(3) = 2 + 3n
2a + 12 = 22
dn
= 158 Luas segi empat sama ke-n
2a = 10 Perimeter segi empat sama (2 + 3n)2 = 13 456
a=5 yang ke-52 = 158 × 4 2 + 3n = 116
Panjang sisi segi empat sama = 632 cm 3n = 114
S
terkecil = 5 cm n = 38
gi y
an
6. Penyelesaian secara lukisan berskala tidak akan diterima bagi soalan ini.
Solution by scale drawing will not be accepted for this question. A(0, 1)
D(h, –2)
The diagram shows a quadrilateral ABCD. The straight line AB is parallel to the
straight line DC and ∠ADC = ∠DAB = 90°.
Cari/ Find B(k, –5)
(a) nilai h dan k,
n
C(–4, –6)
the value of h and k, [4 markah/marks]
ta
(b) persamaan lokus titik P yang bergerak dengan keadaan jaraknya dari titik B sentiasa 3 unit. Seterusnya,
tunjukkan bahawa lokus bagi titik P itu akan menyentuh paksi-y pada satu titik sahaja.
the equation of the locus of a moving point P such that its distance from point B is always 3 units. Hence, show that the
bi
locus of point P will touch the y-axis at only one point. [4 markah/marks]
er
12 = –1 x2 – 6x + 9 + y2 + 10y + 25 = 9
–h(h + 4) x2 + y2 – 6x + 10y + 25 = 0
Pe
h2 + 4h – 12 = 0 Gantikan x = 0:
(h + 6)(h – 2) = 0 y2 + 10y + 25 = 0
h = –6 atau h = 2 (abaikan) b2 – 4ac = (10)2 – 4(1)(25)
1 – (–5) = –2 – (–6) = 100 – 100
0–k –6 – (–4) = 0
6 = 4 Maka, lokus titik P menyentuh paksi-y pada satu
–k –2 titik sahaja.
–4k = –12
k=3
204
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
Bahagian B / Section B
(40 markah/marks)
7. (a) Rajah menunjukkan pemetaan x kepada y oleh fungsi f : x → kx + p dan pemetaan z kepada y oleh fungsi
g : z → 5 , z ≠ –p.
z+p
.
The diagram shows the mapping of x onto y by the function f : x → kx + p and the mapping of z onto y by the function
hd
5
g : z → , z ≠ –p.
z+p
x y z
.B
f g
2 1 3
dn
Cari / Find
(i) nilai k dan p, (ii) fungsi yang memetakan y kepada z, (iii) fungsi yang memetakan x kepada z.
the value of k and p, the function that maps y onto z, the function that maps x onto z.
S
[7 markah/marks]
(b) Lakarkan graf bagi fungsi h : x → u2x – 3u untuk domain 0 < x < 4 dan nyatakan julat yang sepadan bagi
domain itu.
gi
Sketch the graph of the function h : x → u2x – 3u for the domain 0 < x < 4 and state the corresponding range for the
an
domain. [3 markah/marks]
= –2
3+p – 1x + 2
3 + p = 5 2
p =2 = 10 –2
n
f(x) = kx + p –x + 4
f(2) = 2k + p = 1 = 10 – 2(–x + 4)
ta
2k + 2 = 1 –x + 4
k =– 1 = 2 + 2x , x ≠ 4
bi
2 4–x
(ii) g(z) = 5 = y (b) h : x → u2x – 3u
z+2
er
3
x 0 4
z + 2 = 5 2
y
n
h(x) 3 0 5
5
z= –2
y
Pe
h(x)
g(z) = y
g–1(y) = z 5
\ g–1(y) = 5 – 2, y ≠ 0
y 3
x
O 3 4
—
2
205
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
.
(c) Garis lurus y = 3 menyentuh lengkung y = m + nx – x2 pada satu titik sahaja.
hd
The straight line y = 3 touches the curve y = m + nx – x2 at only one point.
(i) Ungkapkan m dalam sebutan n.
Express m in terms of n.
.B
(ii) Seterusnya, lakarkan graf y = m + nx – x2.
Hence, sketch the graph of y = m + nx – x2. [5 markah/marks]
dn
(a) m + nx – x2 = k – (x + h)2 (c) (i) y = 3, x = 2
= k – (x2 + 2hx + h2) 3 = m + n(2) – (2)2
m + nx – x2 = (k – h2) – 2hx – x2 m = 7 – 2n
S
(i) n = –2h
(ii) m = 7 – 2(4) = –1
h = – n
(ii)
2
k – h2 =m
gi k = 4 + (–1) = 3
4
2
y = 3 – (x – 2)2
an
2
k – – n 1 2 =m
2 y
k – n
2
l
=m 3
Pe
4
= n +m
2
k
4
(b) n = 4 x
n
2
h = – 4 = –2 –1
2
ta
y = k – (x – 2)2
Persamaan paksi simetri: x = 2
bi
er
Diketahui x dan y dihubungkan oleh persamaan y = abx2, dengan keadaan a dan b ialah pemalar.
Pe
The table shows the values of two variables x and y obtained from an experiment. It is known that x and y are related by the
2
equation y = abx , where a and b are constants.
206
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
.
hd
log10y y = abx2
log10 y = log10 a + x2(log10 b)
log10 y = (log10 b)x2 + log10 a
.B
0.7
dn
a = 1.26
0.5
(ii) log10 b = 0.46 – 0.1
S
6.25 – 0
0.4 = 0.0576
gi
b = 1.14
0.3
an
0.2
l
Pe
0.1
0 x2
2 4 6 8 10 12
n
ta
10. OABC ialah sebuah sisi empat selari dengan keadaan OA = 3~i + 4 j dan OC = 12~i + 5 j .
bi
~ ~
OABC is a parallelogram such that OA = 3~i + 4 j and OC = 12~i + 5 j .
~ ~
(a) Cari/ Find
er
(i) OB,
(ii) vektor unit pada arah OB,
n
(iii) ∠OAB.
[7 markah/marks]
(b) D ialah satu titik dengan keadaan CD = 3~i + 15 j .
~
D is a point such that CD = 3~i + 15 j .
~
(i) Cari/ Find AD.
(ii) Tentukan sama ada O, A dan D adalah segaris.
Determine whether O, A and D are collinear.
[3 markah/marks]
207
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
.
~
hd
= √306 = 4(3~i + 4 j )
15~i + 9~j ~
vektor unit OB = 306 = 52 + 132 – 2(5)(13) kos ∠OAB AD = 4OA
√306 kos ∠OAB = –0.8615 Maka, O, A dan D adalah
.B
kos ∠OAB = 149°29' segaris.
dn
11. (a) Sebuah pasaraya mini menjual buah epal secara pek dengan 4, 8 dan 15 biji epal setiap pek dan masing-
masing berharga RM6, RM10 dan RM12 setiap pek. Salmah telah membeli 20 pek epal dengan jumlah 214
S
biji epal dan membayar RM204. Cari bilangan pek epal setiap jenis yang telah dibeli oleh Salmah.
A mini mart sells apples in packages of 4, 8 and 15 apples every pack and it costs RM6, RM10 and RM12 per package
respectively. Salmah bought 20 packages of apples containing 214 apples and she spends RM204. Find the number of
packages of each type bought by Salmah.
gi [6 markah/marks]
(b) Diberi bahawa garis lurus x + y = 6 bersilang dengan lengkung y = 1 x2 + 3 pada titik A dan B. Cari koordinat
an
titik A dan titik B. 4
1
It is given that the straight line x + y = 6 intersecting the curve y = x2 + 3 at point A and B. Find the coordinates of point
4
A and point B. [4 markah/marks]
l
Pe
4x + 8y + 15z = 214 …… 3 6 – x = 1 x2 + 3
1 × 4: 4x + 4y + 4z = 80 4
24 – 4x = x2 + 12
bi
3: 4x + 8y + 15z = 214
x2 + 4x – 12 = 0
tolak: 4y + 11z = 134 …… 4 (x + 6)(x – 2) = 0
er
1 × 6: 6x + 6y + 6z = 120 x = –6 atau x = 2
2: 6x + 10y + 12z = 204 x = –6, y = 6 – (–6) = 12
tolak: 4y + 6z = 84 …… 5 x=2 , y=6–2=4
n
5: 4y + 6z = 84 atau
A(2, 4), B(–6, 12)
tolak: 5z = 50 → z = 10
Ganti z = 10 ke dalam 5:
4y + 6(10) = 84
y=6
Ganti y = 6, z = 10 ke dalam 1:
x + 6 + 10 = 20
x=4
Maka, x = 4, y = 6, z = 10
208
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
Bahagian C / Section C
(20 markah/marks)
12. Jadual menunjukkan harga dan indeks harga bagi barangan P, Q, R dan S pada tahun 2000 dan tahun 2001.
Carta palang menunjukkan perbelanjaan mingguan untuk barangan P, Q, R dan S pada tahun 2000.
The table shows the prices and price indices for items P, Q, R and S in the year 2000 and 2001. The bar chart shows the
.
hd
weekly cost for items P, Q, R and S in the year 2000.
.B
Items Price index in the year 2001 based on
(RM) (RM)
the year 2000
P x 6.00 120
dn
Q 2.40 3.60 150
R 2.00 2.50 y
S
S 1.10 z 130
gi
Kos mingguan / Weekly cost (RM)
an
35
30
l
25
Pe
10
n
Barangan
ta
P Q R S Item
bi
(ii) y,
(iii) z. [3 markah/marks]
n
(b) Hitung nombor indeks gubahan pada tahun 2001 berasaskan tahun 2000.
Calculate the composite index for the year 2001 based on the year 2000.
Pe
[2 markah/marks]
(c) Jumlah perbelanjaan bulanan bagi barangan itu pada tahun 2000 ialah RM400. Hitung jumlah perbelanjaan
bulanan yang sepadan pada tahun 2001.
The total monthly cost of the items in the year 2000 is RM400. Calculate the corresponding total monthly cost in the year
2001. [2 markah/marks]
(d) Kos barangan meningkat 24% dari tahun 2001 ke tahun 2005. Cari nombor indeks gubahan pada tahun
2005 berasaskan tahun 2000.
The cost of the items increases 24% from the year 2001 to the year 2005. Find the composite index in the year 2005 based
on the year 2000. [3 markah/marks]
209
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
P01
(a) (i) 6 × 100 = 120 (c) × 100 = 133.75
x x=5 P00
P01
× 100 = 133.75
(ii) y = 2.50 × 100 400
2.00 P01 = RM535
= 125
P05 P05
(iii) z × 100 = 130 (d) × 100 = 124 ⇒ = 124
1.10 z = 1.43 P01 P01 100
P05 P P
.
× 100 = 05 × 01 × 100
hd
P00 P01 P00
(b) l 2001 = 120(10) + 150(30) + 125(25) + 130(35)
10 + 30 + 25 + 35
= 124 × 133.75 × 100
2000
= 13 375 100 100
.B
100 = 165.85
= 133.75
S dn
13. Jadual menunjukkan indeks harga dan peratusan penggunaan empat bahan utama A, B, C dan D dalam
penghasilan sejenis snek.
gi
The table shows the price indices and the percentage of usage of four ingredients A, B, C and D in the production of a kind
an
of snack.
A 135 40
B x 30
n
C 105 10
ta
D 130 20
(a) Harga bahan B menokok sebanyak 25% dari tahun 2012 ke tahun 2014. Nyatakan nilai x.
bi
The price of ingredient B increases by 25% from the year 2012 to the year 2014. State the value of x.
[1 markah/mark]
er
(b) Hitung harga bahan D pada tahun 2012 jika harganya pada tahun 2014 ialah RM6.50.
Calculate the price of ingredient D in the year 2012 if its price in the year 2014 is RM6.50.
[2 markah/marks]
(c) Hitung nombor indeks gubahan bagi kos penghasilan snek pada tahun 2014 berasaskan tahun 2012.
n
Calculate the composite index for the cost of production of the snacks in the year 2014 based on the year 2012.
[2 markah/marks]
Pe
(d) Diberi bahawa indeks gubahan bagi kos penghasilan snek meningkat sebanyak 60% dari tahun 2008
kepada tahun 2014.
It is given that the composite index for the cost of production of the snacks is increases by 60% from the year 2008 to the
year 2014.
(i) Hitung indeks gubahan bagi kos penghasilan snek pada tahun 2012 berasaskan tahun 2008.
Calculate the composite index for the cost of production of the snacks in the year 2012 based on the year 2008.
(ii) Kos membuat sepaket snek pada tahun 2008 ialah RM1. Cari bilangan maksimum paket snek yang
boleh dihasilkan menggunakan peruntukkan RM2 500 pada tahun 2014.
The cost to produce a packet of snacks in the year 2008 is RM1. Find the maximum number of packets of snacks
that can be produced using an allocation of RM2 500 in the year 2014.
[5 markah/marks]
210
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
.
40 + 30 + 10 + 20 = 125
hd
= 12 800
100 P14
× 100 = 160
(ii)
= 128 P08
.B
P
14 × 100 = 160
1.00
P14 = RM1.60
dn
Bilangan paket snek = 2 500
1.60
= 1 562.5
S
Bilangan maksimum paket snek = 1 562
gi
an
14. Rajah menunjukkan sisi empat ABCD pada satah mengufuk. VBDA ialah V
sebuah piramid dengan keadaan AD = 6.22 m dan V adalah 8 m tegak di
atas A.
l
Pe
[3 markah/marks]
(c) luas, dalam m , bagi satah condong BVD.
2
6 12 = 10.134 m
sin ∠BDC = 0.4924 BV = √8.42 + 82
n
211
Matematik Tambahan Tingkatan 4 Kertas Pra-SPM
.
hd
9 cm
berbeza daripada segi tiga PSR dengan keadaan S'R' = SR, R'P' = RP 14 cm
dan ∠R'P'S' = ∠RPS. S
Sketch a triangle which has a different shape from a triangle PSR such that
S'R' = SR, R'P' = RP and ∠R'P'S' = ∠RPS.
.B
(ii) Seterusnya, nyatakan ∠P'S'R'.
Hence, state ∠P'S'R'.
[2 markah/marks]
dn
(a) (i) ∠PQR = 180° – 48° – 72°
= 60°
S
PR = 16
sin 60° sin 48°
PR = 18.646 cm
gi
an
(ii) 18.6462 = 142 + 92 – 2(14)(9) kos ∠PSR
kos ∠PSR = –0.2804
∠PSR = 106°17'
l
Pe
2
ta
= 60.4729
Luas sisi empat PQRS
bi
= 60.4729 + 141.8672
= 202.34 cm2
er
(b) (i) P′ R′
n
Pe
S
S′
(ii) ∠P9S9R9 = 180° – 106°17'
= 73°43'
212